WWUUD stream

🔒
❌ About FreshRSS
There are new articles available, click to refresh the page.
Before yesterdayWWUUD?

A Halloween ghost story for the start of the COP26 climate change meetings in Glasgow

29 October 2021 at 15:14
A short “thought for the day” offered to the Cambridge Unitarian Church as part of the Sunday Service of Mindful Meditation  (Click on this link to hear a recorded version of the following piece) —o0o— Today (Sunday, 31st October) is All Hallows Eve, Halloween, when many folk traditions suggest that the souls of the dead are to be found walking amongst us. It is also the first day of the 26th Conference of the Parties (COP) to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change.  Are the two connected?  Well, we all know that the language used at present by our political decision-makers to talk of how they/we are going to respond to the climate emergency is a dead one. It is a language clearly empty of truth, empty of ...

To clear our minds of selfish care

23 October 2021 at 11:14
A bird of prey in a “dogfight” over the River Great Ouse, Houghton A short “thought for the day” offered to the Cambridge Unitarian Church as part of the Sunday Service of Mindful Meditation  (Click on this link to hear a recorded version of the following piece) —o0o— There is much talk in our modern culture about how the “natural world” . . . which is already a deeply problematic term because our so-called “human world” is as much part of the natural world as anything else . . . Anyway, there is much talk about how the “natural world” functions as a kind of “‘natural’ sanatorium for a convalescent” (Erazim Kohák: “The Embers and the Stars”, University of Chicago Press, 1987, p. 43). Consequently,...

The parable of the chipmunk—letting be, listening and seeing.

16 October 2021 at 10:16

Eastern chipmunk (Tamias striatus) (picture source)

A short “thought for the day” offered to the Cambridge Unitarian Church as part of the Sunday Service of Mindful Meditation 

(Click on this link to hear a recorded version of the following piece)

—o0o—

The Czech philosopher and writer Erazim Kohák (1933–2020) asks us to imagine this little scene (“The Embers and the Stars”, University of Chicago Press, 1987, p. 35):

A small group of us are gathered together in a wood on the edge of a clearing when a chipmunk suddenly darts across the open space before us. One of our number quickly identifies the creature and labels it for us: “a chipmunk” they say out loud. Another, knowing about such things, then explains the chipmunk’s behaviour to us in biological and physiological terms. Within a few minutes, a consensus has formed and it is easy to feel that somehow, and entirely unproblematically, we now know and understand what it is that we have just seen and experienced. 

Kohák uses this story to point out that “[w]hen two or three are gathered together, they seldom have the patience of letting be, of listening and seeing. All too eager to speak, they constitute in their consensus, a conventional image which they interpose between themselves and the living world around them.” And he concludes that, “[d]eafened by consensus, we lack the humility to watch the chipmunk, busy at its tasks, to let him present himself.” 

Kohák’s basic point here is that “the consensus of a crowd can constitute a conventional world far too readily, far too soon.”

Kohák realised that to see the chipmunk as it presents itself — or, indeed, to see anything else in this world as it presents itself — we need to find ways to suspend this consensus making by bracketing it off in some fashion. An obvious and important way to do this bracketing is actively to seek moments of solitude away from the crowd. 

But it is also true that we need to find ways of bracketing off an all too easy and swift consensus making whilst we are gathered together in small groups. The question is then, how, together, might we let things present themselves? How might we better collectively develop the patience of letting be, of listening and seeing?

One way is, of course, regularly and silently to spend time sitting alone together in a time of mindful meditation such as the one we share each week, becoming aware, paying attention and being mindful of what is coming and going just as it presents itself to us. 

Any community that can genuinely and regularly do this is likely to be one which has a reasonable chance of reaching the kind of gentle, ever-developing and ever-revisable consensus that can heal rather than harm and bless rather than curse this extraordinary world we share with all other things — not chipmunks only or, as the poet Gary Snyder observes, “plum blossoms and clouds, or lecturers and [honoured teachers],” but also all manner of other unexpected things including “chisels, bent nails, wheelbarrows, and squeaky doors” (“Blue Mountains Walking”, in “The Gary Snyder Reader”, Counterpoint, Washington, 1999, p. 206). All of these things, when they are truly allowed to present themselves to us, are, astonishingly, always-already teaching us how the world is and our place in it. 

Levelling up?

9 October 2021 at 11:24
Margherita Caruso as Mary in Pasolini’s Gospel According to St. Matthew (1964)

A short thought for the day” offered to the Cambridge Unitarian Church as part of the Sunday Service of Mindful Meditation 

(Click on this link to hear a recorded version of the following piece)

—o0o—

An ancient, anonymous Hebrew author famously wrote in the Book of Isaiah (40:3-5, trans. NRSV) that

A voice cries out:

“In the wilderness prepare the way of the LORD,
make straight in the desert a highway for our God.
Every valley shall be lifted up,
and every mountain and hill be made low;
the uneven ground shall become level,
and the rough places a plain.”


Again and again during the past few months, and particularly during this last week with the Conservative Party Conference and against the background of the release of the Pandora Papers, I have heard the term  “levelling up.” But, as our ancient author realised, in order to create any level plain — or, in the language of today, any “level playing field” —  the levelling up of valleys must be accompanied by a levelling down of mountains and hills.

All four gospel authors (Matthew 3:3, Mark 1:3, Luke 3:4, John 1:23) put this passage’s opening sentence into the mouth of John the Baptist as he announces the ministry of Jesus because they share the idea that any levelling up which really signals the coming of a kingdom of love and justice will only come when there is an appropriate and simultaneous levelling down.

In the Gospel of Luke this thought is expressed in clear social and political terms in the Magnificat (Luke 1:46-55, trans. David Bentley Hart), the song sung by Jesus’ mother, Mary, during her pregnancy:

“My soul magnifies the Lord,
and my spirit rejoices in God my Savior,
for he has looked with favour on the lowliness of his servant.
Surely, from now on all generations will call me blessed;
for the Mighty One has done great things for me,
and holy is his name.
His mercy is for those who fear him
from generation to generation.
He has shown strength with his arm;
he has scattered the proud in the thoughts of their hearts.
He has brought down the powerful from their thrones,
and lifted up the lowly;
he has filled the hungry with good things,
and sent the rich away empty.
He has helped his servant Israel,
in remembrance of his mercy,
according to the promise he made to our ancestors,
to Abraham and to his descendants forever.”


It’s a song which, for over two thousand years, has served to remind our religious communities that only when these two movements, levelling up and levelling down, are truly intra-acting with each other will there come about the level enough playing-field required to start building the kingdom of love and justice for which we still long and work.

The universal and everlasting gospel of boundless, universal love for the entire human race without exception that we proclaim in this church demands nothing less.

Entering the sound of sheer silence — a few words on the occasion of the first face-to-face service in the Cambridge Unitarian Church since May 2020

3 October 2021 at 14:54

The Cambridge Unitarian Church
The last time we were together for a Sunday service in this church was a year and a half ago on March 15th 2020. On the Sunday following, the first Sunday of the the first lockdown, I wrote for you a piece which began by me quoting a single line written by the philosopher Michael Oakeshott (1901–1990):

‘it is impossible to think in advance of experience, and no experience is merely empirical’ (Experience and Its Modes, Cambridge University Press, 1933, p. 117).

I quoted him to help make it clear that it would be a mistake for us to think we could know what the pandemic and the closure of our church would be like and what it would eventually come to mean for us a liberal religious community . . .

          a) before and until we had actually experienced what was coming and,

          b)
that what it was going to be like and what it would mean for us was always going to be more than a simple tally of empirical facts about the event that we were going to be able objectively to observe from our individual locked-down living rooms.

In other words, day by day, we were going to have to take into account the powerful existential experience of going through an actual pandemic and the actual closure of our church.

So here we are this morning, still not yet fully through the pandemic, no longer thinking in advance of the experience but, instead, fully in it. We have been changed existentially by the pandemic, and the service of mindful meditation which has helped us through it so far has now become central to our way of being together religiously — a way of being religious that has helped us value way more than before the art of becoming aware, of paying attention, and of becoming mindful about what is going on in ourselves and in the world.

It has taught us something that our previous way of being religious together made it very difficult for us to experience. What this something is was most memorably gestured towards by the ancient, anonymous Hebrew author who tells us about Elijah, a man who expected to find the voice of that which was for him ultimate in the great wind, the earthquake and the fire. To his surprise he found that his ultimate concern was something he could encounter only by first entering the sound of sheer silence (1 Kings 19:11-12).

The shared silence of our new morning service has been very hard won by us and I trust that we will come to cherish and further cultivate its subtle gifts for many, many years to come.

Click on this link to find out more about the new morning service of mindful meditation

“Walking with Paul Wienpahl”—Episode 4—Getting out of our minds and into the world.

18 September 2021 at 13:00
Paul Wienpahl is in the white, short-sleeved shirt to the right of the tree trunk & Herbert Fingarette (whose words give this blog and podcast its title) is standing next to Wienpahl to the left of the tree trunk

A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link

We continue this series, “Walking with Paul Wienpahl” by looking at paragraphs 9 to 15 of his “Unorthodox Lecture” from 1955. You can find links to Wienpahl’s lecture in the episode notes to this podcast or in my associated blogpost.

Let’s begin immediately with paragraph 16. 

§16 To see this is to be a man without a position. To get out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things is to cease to be an idealist or a pragmatist, or an existentialist, or a Christian. I am a man without a position. I do not have the philosophic position that there are no positions or theories or standpoints. (There obviously are.) I am not a sceptic or an agnostic or an atheist. I am simply a man without a position, and this should open the door to detachment.

The first thing to do here is to remind you that when Wienpahl talks about being a man or woman “without a position” he is not saying he is a person without direction and, therefore, someone incapable of saying anything substantive or meaningful or, indeed, of getting anything proactively and positive done.

Remember that Wienpahl has already addressed the question of direction in paragraphs 6 and 7 where he noted his feeling that creative activity cannot be without some sort of conscious direction because, if that were the case, it would lack form. Wienpahl will return to this in paragraph 25 which we’ll look at in the next episode. Remember, too, that in saying this Wienpahl was also concerned to stress he felt this conscious direction needed to be something which is not impressed as if from “without” but should be something that develops as if from “within.”

So the question here is then how can one be a person without a position in whom this kind of directionality occurs?

Well, I think that what Wienpahl was beginning to intuit here — and what he wrote certainly helped me personally to intuit this — is that living in the world without a position, i.e. without fully predetermined and fixed ideologies, blueprints or theories about what is really, is, in fact, a prerequisite of being able truly to follow the direction of reality as it intra-actively unfolds within and around us.

To remind you, when things (including ourselves, of course) “intra-act” they do so co-constitutively. In other words we are always-already changing other things and other things are simultaneously always-already changing us. Consequently, whatever any thing is, it is to be something always-already emerging through intra-actions. In human terms this means that is no predetermined end towards which a person can go and there is no final, predetermined fixed person one can seek to become.

None of this is to deny that positions exist — as Wienpahl admits, they obviously do — but what this way of thinking does help stop is the idea that positions are in any way primary or fundamental. Instead, positions must be seen as emergent and metastable and, therefore, temporary, and it is only by being aware of this intra-activity — by paying attention to it, and then being mindful of its consequences — that a person is helped to get out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things which, in turn, helps a person cease being an idealist, a pragmatist, an existentialist, a Christian, a sceptic, an agnostic or an atheist etc..

As Wienpahl says, the point here is never to identify reality with anything except itself and never to forget that reality is a multifarious thing and, we should add, a constantly moving and intra-active thing. When we can see this, truly see this, then and only then do we become men or women without a position in the sense meant by Wienpahl. It is this realisation that helps a person begin to get out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things.

In the next paragraph, paragraph 17, Wienpahl reveals he was beginning to realise that once a person has got out of the mind and into the world, beyond language and to the things, then that same person can also begin to see that what it is to be an individual self is always-already to be a person catalysed in some fashion by everything they are involved with.

§17 I hate to think that I need a catalyst like a friend. Yet I am afraid that if I go on by myself, I won’t get anywhere. But there’s the nub. Who wants to get anywhere? Why not let myself become what I shall? Trying to become something is trying to be a copy. I guess that we are afraid to become ourselves, and that is why we are seldom original.

As Wienpahl’s words suggest, we most commonly experience the truth of this in the company of a trusted and good, critical friend as the conversations we have with them over the years co-create our life together and begin to develop the, as if from within, proactive directions of our ongoing individual lives. But another place we can see this is in the relationship that is sometimes seen to develop between a hitchhiker and the person who has stopped to give them a lift. The philosopher Freya Mathews offers us the following illustration: 

The modes of proactivity in question are those that work with, rather than against, the grain of the given. By this I mean there are forms of energetic flow and communicative influence already at play in the world. An agent in this mode is a kind of metaphysical hitchhiker, catching a ride in a vehicle that is already bound for her destination. Or, more usually, via the hitchhiker’s communicative engagement with the driver of the vehicle, both the hitchhiker’s own plans and those of those of the driver are changed. The vehicle heads for a destination that neither the hitchhiker nor the driver had previously entertained, but which now seems more in accordance with their true will than either of their previous destinations (Freya Mathews: Reinhabiting Reality—Towards a Recovery of Culture, 2005, SUNY Press, NY, p. 39).

Mathews’ words speak both to Wienpahl’s fear that if he goes on by himself, he won’t get anywhere and also the issue Wienpahl sees in the problematic idea of wanting to get anywhere specific in the first place.

Mathews words help us see that for the hitchhiker and the driver what we are tempted to call a destination is not something that can be absolutely predetermined by either of them alone but is something that only emerges from their intra-actions with each other and, of course, the wider events and environments through which they both moving. In short, the metaphysical hitchhiker lets things be by not seeking to turn back processes and the inner unfolding dynamics that are already under way. However, as she lets things be in this fashion, she nevertheless remains proactive in seeking her own fulfilment through her intra-active, communicative engagement with already existing unfoldings, such as, for example, the driver of the car. 

Also, anyone adopting this way of being in the world begins to find that meaning and value in life always emerges from ongoing encounters with the things of the world and, consequently, that there is no longer a requirement either for any ideal, universal transcendent reality or destination to reach at all, nor is there a requirement for any final positions, fixed theories or blueprints about reality to help guide one’s journey of life. In short the metaphysical hitchhiker is a man or woman without a position, who is not a copy of any other person, and who can, therefore, most truly be themselves in the intra-active unfoldings of life. Which thought leads us to paragraph 18. 

§18 This helps me to see that I would rather become a mediocre Paul Wienpahl than a successful type, say a successful college professor. But I am afraid of individuality and, hence, of originality, which is the thing I also prize most. No wonder it doesn’t come. I am doing everything I can to prevent it. It is like peace for the world today. And it is the striving for it which would cause me not to recognize it if it did, by a miracle, come. For then it, I, would be like no other thing. And I couldn’t recognize it because of this and because of the striving.

Wienphal’s point here is, I think, that it is precisely our positions — i.e. too firmly held theories and blueprints etc. — that stop us from seeing reality, what is really, as clearly as we might. This is why we tend only to see ourselves in terms of being a failure or a success with reference to predetermined types such as, in the case of Wienpahl, a college professor or, in my own case, a philosophically inclined minister of religion. When we deviate too far from these predetermined types we are tempted to say we are “unsuccessful”; when we succeed in copying and staying close to these types we talk about ourselves as being “successful.” But, as Wienpahl observes, this reveals just how frightened we often are of individuality and originality even as we continue to proclaim individuality and originality as being absolutely important to us.  

Wienpahl then suggests that what is true of ourselves is also true of things like peace for the world today. It could be right in front of us in some unique, obscure, occluded or unexpected fashion and yet we simply wouldn’t see it because we are too busily looking for a predetermined, idealised type of peace that merely exists in our minds. In comparison to our predetermined, idealised types of peace the kind of peace that might, by a miracle, actually be in front of us may well be considered “mediocre” and dreadfully modest, but it would, at least, have the benefit of being a kind of peace that is really. Given this situation no wonder peace doesn’t come; no wonder an authentic sense of in what consists our individual and original self doesn’t come. This is why a certain kind of striving must be let go and why we must learn how to let things be intra-actively in the way spoken of earlier by Freya Mathews. This is the kind of detachment about which, in paragraph 19, Wienpahl was talking . . . or so it seems to me. 

However, Wienpahl is well aware that this kind of letting go, this detachment, is likely to strike many people as being a dreadful and unsatisfactory way to proceed and this prompts him to write paragraphs 19 and 20

§19 In this direction seem to lie disorder and revelation, chaos and mysticism, immorality and insanity. Things despised. But I sense that here also lies freedom.

§20 And by this means one can see through the trouble of our times. Ours is not an age of discovery. It is an age of the exploitation of discoveries. A technical age. It is an age in which science is the god. An age of planning and order. An age of psychoanalysis. We are bound, therefore, to destruction, as everything living, when bound, will die. Nor can the religionist take hope. For he also is bound because he thinks that he knows where we should go.

These paragraphs reveal that for Wienpahl, freedom is intimately connected with the discovery of reality, discovering what is really. To be free in the sense Wienpahl seems to be talking about is to be a metaphysical hitchhiker intra-actively discovering an ever-unfolding, ever-creative world; it is to be a kind of free-thinking mystic with hands who understands the need reciprocally to serve and be served by nature doing what nature does, what Spinoza calls “natura naturans”, nature naturing.          

Alas, Wienpahl could already see in the 1950s that we are no longer in such an age of discovery but mired deeply in a destructively technical one, one which is only concerned to exploit discovery to the Nth degree. Ours is also a shockingly unfree and coercive age which believes it can and should have complete power and control over nature, and that it is appropriate to impose upon reality only human positions, blueprints, theories and ideologies. In short, Wienpahl realised we were living in an age in which its most influential and powerful so-called “leaders” truly think humanity can go it alone — without the catalyst of other things, flora and fauna — and to believe we know where and why we are going before we get there. As Wienpahl observes, “We are bound, therefore, to destruction, as everything living, when bound, will die.” Wienpahl can also see that neither can “the religionist” — or, at least the orthodox and traditional religionist — take hope because they, too, think that they know where we should go.

In this lecture Wienpahl was just beginning to feel his way to a different, more mystical way of being religious or spiritual that allowed a person to express a creative direction “as if” from within but without, at the same time, binding them either to a position or to a predetermined and fixed destination. In his case this led him towards an exploration of Zen Buddhism and also towards a radical re-reading of Benedict Spinoza’s philosophy that he finally published in 1979 shortly before his death in 1980. If you want a glimpse of what he discovered in Spinoza then just go to the episode notes of this edition and click on the link to the “Postscript to Paul Wienpahl’s ‘The Radical Spinoza’” (New York University Press, 1979).

In the next episode, we’ll look at paragraphs 21 to 28 in which Wienpahl further explores what it is to be a person without a position and someone who desires to get away from knowing to living.

Some personal reflections on the twentieth anniversary of the events of September 11th, 2001

11 September 2021 at 13:03
A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link On Tuesday, September 11th 2001, I was just over a year into my ministry at the Cambridge Unitarian Church. I was working in my study on the church premises (where I am recording this today) and had just stopped to make a cup of tea after my lunch. I turned on the radio to listen to the 2pm news to find that both towers of the World Trade Center had been hit by aircraft and were ablaze. Not surprisingly, like everyone else, I was truly shocked by what I was hearing, so shocked in fact that I knew I needed both human company and to see myself whether this was really happening. Since my wife, Susanna, was at work and we did not have a television I left my study and went a ...

On fans, thirteen blackbirds and the ineffable heart of all things

3 September 2021 at 11:52
A blackbird bathes in the Cambridge Unitarian Church garden A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link We inhabit a culture that has become increasingly obsessed with the idea that, through language (whether the language employed by mathematics, physics, logic, philosophy or poetry) we can somehow know reality, know what this or that thing is in its fullness. But this is an illusion because there is always something ineffable about every thing. Even as it constantly gifts us a world of things full of meaning and use this ineffable-something-that-is-no-thing-at-all will always resist total comprehension.  The Zen story of the fan helps here. A teacher handed one student a fan and asked what it was. The student ha...

The Postscript to Paul Wienpahl’s “The Radical Spinoza” (New York University Press, 1979)

21 August 2021 at 17:17

Stained-glass window in the former Unitarian
Church in Exeter
 
What follows my introduction here is a transcription of the Postscript to Paul Wienpahl’s remarkable interpretation of Spinoza’s thought published in 1979 in The Radical Spinoza (New York University Press). I’ve just been re-reading it in connection with my blog/podcast series on Wienpahl’s 1955 Unorthodox Lecture which will resume in September when I return from my annual leave and I have to say that have been impressed by it perhaps more than I was on my initial reading of the text back in December 2007. Since then I have been exploring deeply the implications of a philosophy of movement and new materialism and I have found that Wienpahl’s reading of Spinoza overlaps significantly with both of these trains of thought.

The Postscript is the last piece of work published by Wienpahl before his untimely death in 1980 and I reproduce it here for a number of reasons.

The first is that it gives the reader/listener of my current blog/podcast series an indication of where the questions and issues raised in Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” eventually led him. This may help readers better to understand the direction of travel that was indicated by his lecture.

The second is that The Radical Spinoza is now long out of print and so most people reading this post are unlikely to be able to access a copy with any ease. Ideally, the whole book should be transcribed (or, even better, republished) but since that seems unlikely at the moment it strikes me as important to give you Wienpahl’s summary of what he thinks a careful reading of Spinoza gifts us so as to encourage you to make every effort to track down the book yourself. You may also find some encouragement by reading the excellent and perspicacious review of the book by Don Lusthaus found at this link.

Thirdly, and related to the foregoing paragraph, being able to see what Wienpahl thinks we get from a careful reading of Spinoza, his Postscript may encourage some readers to knuckle-down and tackle Spinoza directly — although I would earnestly encourage readers to do this only after having read Wienpahl’s book first of all because traditional translations and readings of Spinoza, to my mind, seriously (very seriously) misinterpret Spinoza’s basic intention.

Fourthly, the ideas, aspirations and hopes expressed in the Postscript wholly underly and inform the Sunday Morning Service of Mindful Meditation which, since the beginning of the COVID-19 pandemic and its associated lockdowns, has now become the main service of the Cambridge Unitarian Church where I am minister. Click here for more information about this service.

It is plain as a pikestaff to all that the Unitarian movement in the United Kingdom is today in an utterly parlous state and very, very close to institutional extinction — indeed, according to the last Annual Report of the General Assembly of Unitarian and Free Christian Churches there are now only 2,824 formal members of its churches in the UK. It has no corporate idea about what it is and should be doing as a religious movement, it’s prone to endless bickering and unpleasant argumentation about what it is or should be and, as a whole, it is almost completely empty, theologically and philosophically. Spinoza’s philosophy — as interpreted by Wienpahl anyway — still seems to me to offer a practical philosophy/ethics that is not only completely amenable to most religious/philosophical expressions found within the modern Unitarian movement (including those of atheist/humanist persuasion) but it is also a practical philosophy/ethics that is completely consonant with both modern scientific understandings and, and this is vitally important, with the increasing recognition that the greatest challenge to humanity at the moment is the ever-deepening climate emergency. 

Spinoza could so easily have become the Unitarian movement’s central philosophical-theological figures but, alas, in our anti-intellectual, anything goes, tl:dr (too long; didn’t read) culture he has by now been almost completely sidelined and forgotten, and forgotten to our cost a fact that can easily be seen by anyone who pays a visit to one of our ex-chapels in Exeter which is today a Weatherspoon’s pub. There, at least, you can (as I have on a number of occasions) still raise a glass to Spinoza in front of the stained glass window dedicated to him. For those of you who have not seen this window, I reproduce a portion of it at the head of this post.  

Of course, I fully realise that for the modern British Unitarian movement it’s probably far too late collectively to reconnect with Spinoza’s thought but, for the world in general, it is not, and so, without hesitation, I wholeheartedly encourage anyone who stumbles on this piece to read Wienpahl’s Postscript below, hunt down his book and then turn your attention to Spinoza himself. Not everything in Wienpahl’s piece below will be instantly understandable without knowing the arguments found in his preceding nine chapters but there is enough here that will, I’m sure, make complete sense to many of you. As to whether you find what you read compelling, well, that’s another matter entirely . . . 

—o0o—

The Postscript to Paul Wienpahl’s “The Radical Spinoza” (New York University Press, 1979)

Some studies of historical figures are significant mainly for the history of philosophy and for persons who want to know about philosophers. Occasionally, however, a study such as the present one, because of its subject, bears not only in these ways. It may also, and perhaps more importantly, have vital significance for our own times. This is the case with Spinoza. It will both assist with understanding him and accomplish the second purpose in writing this book (see the Preface) if I develop some of the implications of the thinking of BdS [i.e. Benedict de Spinoza] for our times. In doing so I shall be continuing with the reflections commenced in the Preface. 

1. With some understanding of unity our view of what is changes drastically. Instead of seeing our world as made up of discrete things existing independently of each other, we see unity. In the language BdS provided, it is a unity of modes of being. There are not, properly speaking, entities. There is Being and modes of being. A tree is an arboreal mode of being. You and I are modes of being, or, more simply human beings. What we have taken to be the real distinctions between things dissolve, and with them the conceptual distinctions between “thing,” properties, and actions. Loving, for example, which we commonly take to be an action that some one or thing performs can itself be seen as a mode of being.—This is easy to say, but with time potent in effect. Implications are as follows. 

2. There is identity. There is also identifying with. We can identify things or say what they are. We can also identify with another mode of being, when what it is is of no moment. 

3. There is a kind of knowing that is loving. It is not of universals. In it we know Individuals. There are, then, levels of awareness: imagination and understanding. Imagination is indirect awareness and always involves images or representations of things. It includes seeing, hearing, and ratiocinative thinking. Understanding is direct awareness. We can move from images of things to direct awareness, from universals to particulars. In thinking that knowledge is of universals we mistake means of knowing for the objects of knowledge. The objects of knowing or awareness are always particular modes of being; but at first we see them through the cloud of representations of them. 

4. The so-called inanimate is no longer inanimate, except for certain purposes. All modes of being are animate. Like us they are mental as well as physical; though, of course, each in its manner or mode: human, equine, lapidary. 

5. And so they are all capable of Affections. A sailboat, a navicular being can be joyful—more clearly, can be joyfully. 

6. There is a way of humanly being that is active instead of passive, or rather more active than passive. 

7. It involves understanding God. In easy parlance this is to see that every mode of being is divine. Thus, to be humanly we are diligent toward every thing, respect, love it. God ceases to be an object and becomes an experience. 

     God is not dead. The image of God is vanishing from some Minds. This is neither lamentable nor a reason for despair. On the contrary, it is preparatory for understanding. The same is true for the dismantling of metaphysics. To have an image of God is to see Being through a cloud. With understanding religion and philosophy are found to be not really distinct. 

8. Moral responsibility looks different. It has its being in the domain of the imaginative or immature. I want to say in the domain of children, but that obscures the childishness in adults. The moral commandments are seen as truths when they are understood. As truths they tell us what it is to be humanly. It is to live without killing one’s fellow beings, without lying, without covetousness. In positive terms it is to be an Individual who loves its fellow beings. The prejudice about killing animals is sentimental. Awakened we realize that being includes eating. 

9. There is not good and ill. There is only what we call good and ill—while we make comparisons in fulfilling our interests and desires. Considered in itself, without comparison with others, each mode of being simply is. 

     We hate or disparage ourselves only when we compare ourselves with others. A proper love or self can only become improper pride when we compare ourselves to others. Moral commandments, to repeat, have the form of commandments at a level of awareness when they are not understood. 

10. Over a hundred years ago Hegel defined “the Alienated Soul” in The Phenomenology of Mind. Later Nietzsche spoke of “the strange contrast between an inner life to which nothing outward corresponds and an outward existence unrelated to what is within.” 

     The philosophical basis for the problem of alienation is the dualistic thinking in which mind and body are not only thought of but taken to the separate entities. With this thinking there is not only the problem of how the mind and the body can interact; there is also the question of how minds can interact. The tremendous subjectivity with which this dualism infuses us is one of the most powerful sources of the fact and sense of alienation—not only in the individual but between peoples. 

11. This relates to another aspect of our present position in philosophy: the ecological problem. One of its sources is our attitude toward nature. The rise of modern science and technology and the related occurrence of the industrial revolution (all curiously dependent on dualistic thinking) have been accompanied by an attitude toward nature which is destructive of Nature. (Nature includes human beings and all their products, a fact which the distinction between the natural and the manmade has tended to obscure—an obscurity that causes contempt for the man-made.) 

     This attitude has deeper roots than those in the developments just mentioned. It has roots in the Middle Ages in the rise of Christian thought, when the body was disparaged and the natural world was seen to be merely the stage for the drama of salvation. It is the attitude in which there is combined a contempt for nature with a view that it is to be controlled or used. In other words, in the dualistic outlook there is not only the radical separation of mind and body. There is the separation of the human being and nature. 

     With non-dualism our attitude toward Nature changes. It becomes God’s understanding Love. All natural things, including the man-made, come to be respected, and, as I have said, we develop a sense of diligence toward them. The import of this for the ecological problem is clear. 

12. It is in non-dualistic thinking that the Minds of the East and the West will come together. The current dialogue between East and West is largely on the level of imagination. 

13. Non-dualism is the foundation for recent developments in art and science. In other dualistic terms we could say that it provides the metaphysics for these developments. It is better to say that with non-duality these developments are illuminated. 

     I have already alluded to the new physics (pp. 96-7). In painting there is the development of non-representational art from cubism on (see Section 3 above). In psychology we have first Freud who cracked the supposedly real distinction between mind and body with the notion of unconscious mental phenomena. Dualistically speaking, an “unconscious idea” is a contradiction in terms (think of our trouble with Sp’s [i.e. Spinoza’s] use of “idea”). A somewhat parallel development is the increasing, if still fumbling, attention to psychosomatic medicine (fumbling partly because we do not have a language for it, “mind” and “body” have great force). There is, next, the third-force psychology of Abraham Maslow and others. (Maslow might have borrowed from BdS for the title of his book: Toward a Psychology of Being.) And finally there is the movement into transpersonal psychology, the study of “transpersonal experiences, that is, ones occupied with other things than oneself . . . [ones in which] to a large extent the subject-object dichotomy is itself transcended.” (See Section 2, and the appendix of Huston Smith’s Forgotten Truth.) 

14. Philosophy after reflecting on BdS seems to be a far more individual undertaking than it has been considered to be (see Sections 2, 3, 8, and 11 above). We have thought that individual philosophers provide us with our meanings or world views. We have also thought that they do this in universal terms that are applicable to all. Now it may be seen that these meanings and systems have been in the imagination. With BdS philosophizing becomes something that each Individual has to do for him or herself. Each Individual has to strive for the realization of non-dualism, for insight into unity. 

15. By the time of Descartes thinking had come to be regarded as entirely incorporeal. The original subtitle of the Meditations had been “On God’s Existence and the Soul’s Incorporeality,” not “immortality.” Still in our day Wittgenstein had to caution that we tend to think of thinking as a gaseous medium and Hannah Arendt writes that it is “nowhere.” 

     It is in fact one of the many activities human beings perform. It is no more invisible or incorporeal than feeling and hearing are. More generally, thinking is the activity of becoming conscious and living consciously. 

     As William James remarked, “thinking” is an equivocal word. “Penny for your thoughts,” we say. “Oh, I was just thinking what fun we had yesterday.” “Ah, I was thinking of that date tomorrow.” “Thinking” is used for a variety of activities: remembering, planning, problem-solving, dealing with the general as opposed to the particular, and, as we know from BdS, dealing with the particular. I suppose that we could call the activity of becoming conscious “philosophical thinking.” Arendt said that it is like “the sensation of being alive.” With BdS it seems that it is being alive. 

     In the Preface I reflected that philosophy, except as critical evaluation (pragmatism), conceptual analysis (logical positivism), engagement (existentialism), ordinary-language analysis (English philosophy), seemed finished. In none of these contemporary views of philosophy is there any word of wisdom. Hannah Arendt said: “The thread of tradition is broken and we shall not be able to renew it.” We seem also, I thought, to have broken with the tradition of the wise. With BdS a new step on the old way seems possible: the step to non-dualism, or to a new insight into wisdom. Not to greater wisdom or to a redefinition of wisdom, but to more wisdom individually. 

     Looking at the matter historically, and in these terms, we can see the development of Western philosophic thought since the time of Hume as a destructive criticism of philosophy, in so far as it was taken as an attempt to provide us with an overall rational view of the world, or a universal knowledge as Husserl called it, which would constitute wisdom. The critical examination of this attempt developed until it was finally proclaimed in the twentieth century that it had been simply a quest for certainty, or that it is meaningless or inevitably results in meaningless statements. In Hannah Arendt’s terms, it was seen that philosophy cannot provide us with the meaning of life. Let us, therefore, leave it and turn to practical matters. 

     This development, however, may be viewed constructively as well as negatively. What we have been doing in the past two hundred years is becoming aware of the nature and limits of rational thinking or the rational way of being consciously. Speaking, then, in terms of historical development and movements in philosophy, we have gradually moved on from Platonism, Aristotelianism, Cartesianism, or Materialism or Idealism toward mysticism or non-dualism. With BdS we can see that it is not that philosophy died in the twentieth century. Rather it is that it reached the point where a radical new step could be taken. in Sp’s terms this is the step from the preoccupation with the rational mode of awareness to an interest in the intuitive. The pragmatists, the positivists, and the existentialists took important steps; but there is, contrary to their belief, still another philosophic step to be taken, one for which their own work prepared. 

     The matter need not be viewed only in terms of history and movements or positions in philosophy: Let us go along with Hannah Arendt and think of philosophy as the activity of providing us with meanings rather than truths, the latter being considered as the results of science. Then we can see with BdS that we have come to realize that the way of imagination (see Sections 3, 7, 15 above) is not the way to attain meaning; “philosophical meaning” we might call it. The way comes with knowing intuitively and understanding. We can then see that philosophizing does not bring us into contact with universals or essences, however these be regarded, as we had thought. It brings us into contact with particular modes of being. 

     The revolution in our view of philosophy, however, goes deeper than this indicates. For with non-dualism or insight into unity “thinking” is not simply an affair in “the land of the intellect.” It is an affair of the whole person. The physicists have a version of non-dualism with Bohr’s idea of complementarity. They have abandoned the principle of identity or the notion that they can or even have to specify what light, say, is. But philosophical thinking requires more than this. It requires involvement of the total Individual and not simply the brains or intellect; not simply abandonment of the principle of identity, but of identity. 

     It requires, in a word, spiritual exercises. Philosophy will no longer be an affair simply of the schools or academies. It will be an affair of something like the monastery or temple. An affair of becoming wise. Not wise in the sense of having universal knowledge, but in the sense of understanding and being an actively loving person. We shall see individual “meaning,” not meaning. 

16. Under the influence of the dualistic or common way of thinking we are likely to believe that BdS has given us a new and the true way of looking at things as modes of being (see Section 1). However, to think that BdS found a new universal knowledge or metaphysic is to fail to take into account the other way of knowing than the rational: the intuitive (see Section 3 and then reflect that in Section 1 instead of saying “There are not, properly speaking, entities,” we should say “There are not, more properly speaking, entities.” Unqualified, the statement makes us think that with it we have the final truth.). It is to become a Spinozist instead of whatever you are. It is to remain locked in imagination—the ETHIC itself is a work of imagination. 

     There are times, for example, when it is appropriate and useful to regard modes of being as having identities, and others, when it is natural to identify with them. In cashing a check we rely on having an identity; in loving we abandon it. 

     The human Freedom of which BdS spoke includes being able to see things in an infinite variety of ways. It includes Freedom from any “ism,” any special general way of thinking of things. I can react to or be involved with any mode of being qua that particular mode of being. I can be with our dog Shasta as a dog, as a four-footed animal, as a hunter, as a guard, or simply Shasta—that mode of being which we chose to call “Shasta.” Here is a reason why mysticism has been said to be ineffable. When we are involved directly with a mode of being, there are no words we can use except proper names. That direct experiencing is lost as soon as we begin to describe it in terms like “dog,” “animal,” and even “mode of being.” With them we then perceive Shasta, say, as through a cloud. 

     To put it otherwise, when we have a true idea of unity, that is when we are unified (and it is important to note that it is a matter of degrees), we are detached from any particular mode of thinking, and such detachment is, of course, itself a mode of being. We are neither Aristotelian, a Spinozist, a Buddhist, a Christian, nor even one who sees a dog as a dog. We attain to no-mind. Truth, meaning, substance, identity, all the categories lose their hold on us and we can be with each mode of being simply as it is

     Except for its ending that last sentence might have a familiar ring. Hannah Arendt wrote: “I have clearly joined the ranks of those who have for some time been attempting to dismantle metaphysics, and philosophy with all its categories” (see Preface above). She went on, however, to say, “What you are left with, then, is still the past, but a fragmented past, which has lost its certainty of evaluation.” Nevertheless, she warns at the last, there are things there that are “‘rich and strange,’” “‘coral,’” and “‘pearls’” that are not to be destroyed (she has been quoting Shakespeare). And she concludes in Auden’s words: “Some books are undeservedly forgotten; none are undeservedly remembered.” 

     The attempts of the dismantlers have loosened the hold of “philosophy with all its categories.” The dismantlers’ work, however, has not only left us with the pearls of the past stored in books. It has prepared the way for seeing the other way of thinking, knowing, and living than the rational. When I said that “all the categories lose their hold on us,” I cited philosophical categories (truth, etc.). But I also had in mind, as the illustration of Shasta showed, all the concepts, all the images or representations of things. It is not only that we should not think dualistically that BdS gave us a new metaphysics. It is also that we can be freed of the images of “dog,” “human being,” “in-animate,” and “animate.” We are thus left with the pearls of the past and the possibility of a new way of thinking and knowing. One of the pearls is “know thyself.” Another is “Love thy fellow beings.” It is a way of thinking and knowing that is not of the universal but of the particular. “If now the way, which I have shown conducts to this, seem extremely arduous, it can nevertheless be come upon.” The more so today, may be added to Sp’s observation at the end of the ETHIC. For more of us have broken with the tradition of representational thinking to become aware of the other. 

All Things in the World are one. And one is All in all Things—heeding the seventh trumpet sounded by the IPCC’s report on climate change

9 August 2021 at 10:02

In February 2020 I went to see a colleague, Nigel Cooper, who is the lead chaplain at Anglia Ruskin University simply to catch-up with each other’s news. He, like me, has for very many years been deeply concerned about the developing climate emergency and, on this occasion, against the background of various Extinction Rebellion actions and Greta Thunberg’s inspired “School Strike for Climate” (Skolstrejk för klimatet) campaign, Nigel turned the our conversation to the end of Chapter 11 of that strangest and most disturbing book in the New Testament, Revelation

In David Bentley Hart’s recent translation the text reads as follows,         

And the seventh angel sounded the trumpet, and there came loud voices in heaven, saying, “The kingdom of the cosmos has become the Lord’s and his Anointed’s, and he will reign unto the ages of the ages.” And the twenty-four elders seated before God on their thrones fell on their faces and made obeisance to God, Saying, “We thank you, Lord God the Almighty, who are and who were [and who are to come], because you have taken your great power and have reigned, And the gentiles were indignant, and your ire has come, and the time for the dead to be judged, and for giving the reward to your slaves the prophets and to the holy ones and to those who revere your name, the small and great, and for destroying those who destroy the earth.” And God’s sanctuary in heaven was opened, and the ark of his covenant was seen in his sanctuary, and there came lightning flashes and noises and peals of thunder and an earthquake and a great hailstorm (Revelation 11:15-19).

And so now here we are, Summer 2021, the IPCC’s report has been published and when all but the most wilfully blind and deluded amongst humankind can see that the dire warnings about an impending, human-driven environmental catastrophe — with its own flashes of lightning, noises, peals of thunder, earthquakes, and hailstorms and, of course, those other Biblical catastrophes, flood and fire — were not exaggerations but, if anything, underestimates of how just how serious and how fast the situation was going to deteriorate were we not radically to change our way of being-in-the-world. But the environmental prophets and holy ones and those who revere nature have all been ignored and we did not change. Instead, as George Monbiot has just written,

Our warnings were greeted with denial and insults: we were accused of being jeremiahs, killjoys, communists, fascists etc, etc. Even those who paid lip service to the science refused to act on it. They made speeches and set targets, but shunned the necessary economic change. Everything else came first: the corporate lobbyists, the road building, the unnecessary wars, the urge to appease media billionaires and comfortable, complacent voters. Scarcely anyone told the truth. Self-interest and egotism pushed us towards catastrophe. Even now, as the fires rage, governments delay, obfuscate, look the other way. And we, our senses dulled by consumerism, trivia and the lies and misdirections of the media, remain quiescent.

It is in this context of our dulled senses and quiescence that the paean of thanksgiving and praise uttered by the twenty-four elders in verses 17-18 particularly interests me.

What I want to do here is to re-present it to you in four steps to deliver up an interpretation of the text that, just perhaps, can speak clearly to our own age.  

So, step one. Here, once again, is that paean of thanksgiving and praise:

          We thank you, Lord God the Almighty, who are and who were [and who are to come], 

          because you have taken your great power and have reigned, 

          And the gentiles were indignant, and your ire has come, 

          and the time for the dead to be judged, 

          and for giving the reward to your slaves the prophets and to the holy ones 

          and to those who revere your name, the small and great, 

          and for destroying those who destroy the earth.”

Now, in the form of liberal religious life that claims my allegiance the term “Lord God the Almighty” is in some fashion interchangeable with “Nature the Almighty” as nature awe-inspiringly does what nature does. Another, and I think better term for nature doing what nature does is natura naturans or “nature naturing.” In making this change I’m following the lead of one of my great heroes, and one of the great heroes of the seventeenth-century Radical Enlightenment, Benedict Spinoza who used the term deus sive natura, “god-or-nature”, where the “sive”, the “or”, is one of equivalence. Consequently, however one is to understand the activity of god, god is to be understood as nature naturing; however one understands the activity nature naturing, nature naturing is to be understood as god. As the philosopher Frederick C. Beiser notes: 

Spinoza’s famous phrase “deus sive natura” made it possible to both divinize nature and naturalize the divine. Following that dictum, a scientist, who professed the most radical naturalism, could still be religious; and a pastor, who confessed the deepest personal faith in God, could still be a naturalist (“After Hegel: German Philosophy, 1840-1900”, Princeton University Press, pp. 4-7).      

So, in this context, step two is to hear me, a pastor who professes a species of new naturalism, read again the passage I’ve just quoted from Revelation but with some key changes made:

          We thank you, god-or-nature, who are and who were [and who are to come], 

          because you have taken your great power and have reigned, 

          And those blind to nature naturing were indignant, and your ire has come, 

          and the time for the dead to be judged, 

          and for giving the reward to your co-workers the prophets and to the holy ones 

          and to those who revere your name, the small and great, 

          and for destroying those who destroy the earth.”

Let’s now turn to step three. To take this step we need to see a singular difference between the activity of “Almighty God” as was understood by the writer of Revelation and the mythical twenty-four elders, and the activity of “god-or-nature” I have in mind. However, before doing that, because in what follows I indulging in some anthropomorphization of nature, I think it is helpful to add here Jane Bennett’s active materialist credo that concludes her book “Vibrant Matter”:

I believe in one matter-energy, the maker of things seen and unseen. I believe that this pluriverse is traversed by heterogeneities that are continually doing things. I believe it is wrong to deny vitality to nonhuman bodies, forces, and forms, and that a careful course of anthropomorphization can help reveal that vitality, even though it resists full translation and exceeds my comprehensive grasp. I believe that encounters with lively matter can chasten my fantasies of human mastery, highlight the com­mon materiality of all that is; expose a wider distribution of agency, and reshape the self and its interests (Vibrant Matter, Duke University Press, 2010, p. 122).

So, to return to the paean, “Almighty God” is a being who is relating to we human beings from somewhere “over there”. Such an “Almighty God” is understood to be external to us; Almighty God’s judgement, power and rule are all things that come to us from outside our world.  

But with “god-or-nature” the situation is very different. We are helped to grasp something of the difference by the philosopher Timothy Morton. On his blog he writes,

One of the things that modern society has damaged has been thinking. Unfortunately, one of the damaged ideas is that of Nature itself. How do we transition from seeing what we call “Nature” as an object “over there”? And how do we avoid “new and improved” versions that end up doing much the same thing (embeddedness, flow and so on), just in a “cooler,” more sophisticated way? When you realize that everything is interconnected, you can’t hold on to a concept of a single, solid, present-at-hand thing “over there” called Nature.

So, now let’s take step four in which I’ll walk you through the paean of thanksgiving and praise line by line unfolding just some of the implications of my reinterpretation. 

The paean begins:  

We thank you, god-or-nature, who are and who were [and who are to come]

Whatever god-or-nature is, god-or-nature is that which is, was and will be in the sense that everything that is, was and will be is an expression of nature naturing, natura naturans. God-or-nature always-already simply does what god-or-nature does and — and this is vitally important to grasp — we human beings are ourselves expressions of god-or-nature, i.e. of nature naturing. We are emergent creatures as is everything in our various cultures including, very importantly, human morality. In all cases it is vital to see that we are not here and nature is not “over there.” To borrow some words from John Toland in his Pantheisticon of 1720, it is to want to say something like: 

          All Things in the World are one. 

          And one is All in all Things. 

          What’s All in all Things Is GOD, Eternal and Immense, 

          Neither begotten, nor ever to perish.

The paean of thanksgiving and praise continues:

          because you have taken your great power and have reigned, 

Naturally, there could never have been any time or place when god-or-nature didn’t have great power and was not, so to speak, reigning. So what’s going on here? Well, I think we can take this line as simply an expression of gratitude at the way the power of god-or-nature has suddenly broken through our hubristic delusions of separateness, independence, power and control and, having seen the awesome power of nature naturing, we find suddenly that god-or-nature now reigns in all our thinking about everything. Increasing numbers of us (but still far from enough) have come to see that it is simply impossible for humans to have any power or can rule over a nature that is “over there” in the form of natural resources which are ruthlessly to be exploited by oil and gas companies, industrialists of all kinds, corporate lobbyists, road builders, warmongers, media billionaires and comfortable, complacent voters. The power of god-or-nature has helped us see not only that nature is not “over there” but that it is the very same matter/energy out of which we, and everything are made. Nature naturing which is the sign of the reign of god-or-nature is within us and, consequently, the judgement which is coming upon us comes from that which we are, were, and always will be because in god-or-nature we live, move and have our being.   

The paean of thanksgiving and praise continues:

          And those blind to nature naturing were indignant, and your ire has come, 

          and the time for the dead to be judged, 

The “gentiles” mentioned in the original text are, in this context, all those who simply cannot see the power and the reign of god-or-nature, the process of nature naturing. They are angry with the angry judgement of god-or-nature/nature naturing because it really is taking away from them the illusion of human control over, and separateness from things they thought were “over there” to be controlled and exploited by them for short-term and wholly unsustainable ends. But, because this is a revelation that there is no “over there” and that everything is connected (All Things in the World are one. And one is All in all Things), the truth is the angry judgement they are so angry about is really “their” own nature angrily judging the way “they” are currently naturing. They are utterly dead to reality, to god-or-nature and in this “death” they are truly being judged.

The paean of thanksgiving and praise continues:

          and for giving the reward to your co-workers the prophets and to the holy ones 

          and to those who revere your name, the small and great

The reward this moment in time is bringing us is not salvation from this world because, in the old sense of the word anyway, there is for our own age no easy way for us to believe in “another world” where a future salvation is promised. But in a certain way we may say that there is another world, namely, this world seen differently. The reward we have available to us, our salvation is, if you like, in this world and we experience it whenever we see this world, sub species aeternitatis, as deus sive natura, god-or-nature, nature-or-god. Salvation is experienced wherever we are able to see, celebrate and give thanks for natura naturans, nature naturing everywhere and always. Whenever any person intuits or sees this awesome reality, truly sees it that is, then, with gratitude and reverence they find themselves unselfconsciously bowing before the name of god-or-nature, natura naturans. To borrow from a well-known hymn, at the name of god-or -nature every knee shall bow. This recognition, this act of obeisance is, in and of itself, our reward. But it is important to understand that this act of obesience is not made before some external potentate, over there, but to something everywhere and always active. It is additionally vitally important to realise that an “act of obeisance” is not an abstract idea about the world, a mere intellectual lip-service, but an actual movement of the material body made as a real act of respect or submission to the material body of the world made by the material body of the world itself in the form of the body of this or that human being. In this new way of being-in-the-world ethics becomes all about material movement, about how we might best move, dance and walk together with all things. 

The paean of thanksgiving and praise then concludes by stating that this is also a time

          for destroying those who destroy the earth.

And so, here we are, at a moment in the time in the life of this planet and ours species when god-or-nature, natura naturans, is beginning to destroy us, we who destroy the earth. 

Our only hope is that, since we are ourselves an example of nature naturing, in which god-or-nature is  judging “itself”, when we see that this is so, we can gratefully, if often fearfully, willingly become part of this necessary judgement. All this is to see that our present ways of behaviour require us to repent and radically to change our whole way of being-in-the-world. 

But, once again, please see that this judgement and anger is not external to us, rather it is a judgement that is as much from what we colloquially call an “inner” realm as it is from an “outward” one.

When we see this and begin to live its truth then, even if this turns out to be the beginning of the end of our particular species, then we can be assured we are playing a humble part, not in the destruction of the world, but its ongoing life. 

A time-travel Black Mountain College “Extension Course”—a further brief piece of autobiography

31 July 2021 at 09:33

In 1983 I was 18 and, as during that year I had not done at all well in my A-levels (getting only two “E” grades in English Literature and History) I was living at home without the chance of a place at any college or university and without a job. This state of affairs had obtained, not as the result of youthful indolence (though I occasionally displayed my fair share of that), but because of an enthusiastic awakening to literature, history and music. 

As far as literature goes, I had stumbled across Donald Hall’s Faber Introductory Anthology called “American Poetry” and then Donald Allen’s influential anthology called “The New American Poetry 1945–1960” which introduced me to a whole series of poets, especially those connected with Black Mountain College such as Robert Creeley and Charles Olson, and the San Francisco Beats such as Gary Snyder, Lawrence Ferlinghetti and Lew Welch. I was bowled over by how and what they were writing and this passion for their work completely took my attention away from the English Literature A-level curriculum and so it was actually a miracle that I even managed to scrape an “E” grade in my exam.  

As far as history goes, I had become passionate not only about the Protestant Reformation, in particular its radical forms from out of which the Unitarian movement came, but also about the English Civil War, especially the history of the Diggers and the Ranters. Two figures from this latter period that then, as now, wholly captivated my imagination, were Gerrard Winstanley and Jacob Bauthumley. It was through reading Christopher Hill’s work about this period that I was also introduced to the kind Marxist influenced thinking which, to this day, continues to shape the way I understand the world. Anyway, in history as in literature, I was so bowled away by what I was discovering that, once again, it was a miracle I even managed to scrape an “E” grade in my History A-level exam.  

L. to R. Me, Russell and Mark in Little Clacton Village Hall in 1982

But my tricky situation connected with these two awakenings was closely tied to another awakening that had come about through music. Following an exchange visit to Germany in 1979 I had discovered the music of the Beatles and, on returning, I decided I wanted to be in a band. Fortunately, I had two friends who already played instruments, Mark Sainsbury (who played guitar) and Russell Bethany (who played drums), and I was persuaded by them to play the bass guitar. Somehow I managed to convince my parents to buy me one and, in July 1980, on my fifteenth birthday, excitedly I came downstairs to find a shiny, new bass guitar and amp. To my utter surprise my grandmother (who had a quiet love of classical music and harboured a hope I would develop one too) had found a playable double bass and so there it also lay, like a beached whale, on the sitting room floor.     

I didn’t want to disappoint my grandmother and so, even as I began with gusto to play rock and pop music on my electric bass with my friends, I also began to hunt out music that used the double bass and so quickly discovered jazz. Before long, in addition to musicians like Bill Evans, Dave Brubeck and Duke Ellington (a couple of whose records were in my parents’ small record collection), I soon came across Miles Davis’ jazz-rock masterpieces “In A Silent Way” and “Bitches Brew” and records by the English jazz-rock band “Soft Machine”, especially their album “Third.” By the time I was seventeen, and just starting my A levels, I knew I wanted to be a jazz bass player. 

Naturally, living where I did, in a remote, coastal village in Essex (Kirby-le-Soken), this dream appeared insane and it will come as little surprise that my very sensible parents and teachers took every opportunity to remind me of this insanity. I was not persuaded and by 1983 things had reached a point of crisis. I clearly wasn’t going to college or university and neither was I in a band that was getting any gigs and so something had to give. In short, I needed to get a job badly.

To this end, through an employment bureau in Clacton-on-Sea, my father arranged two interviews in London with an insurance brokers and a bank and, one late autumn Monday morning, I was taken by my father to the railway station at Thorpe-le-Soken and found myself sitting in a train in a cheap suit, with a few quid in my pocket, heading up to Liverpool Street. When I got there I simply knew I couldn’t go through with this and so I went straight to a telephone box in the station concourse and called the insurance brokers and the bank in turn to say sorry but the other firm had offered me a job and that, therefore, I wouldn’t be coming in for the interview that afternoon. Somewhat shaken by the reckless audacity of my actions I immediately took myself off to Shaftesbury Avenue and Ray’s Jazz Shop where, after calming down for half an hour or so by browsing through this heaven of vinyl, I bought a copy of Chick Corea’s “Return to Forever”. I truly love this record but, to this day, I find it quite hard to put it on because I am immediately reminded of the stress of that day! 

Somehow, though God knows how, on returning home in the evening I managed to concoct a plausible enough story about why I had not been offered either job but it was now clear I had to set about urgently finding some job I could do or I was in deep, deep trouble. 

A few days later, whilst in Clacton Town Library looking through the dispiriting job vacancies columns in the local papers, I saw an advert for a job in the poetry bookshop in the Colchester Arts Centre being offered up as part of the government’s Youth Opportunities Programme. I figured this was something I could do with a clean heart and even, perhaps, full belief (pathos), and so I applied. To my surprise, a few days later I was offered an interview and during the following week I duly presented myself at the bookshop.

John Row
I was greeted by a man who was to prove pivotal in what I now think of as my real education, John Row. John was (and still is) a poet who was very much part of the British counterculture movement in the 1960s. With his long white hair and general beatnik/hippy demeanour, he looked very much like the kind of person I thought it would be great to work with. My interview was simple and startling. There were a few of the usual introductory questions after which I told him about my love of jazz and poetry, especially that of Robert Creeley and the Beat poets in general. His reply was to lean over to one of the shelves, pull out a copy of Allen Ginsberg’s seminal poem “Howl” and begin to read. I was utterly captivated by hearing this famous poem performed out loud just for me. When he finished, he looked up and asked me what I thought? I replied “Fucking amazing!”. He beamed, and said, “OK, you've got the job.” 

Immediately picking up on the fact that I liked Creeley’s work, a few days after starting work in the bookshop, John lent me a book by Martin Dubermann called “Black Mountain: An Exploration in Community” (Dutton, 1972) about the extraordinary liberal arts school called Black Mountain College which operated in North Carolina between 1933 and 1957 where Creeley had been a member of its faculty. Here is not the place to explore the history and ethos of the college but, as the various YouTube links at the end of this piece will show you, it encouraged the kind of education that was extremely attractive to me and quite unlike anything I had experienced in my own life. 

At Black Mountain College students were encouraged to linger, creatively, over their subjects without the pressure of examinations and they could, and did, meet people across the entire artistic spectrum in both the classroom and in various social settings. I was thrilled and inspired by what I read and assiduously began to follow up the work of its various teachers in an attempt to experience, if only at second-hand, something of the education Black Mountain College had offered its students. 

In music I followed up the work of John Cage, Lou Harrison and Stefan Wolpe; in poetry I continued to read Robert Creeley and delved more deeply into Charles Olson, in architecture I looked into the extraordinary world of Buckminster Fuller, in the world of painting I sought out works by Willem de Kooning, Franz Kline, Robert Rauschenberg, Josef Albers, and Ruth Asawa and, in dance, I discovered the work of Merce Cunningham. I lingered long over the work of them all and all of it continues to inform and enrich my life today.

Playing with Tal Farlow (guitar) in 1985

The three years I spent in John’s bookshop and at various alternative literary and arts festivals around the country were extraordinary. Not only was I able to read countless books of poetry and essays but, because the bookshop was attached to an Arts Centre, I also got to meet and hear dozens of contemporary poets and attend many jazz concerts. It was only natural that whilst there I finally began to write myself and also to pick up a few jazz gigs. I could barely believe my luck. Perhaps the musical high point of that period was getting the opportunity to play with the great jazz guitarist, Tal Farlow, who had played with Charlie Parker and one of my own bass heroes, Charlie Mingus.

But, John Row was also a performer himself, and so I did a great many jazz and poetry gigs with him at various arts and music festivals around East Anglia and even, on one memorable occasion, going on tour in 1990 to East Germany in that country’s final days of existence. His occasional band was called “John Row’s Sound Proposition,” so named because, in so many ways, it was far from being a sound proposition, especially if one viewed success in financial terms which, of course, we didn’t! 

Anyway, here, for your delectation are three photos taken whilst we were in East Berlin about to play at the famous Kunsthaus Tacheles. Alas, I’m not in the photos because I was taking them. John is clearly taking one of me (standing next to our VW Camper Van) but that photo is long lost . . .



Anyway, one night, driving back very, very late from some gig or other up in rural Lincolnshire John and I passed close by the village of Little Gidding which had inspired T. S. Eliot to write one of the poems in his Four Quartets. I persuaded John that it would be well worth stopping at the village church to see the dawn break over the small church. He agreed.

During our conversation, while we waited for the sun to rise, I told him that I deeply regretted not being able to have had a Black Mountain education myself. Very slowly he turned towards me and said, “And what do you think I’ve been giving you for the last three years?” So, that morning, just as the sun rose over Little Gidding, another kind of dawn broke in my head as I realised this was exactly what had happened and I still take that dawn to have been the graduation ceremony from my first real university course—a kind of time-travel Black Mountain College “Extension Course” which, had I not taken and completed, I would never have been able either to become a professional jazz musician or, much later, get into, and get so much from, Oxford University before making my way into the Unitarian ministry.

The spirit of Black Mountain has never left me and, from time to time, I still occasionally harbour hopes that the Unitarian community where I am minister might offer people something of the same inquiring, free-wheeling educational spirit. 

These days I don’t often openly talk about this hope but it continues to be expressed subliminally in the logo I designed for the church a few years ago (see below) which still appears in an obscure corner of the current church website.

A key symbol of the Universalist movement—which is, of course, a central element in the liberal religious tradition to which I belong—is the circle and, one day, as I was finalising a design for the Cambridge Unitarian Church in which I had placed the name of the church around a circle I suddenly realised I had unconsciously been channelling the logo of Black Mountain College. The connection between them seemed and still seems to me to be very important even though my own design never really caught on and never got widely used. Hey ho . . .



BLACK MOUNTAIN COLLEGE YOUTUBE LINKS


Black Mountain College – A School Like No Other | TateShots

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ManNYunSYkQ]


Black Mountain College: A Thumbnail Sketch

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=G3xSAew7vEU]


Louis Menand on John Dewey and Black Mountain College

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=D1RhAGgoRCE]


Black Mountain College, VISIONARIES episode

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=IKnmWmQi5Ew]


Leap Before You Look: Black Mountain College 1933–1957 | ICA/Boston

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9URP8GgSg5M]


“Walking with Paul Wienpahl”—Episode 3—Cryptic statements of the revolt against idealism

24 July 2021 at 13:41
Paul Wienpahl is in the white, short-sleeved shirt to the right of the tree trunk & Herbert Fingarette (whose words give this blog and podcast its title) is standing next to Wienpahl to the left of the tree trunk

A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link

We continue this series, “Walking with Paul Wienpahl” by looking at paragraphs 9 to 15 of his “Unorthodox Lecture” from 1955. You can find links to Wienpahl’s lecture in the episode notes to this podcast or in my associated blogpost.

Let’s begin this episode with Wienpahl’s comment which I left you with last week. It’s taken from paragraph 15, the last paragraph we’ll be exploring in this week’s episode. You will recall Wienpahl noted that he thought paragraphs 5 to 15 were “cryptic statements of the revolt against idealism.” An important question we need to ask at some point is, therefore, what does he mean by “idealism”?

Well, basically, idealism refers to any doctrine which holds that reality is fundamentally mental or spiritual in nature. Another way of stating this is to say that idealism is opposed to the naturalistic belief that mind should be understood as being a product of natural, material processes. Therefore, in revolting against idealism Wienpahl, even as he wants to take seriously things like poetry and a certain kind of mysticism, wants to ensure he does this by remaining firmly in the world and close to things, perhaps most of all close to himself as a complex material thing wholly intermingled in a world of material things.  

Back cover of A Zen Diary
In the introduction to his book, “A Zen Diary”, published in 1970, he helpfully offers us his own brief definition of idealism and this helps us gain a clearer idea of what it was in these paragraphs he was revolting against.

So, he’s against: 

          (1) the idea that the real (world) is rational, i.e. that it is spirit, 

          (2) Cartesian dualism that says the mind and the body are distinct substances, 

          (3) Platonism that claims there exists a supernatural realm of becoming, or being, or essences, 

          (4) that philosophy will make all, rather than just some of, the difference in life,  

          (5) that if we look long and carefully enough we will get the truth about our world, i.e. all our questions will be answered. 

Now, in addition to this, he thinks idealism has two problematic tendencies. They are: 

          (1) the obliteration of the distinction between the subjective and the objective (the I and the Thou), 

          (2) to “intellectualism”, by which I take him to mean the tendency to privilege abstract theory over practice, i.e. of preferring blueprints to footprints.        

Now I realise that lists like this can be hard to take in the first-time round but I hope you can see that, basically, Wienpahl is revolting against any way of thinking and living which tries to take us, our ideas and words, away from the things of the world. 

So, with this thought firmly in mind let’s now turn to paragraph 9.

§9 There seem to be two ways in which a person becomes an individual. He grows; and he looks back through himself. The one way is obvious and the other is not, and so it is easy to describe the one and difficult to describe the other. I think that the second process of growth is what has been called the development of self-awareness. In so far as psychoanalysis can be considered non-pathologically, this second process of growth is psychoanalysis. Or perhaps we should say that the tools which the analysts have produced can be of use in this second process.

In this paragraph, Wienpahl is noting that we grow into the kind of creatures we are in two ways. The first way is, as he says, obvious, it is our physical growth from a small child into a much larger adult. But there is another kind of human growth, namely, one involving self-awareness and, as was particularly common in the intellectual circles of the 1950s in which he moved, psychoanalysis was thought to provide some key tools to aid this growth. It’s key founding figure was, of course, Sigmund Freud but, today, it owes at least as much to Freud’s students Alfred Adler and Carl Gustav Jung.

Naturally, in this piece, I can’t explore with you all the controversial ins and outs and pros and cons of psychoanalysis but I can draw your attention Wienpahl’s belief that the development of some kind of practice of self-awareness was vital to human growth and for him, this practice was primarily the kind of philosophy encouraged by Wittgenstein, a philosophy which, as Wienpahl came increasingly to realise, displayed many connections and overlaps with existentialist and Buddhist thought. Following Wittgenstein’s lead, Wienpahl thought that, like psychoanalysis, this kind of philosophy could be therapeutic and could genuinely help us to develop the kind of self-awareness we needed to grow and live a good life. At this point in proceedings, it’s worth recalling from episode 1 that for him philosophy was not simply a scholarly, academic discipline but, much more importantly, it was “a spiritual discipline of personal liberation.” This thought leads us naturally to paragraphs 10, 11 and 12. 

§10 Philosophers see and show us things about themselves and others which we do not ordinarily notice. They do not provide us with theories and their utterances are not theories; their utterances are far more like a poem or a painting than they are like a theory. So the philosopher’s utterances are not to be taken literally as one takes a theory or a statement of fact. This is one reason why philosophers are difficult to understand, particularly nowadays when people tend to take everything literally.

§11 Perhaps philosophers should talk only and not write. For the philosopher has nothing to say. He has only something to see and to show, because he is concerned with particulars as particulars and not as members of aggregates as is the scientist. The prevailing reliance on scientia or knowledge makes us interested in aggregates instead of ourselves.

§12 Nor is this to disparage knowledge. It is just that there is something more, many things more than knowledge. And there are other ways than the rational for coming into contact with these things. Philosophy is one of these ways.

These paragraphs serve to re-emphasise Wienpahl’s earlier thought that, in order to grow, we need to develop a certain kind of self-awareness and awareness of things in general. It is vital to hang on to this insight and, as Wienpahl insists, not to begin thinking that philosophy is supposed to, or even can, provide us with theories and scientia (that is to say knowledge based on demonstrable and reproducible data about the world) in the way the natural sciences can. As Wienpahl makes clear the utterances of philosophy “are far more like a poem or a painting than they are like a theory.”

For Wienpahl, the true philosopher only “has only something to see and to show” and this is why he suggests, despite the fact that he has written this lecture, that perhaps “philosophers should talk only and not write.” In Weinpahl’s opinion the role of the philosopher and, therefore, philosophy is, to help keep us existentially aware of the particular things of the world and to help us better and more fruitfully to grow, live, move and authentically have our own individual being with them and not letting ourselves be seduced back into idealism. Given Wienpahl’s clear interest in poetry, I’ve long thought that in this essay he is consciously echoing a key idea of the modernist poet William Carlos Williams, namely, that there are “no ideas but in things.”

But, be that as it may, Wienpahl can see that philosophy, like poetry and painting, helps us come into contact and intra-act with the world in ways that are simply not possible through scientific theories or the possession of knowledge based on demonstrable and reproducible data about the world. As Wienpahl clearly states, he does not disparage knowledge but he is now acutely aware “that there is something more, many things more than knowledge.” However, in 1955, as paragraph 13 reveals, despite his awareness of this it was still hard for him to admit this publicly.

§13 I find it hard to relax and admit that there is something else than knowledge. For it gives my friends the chance to say that I am becoming mystic. And what I don’t like about this is that it seems to say that I disparage knowledge. I don’t. I simply now see that knowledge is not everything. And this seems so obvious a thing to see that one wonders why it should be remarked.

Writing this in 2021 as a philosophically inclined minister of religion who has publicly stated for many years their own commitment to a species of free-thinking mysticism with hands I can only express my own astonishment that, sixty-six years later, it remains extremely hard in our culture to relax and admit that there is something else than knowledge. This remains something that still needs to be remarked so I will make the point again. Along with Wienpahl, 

“I simply now see that knowledge is not everything.”

Now, whenever knowledge ceases to be the be-all-and-end-all of human existence a person necessarily enters into the world of faith and it is this fact which leads Wienphal to write paragraph 14.  

§14 Kierkegaard wrote that the secret of modern philosophy which stems from the cogito-ergo-sum lies in the identification of thought with being, whereas Christianity identifies being with faith. John Dewey wrote that the philosophic fallacy lies in hypostatizing concepts.

Again, this is not the place, and nor do I have the time, to dive into the thought of René Descartes, Søren Kierkegaard and John Dewey. But, in a nutshell, what Wienpahl is gesturing to here is a recognition that he knows the way he must proceed is a way of faith and not belief. 

Dewey’s thought is that philosophy goes wrong whenever it takes an abstract concept and treats it, or represents it, as a concrete reality — that’s what the word “hypostatize” means. Most of us are aware that it is perfectly possible to believe in an abstract philosophical concept — for example “God” — and to imagine it exists. But, as we all know, thanks to our human limitations, we can never know whether or not it is assuredly true. Descartes, in his “Meditations on First Philosophy, in which the existence of God and the immortality of the soul are demonstrated”, thought his cogito-ergo-sum helped him achieve just that kind of assurance. However, today, as Wienpahl humorously points out in his “Zen Diary”, no first-year student would succeed in a philosophy class were they to hand in Descartes’ “Meditations” as a term paper (p. 3).   

Faith, on the other hand, is what can help us know how to go on voyaging when our abstract, theoretical beliefs have proved either to be wholly inadequate and/or wrong and we have, so to speak, run aground. Kierkegaard’s philosophy is one such philosophy of faith. Along with Kierkegaard, Wienpahl has realised that to live well and most fully one must have faith in something or some method that cannot be demonstrated securely and cannot be possessed like scientia

Here we are here talking about living faithfully by what the poet John Keats called “negative capability”, namely the ability “of being in uncertainties, Mysteries, doubts, without any irritable reaching after fact & reason.” It’s perhaps also worth remembering at this point that, as the scientist J. B. S. Haldane thought, we must find a way to accept that “the Universe is not only queerer than we suppose, but queerer than we can suppose (Possible Worlds and Other Papers, 1927, p. 298).

Anyway, the whole of Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” is his first attempt to articulate a philosophical faith that can survive the loss of philosophical belief.   

And so we now come back to where we began this episode and with the words of paragraph 15 we’ll conclude.

§15 These are cryptic statements of the revolt against idealism, a revolt which is a search for reality outside thought. As I see it, the point is not to identify reality with anything except itself. (Tautologies are, after all, true.) If you wish to persist by asking what reality is; that is, what is really, the answer is that it is what you experience it to be. Reality is as you see, hear, feel, taste and smell it, and as you live it. And it is a multifarious thing. 

In the next episode, we’ll look at paragraphs 16 to 20 in which Wienpahl intimates that all the foregoing might help us to get out of our minds and into the world.

“Walking with Paul Wienpahl”—Episode 2—The voyage and the creative action within

17 July 2021 at 13:58
Paul Wienpahl is in the white, short-sleeved shirt to the right of the tree trunk & Herbert Fingarette (whose words give this blog and podcast its title) is standing next to Wienpahl to the left of the tree trunk

A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link

We continue this series, “Walking with Paul Wienpahl”, by looking at paragraphs 5-8 of his “Unorthodox Lecture” from 1955. You can find links to Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” in the episode notes to this podcast or in my associated blogpost.

So let’s begin this episode with paragraph 5.

§5 There is ambiguity in the word “voyage.” So a man may be interested in the voyage of another without being interested in the physical details of that voyage. And one can voyage without leaving home. Terms like “physical” and “spiritual,” therefore, have a use. And one can speak of the spiritual without being mystical or other-worldly.

Following his introductory paragraphs, Wienpahl begins here the main part of his lecture by intimating that he is setting out on a voyage. This means that the philosophical reflections he is about to offer us are not a set of final philosophical claims or conclusions about an already known domain of reality or mode of being-in-the-world but, instead, an introductory set of reflections aimed at helping him travel as attentively and open-mindedly as was possible into, what was for him, unknown philosophical, religious or spiritual territory. 

As we begin to voyage with him, remember that in paragraph 3 he has already told us because “something else” had slipped into his life he now realises his usual rational and logical ways of thinking are not going to help him most fully understand either what that “something” else is or in what consists the true fullness of his life and, by extension, the true fullness of any life. Of course, perhaps necessarily, in leaving behind his old ways of thinking the rational he has quickly found himself in what he describes as turgid and opaque waters.

It’s important to realise this because, at least as far as I understand it, a central aim of his “Unorthodox Lecture” is to place before his audience a set of philosophical tools and a certain general attitude or demeanour that he thought might genuinely help begin to clear, and to some extent still, those same waters for those of us tempted to make a similar voyage of discovery.

However, as Wienpahl notes, there is an ambiguity in the word “voyage” that pivots for him around the terms “physical” and “spiritual”, or what we might also call “outer” and “inner.”  I take it that in this paragraph he is reminding us that, although he, Paul Wienpahl, a UCLA graduate, Professor of Philosophy with wartime experience as a tank commander in Europe, has experienced a very particular “physical”, “outer” voyage through life—the details about which we may (or may not) be not particularly interested in hearing—he has also experienced a parallel, “spiritual” or “inner” existential voyage that he thinks can also be travelled by at least some members of his audience without them needing to “leave home”, i.e. without leaving behind their own, very particular, “physical”, “outer” voyages through life.

Additionally, as Wienpahl is very keen to observe, “one can speak of the spiritual without being mystical or other-worldly” and that, therefore, terms like “‘physical’ and ‘spiritual’. . . have a use.” Here, Wienpahl is making a key point also made by Wittgenstein—whose work was well-known by Wienpahl—namely, that “meaning is use” (PI §43). The important point to grasp here is that, for Wienpahl, words like “spiritual” or “inner” should not be understood as referring to the actual existence of some other, supernatural, non-material or physical world, realm or place beyond our world but as tools, tools which can help us better become aware of, pay attention to, and be mindful of the many phenomena that make up human existence. We’ll return to words as tools in more detail at the end of this episode in connection with paragraph 8. But, let’s now turn to paragraph 6.

§6 About writing and living. Writing can be and living is a creative act. Seeing them this way helps to see that neither can be forced. They come into being, and grow out of themselves. But this does not mean that they must be formless. It means only, I think, that the form which they have must develop within them. It can not be impressed from without. Nor, on the other hand, does it seem to me now that creative writing and living can be without some sort of conscious direction. For, if they were, they would lack form.

One thing that Wienpahl wants to draw our attention to here is the phenomenon experienced by all of us at one time or another, namely, that the creative act is often felt to be uncanny, queer, or what in the German language is called unheimlich. This word is derived from heimlich which means “homely” in the sense of being something familiar and not at all strange. Unheimlich speaks well, I think, of that strange “something” which has “slipped into” Wienpahl’s life and his former safe philosophical home but which is simultaneously concealed or withheld from him in some fashion. It’s something which is mysterious and ineffable and this is why Wienpahl and, indeed, Wittgenstein, is, at times, prepared to call it “mystical.”

The uncanny, queer, “mystical” nature of creation, whether in the form of music, the poem, the sculpture, an ethical demand, or whatever, is that to the artist it seems to “come,” or to emerge “from,” something “other” than ourselves and, often, this “coming” occurs unbidden. As the poet Wallace Stevens has the guitarist say in his poem “The Man with the Blue Guitar”, he has no choice but to play “A tune beyond us, yet ourselves”. By extension the poet utters words, the sculptor makes sculptures, the painter makes paintings, the photographer takes photographs that are beyond them but which, uncannily, are yet themselves. Wienpahl wants us to suggest that the same is true when it comes to living our lives. As we move into new projects, i.e. as we pro-ject ourselves into new possible futures, we too, are uncannily always-already living beyond ourselves but in a way that is still ourselves even as throughout, we are being changed by the unfolding process into radically new kinds of beings. 

We are all aware that the most successful poems, pieces of music or other works of art—including the art of ethical living—are those which are not forced and are things which, as Wienpahl says, have come into being, and have grown out of themselves. They are works which embody a quality we often call “naturalness”, or what the Shin Buddhist scholar Taitetsu Unno calls, “made to become so by itself” (The Tannisho, Chapter 16).

But, as we all know, despite recognising this uncanny or queer feeling—that the poem, the piece of music, the ethical demand etc. comes to us from some “thing” or some “inner” or “outer” “place” other than us— we are all aware that creative activity cannot be without some sort of conscious direction because, if that were the case, it would lack form. This thought leads directly to paragraph 7.

§7 If this were not true (that creativity contains some conscious direction), why should sustained creative acts be so difficult? Of course, they do seem, just to “come.” And it may be this element of the spontaneous about them which leads us to suppose that there is no direction about them. No work involved. But it is a different kind of work from physical work which is present. Creative action is the sort of action that Spinoza called “actions as opposed to passions,” actions in which the source of the action is within rather than without.

The truth is, despite the fact that the poem, the piece of music, or the ethical demand does just seem to “come” to us, we are simultaneously aware how damnably hard it is to continue to be creative in a sustained way.

The question Wienpahl is raising here is the seemingly paradoxical one which sits at the centre of the Shin Buddhist tradition, namely how can properly or appropriately use “self-power” (jiriki) creatively to direct things so as to be able spontaneously radically to let go of that same self-power and so allow “other-power” (tariki) spontaneously and creatively to come, or slip, into our lives?

Although Wienpahl doesn’t use the term, not least of all because it didn’t exist in 1955, in paragraphs 6 and 7 he seems to me here to be getting close to articulating what the physicist and feminist philosopher Karen Barad calls “intra-action.”

Given that “intra-action” sounds so close to the word “interaction”, often when I use it lots of people think I’m simply mispronouncing the word “interaction.” But the difference between them is really, really important. The prefix “inter” means “between” (i.e. the action is something happening between two things) whereas “intra-” means “within” (i.e. the action is something happening within a thing). When two things “interact” they are believed to be maintaining a level of independence. Each thing is understood to exist independently (and essentially unchanged) before and after the encounter with the other thing. But when things “intra-act” they are always doing so co-constitutively—they are always-already changing the other as the other is changing them and so whatever a so-called individual thing is it is always-already emerging through “intra-actions.” Consequently, the very ability to be and act as this thing we call an individual with some kind of “self-power” is only possible because we are, simultaneously, “intra-actively” dependent on “other-power.”

Wienpahl is here struggling to express the intuition that what it is to be a self, an individual human being (or an individual anything), is not to be a discrete thing apart from all other things, only “interacting” with them, but, instead, it is to be something always-already “intra-actively” enmeshed in the world, that is to say in the cosmos, in a local ecosystem such as our planet earth, in a culture and a language game and so on, ad infinitum

In short, Wienpahl is beginning to intuit that all of life and existence is a co-creation that is always-already emerging “intra-actively.” There is a direction to this but it is a direction that emerges “intra-actively”, and the direction it takes is not, nor ever can, be directed solely by any individual, whether Wienpahl or you and me. We are always-already playing a tune beyond us, yet ourselves.

With this thought in mind Wienpahl then moves to paragraph 8. 

§8 Words and ideas are tools. My life, and it may be, the life of any intellectual is troubled because of living only with the tools—and without using them. I am like the miser who forgets what money is for, and has only the money.

In this short paragraph, the last we’ll be looking at in this episode, Wienpahl returns to the Wittgensteinian point I made earlier, namely, that the meaning of words is to be found in their use (PI §43). 

It seems to me Wienpahl is here reminding himself and, therefore, us, not to let words like “spiritual”, “physical”, “inner”, “outer” or “mystical” go on holiday. Now this idea of words going on holiday is also drawn from Wittgenstein (PI §38) and by it, he meant that philosophical problems only arise when we try to look for the meaning of words outside the context (or the language game) in which they are actually being used. Wienpahl was becoming acutely aware how easy it is for us to hear words like “spiritual”, “physical”, “inner”, “outer” or “mystical” and straightaway think they are all speaking about the actual existence of some other, supernatural, non-material or physical world, realm or place beyond our own. This phenomenon is known as “reification.” Alas, this picture of another world all too easily keeps us captive and stops us from being aware of how these kinds of words can simply be used as this-worldly tools to help us identify certain existential phenomena we all experience and then to share with each other helpful reflections about them. These days, to counter the strong tendency to let these kinds of words go on holiday we need to bring into play a term like “as if”. So, for example, we talk about ideas seeming to “come” to us “as if” they were “spiritual” rather than “physical”; about creative action springing forth “as if” from an “inner” or “outer” source other than ourselves; about certain intuitions that “come” to us without immediate recourse to rational types of thinking and so appearing “as if” they were “mystical.”

In all cases, Wienpahl had become aware that he, and we, all too easily forget that words and ideas are this-worldly tools to be used and, instead, we send them off on metaphysical holidays again and again. When it comes to words Wienpahl has realised that we are all, all too often, like misers who have forgotten what money is for, and who now only have the money.

In the next episode we’ll look at paragraphs 9 to 15 which, along with the paragraphs we have just explored, he describes as being “cryptic statements of the revolt against idealism.”

Borges, Gurney & Nietzsche—Examples of Profound Superficiality

12 July 2021 at 08:39

Wildflowers alongside Fleam Dyke

A couple of people have asked me about the two poems I read over the last two weeks in the Morning Service of Mindful Meditation and so I post them here. They both struck me speaking about something related to a thought I hold dear that was expressed by Nietzsche in the fourth aphorism of his “The Gay Science” and so, for what it’s worth, I add that after the two poems.

I should note that when I read Borges’ poem in the service I silently added a few feminine third-person singular pronouns to the text. I would like to think that, had Borges been writing today, he would have done this himself quite naturally as they clearly need to be there . . .      


The Just

Jorge Luis Borges


A man who cultivates his garden, as Voltaire wished.

[S]He who is grateful for the existence of music.

He who takes pleasure in tracing an etymology.

Two workmen playing, in a café in the South, a silent game of chess.

The potter, contemplating a color and a form.

The typographer who sets this page well, though it may not please

     him.

A woman and a man, who read the last tercets of a certain canto.

[S]He who strokes a sleeping animal.

He who justifies, or wishes to, a wrong done him.

[S]He who is grateful for the existence of Stevenson.

He who prefers others to be right.

These people, unaware, are saving the world.


(Selected Poems, trans. by Alastair Reid, ed. by Alexander Coleman, Viking 1999, p. 449).


The Escape (c. Oct 1923)

Ivor Gurney 


I believe in the increasing of life whatever

Leads to the seeing of small trifles . . . . . .

Real, beautiful, is good, and an act never

Is worthier than in freeing spirit that stifles

Under ingratitude's weight; nor is anything done

Wiselier than the moving or breaking to sight

Of a thing hidden under by custom; revealed

Fulfilled, used, (sound-fashioned) any way out to delight.

.     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .     .

Trefoil . . . . hedge sparrow . . . . the stars on the edge of night.


(Selected Poems, ed. George Walter, J. M. Dent, 1996, p. 46). 


Aphorism No. 4 from the “The Gay Science” by Friedrich Nietzsche (trans. by Josefine Nauckhoff)

Oh, those Greeks! They knew how to live: what is needed for that is to stop bravely at the surface, the fold, the skin; to worship appearance, to believe in shapes, tones, words — in the whole Olympus of appearance! Those Greeks were superficial — out of profundity! And is not this precisely what we are coming back to, we daredevils of the spirit who have climbed the highest and most dangerous peak of current thought and looked around from up there, looked down from up there? Are we not just in this respect — Greeks? Worshippers of shapes, tones, words? And therefore — artists? 

(The Gay Science, trans. by Josefine Nauckhoff, Cambridge University Press, 2001, pp. 8-9)


“Walking with Paul Wienpahl”—Episode 1—From investigation to reflection

3 July 2021 at 13:53
Paul Wienpahl is in the white, short-sleeved shirt to the right of the tree trunk & Herbert Fingarette (whose words give this blog and podcast its title) is standing next to Wienpahl to the left of the tree trunk A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link We begin this new series, series three called “Walking with Paul Wienpahl”, by looking at the four, introductory paragraphs of his “Unorthodox Lecture” from 1955. You might also wish to listen to the introductory bonus episode available here.  So let’s begin . . . §1 THE following remarks, which I have with misgivings called "philosophical" reflections, will appear disconnected. They will not flow from one another as sentences in rational discourse s...

Greetings from Emmanuel Road, a note about the Life of the Church meeting, the new series of Wednesday Evening Conversations and about being "freethinking mystics with hands" . . .

26 June 2021 at 18:13

Greetings to you all.

As in all previous weeks, I trust things remain as well as can be expected with each one of you.

Firstly, thank you to all those who helped run the Sunday morning Service of Mindful Meditation whilst I was on leave, especially Joy, Patrice, Andrew (Bethune), Brendan and Stephen (Watson). Much appreciated indeed. 

Thank you, too, to the twenty-four people who attended the important Life of the Church congregational meeting on Wednesday 23rd June. It was a very helpful gathering and conversation characterised by a gentle and genuinely positive mood. Most encouraging indeed. Anyway, whilst remaining open-minded about other things we might do in the future we now have agreed to keep the Service of Mindful Meditation central to our morning worship in the coming period of our life together and to find ways to frame this in ways that work well both for those attending either face-to-face or joining us online and whether in lockdown or not. In the next couple of months we’ll be buying various bits of kit to enable us to run hybrid live-streamed services and then trying to figure out how that all works. COVID-19 restrictions allowing, the hope is that we’ll begin to meet face-to-face and live online from September onwards.

We also talked about setting up a church Slack site to facilitate easier communications between us all. I've now started a basic site so if you'd like to join this to help me get it working well before sending out a general invite to the whole congregation please email me and I'll send out an invitation to you directly.  

WEDNESDAY EVENING CONVERSATIONS RESTARTING 

Wednesday 30th June, 7.15 for 7.30pm

In addition to the morning service of mindful meditation on Wednesday evening we also talked a bit about how best to continue to encourage and practice the critical, enquiring, freethinking, intellectual side of religious life that has always been so important to the Unitarian tradition in which this community stands. To this end on Wednesday 30th June, 7.15 for 7.30pm, we’ll be restarting our Wednesday Evening Zoom Conversations. As with our Sunday service provision, the way we used to do things seems clearly to be in need of some change. In a blogpost/podcast written and recorded during April 2021 called: “Adopting the role of umpire and letting the role of player go . . .” I talked a little about what, from my perspective, I thought the fundamental change should be. It seems not inappropriate, therefore, that we might usefully restart our conversations by thinking and talking about some of the things that this piece contains. Please click on the link above either to read the piece or hear a podcast version of the same.

Here’s the Zoom link for the meeting:

Topic: Wednesday Evening Conversation

Time: Jun 30, 2021 19:30 London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82230453501?pwd=ME9obFIwWGJjSjJiNytBeER0VkNuZz09

Meeting ID: 822 3045 3501

Passcode: 676471

FREETHINKING MYSTICS WITH HANDS

It seems to me that if, over the coming year, we can slowly, patiently and gently begin to settle into a new routine of the Sunday Morning Mindful Meditation and a Wednesday evening Conversation we’ll be well on the way to making real the four-and-a-half-century old aspiration to be a community of “freethinking mystics with hands”. As the Unitarian Universalist minister Tom Owen Towle notes in his book with the same title we 

“. . . are freethinkers: unfettered pilgrims in search of governing truths. We are mystics as well: spiritually attuned to marvels of the universe and awake to omens of the divine. We are also blessed with hands outstretched in praise, resistance, and caring embrace” (p. 5).

Taken together, the Wednesday Evening Conversations and the Morning Service of Mindful Meditation provide (or at least I have some realistic hope that they can provide) us with a balance in motion as we walk together into the future, alternating between the right step of reason which, as Towle notes, “brings a clarifying, steadying influence in a world that prizes the impetuous and flamboyant” so we are not “tempted to glide on the wings of the latest mindless fad” (p. 2), and the left step of the heart which knows there is “so much we do not know that remains mysterious” and that we “are sustained by processes and powers that we can neither fathom nor do without” (p. 3). Absolutely importantly, this freethinking, mystic walk is designed, not to wander around endlessly in an abstract garden of thought but to “consummated . . . through the employment of our hands” (p. 4), i.e. in acts of hospitality, justice-building and peace-making. Hence, freethinking mystics with hands.

Aside from all the foregoing, please remember that if you would like to speak with me during the week simply reply to this email and we can arrange a suitable time to talk properly either by telephone, Zoom or on a socially distanced one-to-one walk/talk. More people are getting in touch with me to arrange this kind of thing so please do be in touch if you’d like to do this.     

And, lastly, as always, if on reading this you decide you would like to join us for the Sunday morning service of mindful meditation and time of conversation following and do not have the necessary Zoom link then please either reply to this email or contact our Church Secretary, Brendan Boyle, via the contact page of our website. Just look through the dropdown tabs to find "Secretary":

https://www.cambridgeunitarian.org/contact/

Please log in between 9.45 and 10am. The meditation starts at 10am sharp, and finishes at about 10.50. There will then be a short break to allow you to stretch your legs, compose your thoughts, or put the kettle on. The ‘Time for Conversation’ will start at about 11am, and if you aren’t taking part in the meditation, feel free to sign in during the break for the conversation. 

To get the most from the meditation, you will find it helpful to either print out the order of service, or display it in a second window. Here is the link: 

Order of Service for the Mindful Meditation:

https://www.cambridgeunitarian.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Evening-Service.pdf

You might also wish to have a small candle or tea-light to hand to light at a certain point during the meditation.

A representative recorded version of the service is available for download via my podcast site here:

https://www.buzzsprout.com/1378024/7314817

A homespun video introduction to the service can be found on YouTube at this link:

[youtube https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=qfmVH34meck]

With love and best wishes as always,

Andrew

“This is a long road in a dubious mist” . . . but still one that is well worth walking

10 June 2021 at 09:58


Back in 1983/84 in Bury St Edmunds, I bought a secondhand copy of the “Selected poems and prose of Michael Roberts” (ed. Frederick Grubb, Carcanet Press,1980). Michael Roberts (1902–1948) was an English poet, writer, critic and broadcaster who made his living as a teacher. He is most well-known for being the editor of the first “Faber Book of Modern Verse” (1938).

I was very taken by many (although not all) of the things he wrote about but, in particular, one thing he wrote has stayed with me constantly because it seemed to be saying something to me personally even though for most of the time I have had no good idea of what that something being said was. The piece in question is his early poem, “On reading some neglected poets.” Of course, I might still not have understood this something that was being said to me but, this morning, I had one of those epiphanal moments where I felt I might have “got it.” 

I suspect this moment occurred now because the continuing profound effects of the COVID-19 pandemic have over the last year and a half encouraged me to focus much more clearly on in what my own religious and philosophical faith actually now consists and, therefore, on how I, as both an individual human being and as a liberal minister of religion in Cambridge, intend to go on living in the years to come.

Perhaps what follows is just nonsense but, perhaps, not . . .   

But, first, here is Roberts’ poem:


ON READING SOME NEGLECTED POETS

by Michael Roberts


This is a long road in a dubious mist;

Not with any groan nor any heard complaint

We march, uncomprehending, not expecting Time

To show us beacons.


When we have struggled on a little farther

This madness will yield of itself,

There will not be any singing or sudden joy,

But a load will be set down.


And maybe no one will ever come,

No other traveller passing that way,

Therefore the load we lifted will be left,

A milestone, insignificant.

—o0o—

In my recent, close re-reading of Tanabe Hajime’s “Philosophy as Metanoetics” and Paul Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” [alongside my continued commitment to a certain kind of Christian Atheism (highly influenced by Thomas J. J. Altizer]) I can see more clearly than before that I have been walking a very particular, if still unusual, road less travelled for a long time now. 

In short, I can see that this has been a long road in a dubious mist along which, without any groan nor any heard complaint I, and (thankfully) two other philosophically and religiously inclined companions (one of whom is Susanna, my belovéd wife and friend), have been marching uncomprehending, not expecting time to show us beacons.”

Our hope — which does not feel unfounded even as we fully acknowledge that it may well turn out to be illusory — is that when we have struggled on a little farther the madness of undertaking this journey will yield of itself, at which point we have a strong premonition that there will not be any singing or sudden joy but, thank goodness, a load will be set down. We will have arrived at some interstitial “place” (or, better still, entered into a certain mode or way of being/acting) that makes it possible for us to be religious again after the death of God but now with genuinely clean hearts and full belief (pathos).

Naturally, as we continue to travel this long road in a dubious mist, we have little choice but to acknowledge that maybe no one will ever come, no other traveller will pass along this way, and so the load we have lifted (passed on to us by key thinkers like Nietzsche, Heidegger, Tanabe, Wienpahl and Altizer) will be left as a milestone, insignificant. 

But that is fine, because this is always how it is on any true religious and philosophical journey. We are all simply making transient footprints on the ever-unfolding path of life; footprints which just might, at their best, act for others as encouraging and inspiring marks/milestones as they pursue the adventure of life along their own long roads in dubious mists.

An introduction to Series 3 of the “Making Footprints Not Blueprints” podcast—“Walking with Paul Wienpahl”

5 June 2021 at 12:51
Paul Wienpahl is in the white, short-sleeved shirt to the right of the tree trunk & Herbert Fingarette (whose  words give this blog and podcast it s  title) is standing next to Wienpahl to the  left of the tree trunk A recorded version of the following piece can be found at this link In 1955 Paul Wienpahl (1916-1980), a professor of philosophy at the University of California in Santa Barbara, gave an All-University Lecture called “Philosophical Reflections” also known by the title “An Unorthodox Lecture”. It appears that contemporary reactions to the lecture ranged all the way from the suggestion by two worried colleagues that he see a psychiatrist to a demand for copies from enthusiastic students!  In 1959 the complete lectu...

The freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today—Part Five: A Short Postscript, June 2021

4 June 2021 at 16:16

A recorded version of the following piece is available at this link 

POSTSCRIPT JUNE 2021

As I mentioned in Part One of this extended piece, I originally wrote much of the material contained in it back in 2016 for a Sea of Faith Conference at Leicester University and, naturally, I’ve done a lot more living and thinking since then. Along with everyone else I’ve also been experiencing consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, something which, in my own case, has only served to encourage me to travel ever further along the road of no-position outlined by Paul Wienpahl (1916-1980) and to a proclamation of what, in his famous essay called “Walking”, Henry David Thoreau (1817-1862) called the “newer testament—the Gospel according to this moment”. Both of these I explored with you a little bit in the last episode. 

Anyway, this always-already unfolding journey has helped me see that, having finished recording the last three episodes, it might be helpful if briefly, albeit highly allusively, I point to what seem to me to be three, important, general implications of the footprints I have made in the last five years. 

Firstly, becoming (or at least trying to become) a person without a position in the fashion outlined by Wienpahl has helped clearly reveal, at least to me, the illusion of the self as being some kind of independent, stable, enduring individual thing. In turn, this has helped me see my complete dependence upon, and intra-activity with, what the Japanese twentieth-century philosopher, Tanabe Hajime (1885-1962), called “Other-power”, i.e. a power that is radically different from, yet indissolubly and reciprocally related to, my own “self-power”. I hasten to add that this “Other-power” is not understood to be some supernatural, other-worldly power (for example like the God of theism) but, instead, something akin to Tanabe’s understanding of absolute-nothingness, “something” that is always-already generative of, and operative in and through, the natural world as mediated by the countless existent things of this world including, of course, ourselves. In passing here, but very importantly, Tanabe’s philosophy as metanoetics offers, I think, a vital counterweight to the problematic form of individualism that has come to underpin and drive our own, highly destructive, neoliberal, late capitalist culture. If you want a quick heads-up about what a philosophy as metanoetics is then please follow the links provided in the transcript of this podcast or in my associated blog page. 

Secondly, and relatedly, following Paul Wienpahl in becoming a person without a position has helped powerfully reveal to me the limits of reason, a faculty which, inevitably, is always-already an aspect of any person’s “self-power.” Reason, of course, has its vital and continuing place but I can now see far more clearly than before that we must better learn to draw on what the poet John Keats (1795-1821) called our “Negative Capability”. By this, he meant that what we are and can be is always defined as much by the things we do not know and cannot possess as we are defined by any known and possessed facts and reasons. To quote Keats directly, we must learn how to be “in uncertainties, Mysteries, doubts, without any irritable reaching after fact & reason.” I now think that properly to achieve this a person needs to adopt a certain kind of regular philosophical practice of repentance, in my own case it is that found in Tanabe Hajime’s aforementioned philosophy as metanoetics

Thirdly, my many explicit and implicit gestures made throughout this piece towards the primacy of movement—in which what it is for anything to be what it is is to be something in motion—have encouraged me explicitly to embrace a philosophy of movement and also what is called new-materialism, especially as they are expressed in the philosophy of Thomas Nail and through the poetry of the first-century Roman poet, Lucretius, and the twentieth-century poet, A. R. Amons. I should also add that for me the Italian philosopher Franco “Bifo” Berardi’s idea of futurability also plays a key role here. I won’t say anything more about these related writers and topics right now but, once again, if you want a quick heads-up about them then please follow the links provided in the transcript of this podcast or in my associated blog page. 

All of this has served to send me back to a number of other thinkers I’ve explored in the past but, in addition to the names already mentioned in this episode, particularly to Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900), Martin Heidegger (1889-1976)Jan Patočka (1907-1977)Henry Bugbee (1915-1999)James W. WoelfulErnst Bloch (1885-1977)Thomas J. J. Altizer (1927-2018), Simon CritchleyEmanuele CocciaKnud Ejler Løgstrup (1905-1981) and Michael McGhee (see HERE and HERE).

As I have just indicated, I hope to explore some of these footprints with you in future podcasts but, in the next series of Making Footprints Not Blueprints, starting in July 2021, I want, firstly, slowly to walk with you through Paul Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” of 1956 since it was that short text which, back in 2007, definitively set me going along this particular road less travelled. If you’d like to read Wienpahl’s “Unorthodox Lecture” straight away then please follow the links provided in the transcript of this podcast or in my associated blog page.

A video introduction to the Service of Mindful Meditation: The Mystery & Miracle of Life

30 May 2021 at 16:52
Introduction to the Cambridge Unitarian Church’s Service of Mindful Meditation: The Mystery & Miracle of Life Church website: https://www.cambridgeunitarian.org A pdf of the service liturgy: https://www.cambridgeunitarian.org/wp-content/uploads/2020/03/Evening-Service.pdf A pdf of the mindful meditation: https://www.cambridgeunitarian.org/mindful-meditation-text/ A representative recording of the Service of Mindful Meditation: https://www.buzzsprout.com/1378024/7314817 Andrew James Brown’s blog called CAUTE: http://andrewjbrown.blogspot.com Andrew James Brown’s podcast called MAKING FOOTPRINTS NOT BLUEPRINTS: https://footprints.buzzsprout.com A pdf of the Daybreak and Eventide prayerbook: https://www.ukunitarians.org.uk/christian...

Another (no doubt futile) warning about the process of hypernormalisation being introduced by the current UK government

26 May 2021 at 12:33

I think the thing which is continuing to disturb me most at the present time is that we have found ourselves in a rapidly developing culture in which, as the journalist Hardeep Mathuru notes, not only do we know that our politicians are shamelessly lying, but we also know that they know we know they’re lying. In connection with this, in a piece back in April 2020 Mathuru wrote:

This little mise en scène we’re all in is very dangerous. Never more so than now.

In his 2005 book on the last generation of the Soviet Union, anthropology professor Alexei Yurchak argued that everyone knew the Soviet system was failing, but no one could imagine an alternative to it, so ordinary people entered into a play with those in power, to maintain a pretence of a normal society. Everyone knew it wasn’t real, but it was accepted as so. The society, Yurchak argued, was in a state of “hypernormalisation”; a fake reality.

Not surprisingly, the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit has only helped to accelerate its development here in the UK, a country that is clearly beginning to fail, politically, economically and socially. However, despite trying to alert people to this process of hypernormalisation a number of times in my own public work since 2018 (see for example HERE and HERE and HERE), I remain deeply disturbed by how few people I talk with, even within what are called progressive/liberal circles, realise it’s underway. 

I still know of no better or more accessible introduction to the process than that found in Adam Curtis’ recent BBC documentary called “HyperNormalization”. Please, if you haven’t seen it, do watch it. You will find a link to the film in the episode notes/transcript of this podcast or on my associated blog. Of course, this documentary is not the final or definitive word on the subject but it is an important word and, as such, it needs to be heard and talked about more widely.

A key figure in the development of hypernormalisation is the shadowy but hugely influential Russian politician and businessman Vladislav Yuryevich Surkov (b. 1964) who has also been a personal advisor to Vladimir Putin. Here’s how Adam Curtis introduces Surkov to us in his film: 

Surkov is one of President Putins advisers, and has helped him maintain his power for 15 years, but he has done it in a very new way. He came originally from the avant-garde art world, and those who have studied his career, say that what Surkov has done, is to import ideas from conceptual art into the very heart of politics. His aim is to undermine peoples’ perceptions of the world, so they never know what is really happening. Surkov turned Russian politics into a bewildering, constantly changing piece of theatre. He sponsored all kinds of groups, from neo-Nazi skinheads to liberal human rights groups. He even backed parties that were opposed to President Putin. But the key thing was, that Surkov then let it be known that this was what he was doing, which meant that no one was sure what was real or fake. As one journalist put it: “It is a strategy of power that keeps any opposition constantly confused.” A ceaseless shape-shifting that is unstoppable because it is undefinable. It is exactly what Surkov is alleged to have done in the Ukraine this year. In typical fashion, as the war began, Surkov published a short story about something he called non-linear war. A war where you never know what the enemy are really up to, or even who they are. The underlying aim, Surkov says, is not to win the war, but to use the conflict to create a constant state of destabilized perception, in order to manage and control.  

[The full documentary can still be found on the BBC iPlayer at this link]

As Peter Pomerantsev writing for “The Atlantic” in 2014 put it: 

The brilliance of this new type of authoritarianism is that instead of simply oppressing opposition, as had been the case with 20th-century strains, it climbs inside all ideologies and movements, exploiting and rendering them absurd. One moment Surkov would fund civic forums and human-rights NGOs, the next he would quietly support nationalist movements that accuse the NGOs of being tools of the West. With a flourish he sponsored lavish arts festivals for the most provocative modern artists in Moscow, then supported Orthodox fundamentalists, dressed all in black and carrying crosses, who in turn attacked the modern-art exhibitions. The Kremlin’s idea is to own all forms of political discourse, to not let any independent movements develop outside of its walls. Its Moscow can feel like an oligarchy in the morning and a democracy in the afternoon, a monarchy for dinner and a totalitarian state by bedtime. 

The present, developing situation here in the UK should serve to remind us that we must not, for one single moment, allow ourselves to be seduced into thinking this is simply an isolated Russian phenomenon. The truth is that increasing numbers of our own British politicians and newspapers (the Daily Mail and the Daily Telegraph being key examples) are now daily applying Surkov’s methods. The result is that truth, the central pillar of all genuinely democratic traditions, is in danger of disappearing completely from our lives and, if we are not careful we will soon find ourselves in a world where the ideas of truth which once shaped our lives are simply no longer livable. 

Let’s be absolutely clear about this. Our current UK government’s aim is precisely to undermine our perceptions of the world, so we never know what is really happening and, just as Surkov turned Russian politics into a bewildering, constantly changing piece of theatre, Johnson et. al. are changing our own politics into a bewildering, constantly changing piece of theatre. As we watch this disturbing performance unfold, we are beginning to find out that Johnsons 10 Downing Street, just like Surkov’s Moscow, can feel like an oligarchy in the morning and a democracy in the afternoon, a monarchy for dinner and a totalitarian state by bedtime.

The freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today—Parts Three & Four: Becoming Archaeologists of Morning & men and women without a position

22 May 2021 at 12:26

A recorded version of the following piece is available at this link 

PARTS III & IV

—o0o—

III 

BECOMING ARCHAEOLOGISTS OF MORNING

Remember that this is “morning” as in “morning and afternoon” rather than “mourning” in the sense of expressing sorrow when someone dies.

In his short essay of 1952 called “Present is Prologue” (in “Collected Prose” eds. Donald Allen and Benjamin Friedlander, University of California Press, Berkley 1997, p. 205-207) the poet Charles Olson (1910-1970) suggested that we need to come to see that the past is for us not quite what we usually think it is. To the extent that we have access to the past, the past is, in fact, something present to us and it is this “past-as-present” that is the prologue of our unfolding, creative life. To borrow a term from Henry David Thoreau (1817-1862), one that Olson doesn’t use, it is to think of this “past-as-present” as being for us a kind of “perpetual morning”. To help us better to understand this idea let’s firstly hear Thoreau’s own words about in what he thought it consists:

“All memorable events, I should say, transpire in morning time and in a morning atmosphere. The Vedas say, ‘All intelligences awake with the morning.’ Poetry and art, and the fairest and most memorable of the actions of men, date from such an hour. All poets and heroes, like Memnon, are the children of Aurora, and emit their music at sunrise. To him whose elastic and vigorous thought keeps pace with the sun, the day is a perpetual morning. It matters not what the clocks say or the attitudes and labors of men. Morning is when I am awake and there is a dawn in me. Moral reform is the effort to throw off sleep” (“Walden”, Chapter 2, “Where I Lived, and What I Lived For”).

With Thoreau’s metaphor in mind let’s return to Olson. For Olson, the past is available to us in only two living ways and it’s important to realise that both ways are available to us only in the present, in this perpetual morning. Keeping in mind Olson’s image of the archaeologist, on this perpetual morning, it is into the soil of the “past-as-present” that he is encouraging us to do our digging.

None of this is, of course, to deny that something we have traditionally called the past and/or history has a meaningful reality, but it is to acknowledge the existential truth that for each of us, everything we call, identify and have available to us as “the past”, as “history”, is something which we are always-already carrying with us right now, in the present on this perpetual morning.

So, as I have just indicated, Olson suggests that the past is available to us in two living ways. 

He calls the first available past “our own” history and he notes that “the work of each of us is to find out the true lineament of ourselves by facing up to the primal features of these founders who lie buried in us”. The point he is making here is that his dead parents and, by extension, all the past people, things ideas and events that are our founders—those things which have made us who were are—all these are only available to us in the perpetual morning of the here and now, buried in the soil of our own present personal and cultural memories. It is into this present ground, earth or perpetual morning into which we, as archaeologists of morning, are to dig.

The second available past is, according to Olson, not “our own”. It is a somewhat allusive “past” for which Olson thinks we in the West (unlike those in the East) don’t yet have a vocabulary. He “invokes it” firstly by saying it is “the mythological”, but he immediately says that this is “too soft” a way of putting it. He then suggests the following: “What I mean is that foundling which lies as surely in the phenomenological ‘raging apart’ as these queer parents rage in us”.

I take Olson here to be gesturing towards the powerful natural, animating and “raging” fluxes and flows of matter/energy in constant motion that are buried within, and simultaneously revealed, in every aspect of our being. Like a foundling child, we have been gifted these fluxes and flows from who knows what parent and by and through them every living and non-living thing is constantly being made and unmade in the perpetual morning of the present.

I think it’s important to point out here that we should hear Olson use the word “raging” in the sense that a storm rages and not in the sense that an angry or disappointed man or woman might rage. Olson’s “raging apart” is a natural phenomenon that is manifest in, for example, the seed becoming a flower or a tree, in the caterpillar becoming a butterfly or, like Olsen, in the poet’s desire to make a poem, poeisis. It is a reminder that matter/energy is always affective in and of itself and so never requires an external prime, unmoved mover, such as the god of theism, to get things going. 

But why are we to dig into the soil in and of this perpetual morning? Well, Olson tells us that the work of the morning “is methodology: how to use oneself, and on what”—in other words, he is suggesting that it is only by digging in the soil that is this perpetual morning that we can genuinely come, not only to be the kinds of beings we might most fully be, but also to understand what it means to be that kind of being. This, Olson the poet tells us, is his “profession” and it is why he proclaims himself “an archaeologist of morning.”

Olson thought archaeologists of morning were the type of people always getting on with it, digging deep into the present soil of ourselves and the world, now, in this instant, with no drag and ourselves as the only reader and mover of the instant, freed from all restrictive theories and creeds. Olson felt that the “work and dogmas” of such a free, morning way of being-in-the-world were three-fold. Although, as free spirits, we might not be overly fond of the word “dogma” it’s important to understand that Olson is using it to express how strongly he thinks we need to hold to them—they might, perhaps, better be described not as dogmas but as necessary “know-how”.

The first work and dogma (necessary know-how) is “How by form, to get the content instant”. By this Olson means he wants us to create things where the form they take perfectly, and immediately, expresses the content; where our poetry, music, acts of social justice and worship, are the fullest possible expressions of ourselves and not merely inauthentic, arty or moralistic clothing.

The second work and dogma (necessary know-how) is “what any of us are by the work on ourself, how to make ourselves fit instruments for use (how we augment the given—what used to be called our fate)”. Here, I take it that Olson is tapping into a sacred energy that helps us not to succumb to despair and inaction in the face of deeply challenging, contingent events. Olson sees clearly that we can always augment that which we are given.

The third work and dogma (necessary know-how) is to assert that “there is no such thing as duality either of the body and the soul or of the world and I, that the fact in the human universe is the discharge of the many (the multiple) by the one (yrself [sic] done right, whatever you are, in whatever job).” Olson goes on to say that this helps us see that “all hierarchies, like dualities, are dead ducks.” Here, I take it that he is tapping into a second sacred energy that is able to challenge our dangerous tendency to hubris which always threatens to make us believe we are individual, independent creatures wholly in control of our existence and unfolding life.

But let us be clear, like all free-spirited archaeologists of morning (or, indeed, archaeologists of any kind), we can never be absolutely sure beforehand precisely what, if anything, we are going to bring to light that is both old and new from the soil into which we must dig. All we can, and need be assured of is that, to paraphrase a well-known hymn, in the perpetual morning there is always-already more light and truth that can break forth from the past, light and truth that is both old and new. 

IV

BECOMING MEN & WOMEN WITHOUT A POSITION

So, to conclude, what do I think is the result of becoming a free spirit who is also an archaeologist of morning? 

Well, I have found that for me at least, it has meant that  I have been able to become what the (alas) little known twentieth-century American philosopher Paul Wienpahl (1916-1980) called a “man [or woman] without a position.” Before unfolding in a little more detail what I think this means, let’s hear Wienpahl’s own allusive words on the matter:

“As I see it, the point is not to identify reality with anything except itself. (Tautologies are, after all, true.) If you wish to persist by asking what reality is; that is, what is really, the answer is that it is what you experience it to be. Reality is as you see, hear, feel, taste and smell it, and as you live it. And it is a multifarious thing. To see this is to be a man without a position. To get out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things is to cease to be an idealist or a pragmatist, or an existentialist, or a Christian. I am a man without a position. I do not have the philosophic position that there are no positions or theories or standpoints. (There obviously are.) I am not a sceptic or an agnostic or an atheist. I am simply a man without a position, and this should open the door to detachment” (“An Unorthodox Lecture”, 1956).

With Wienpahl’s words in mind let’s now imagine ourselves in the perpetual morning as a free-spirit-archaeologist-of-morning about to begin to dig into the soil of the past-as-present.

The first thing to observe, as I noted earlier, is that of necessity one simply cannot know exactly what one is going to find as one begins to dig nor, indeed, if on this or that particular day of digging one will find or notice anything of interest at all. One must simply start to dig and see what emerges from the soil and, in what this process will fully consist, can never be fully worked out beforehand. To be sure one can bring certain pre-existing ideas, perspectives, methods and tools to the initial breaking of the ground but they are there simply to help us to begin to dig which, in turn, may well reveal something that requires new ideas, methods, perspectives and tools if it is to be excavated and interpreted as well and as fully as is possible. The actual experience of being right there with the close and closest things as one actually digs into reality is what drives everything here. As one proceeds one must use all ones senses because reality is always as you see, hear, feel, taste and smell it, and as you live it, and these senses are there to help provide as many perspectives as is possible to uncover and interpret what is truly there, even as one must remain acutely aware that full scope always eludes our grasp, that there is no finality of vision, that we have perceived nothing completely, and that tomorrow, like a new walk, a new dig is always a new dig. 

As Wienpahl says, the point is not to identify reality with anything except itself. However, we need to remain fully aware that reality is a multifarious thing and it is to see this, truly to see this, that is to be a man or a woman without a position. The free-spirit-archaeologist-of-morning-without-a-position is always seeking to get out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things. And, when one is doing this well, one ceases to be an idealist, a pragmatist, an existentialist, a Christian, a sceptic, an agnostic, or an atheist. Instead, one becomes a man or a woman without a position, someone who is not bringing to bear upon reality a ready-made, fixed blueprint but someone who, through a process of disciplined attentiveness to, and mindfulness of, things, is able to get the content of themselves instant, with no drag and so able to remain as fully open as is possible to what is actually intra-actively emerging as one digs into the soil of the past-as-present on this perpetual morning. This is the kind of detachment which, as a man without a position, Wienpal sought. 

This task done well is precisely what guarantees our freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today. To return to part one of this three-part piece/podcast, the free-spirit-archaeologist-of-morning-without-a-position is someone who, in the light of the perpetual morning, can see clearly that the past is not something which is finished and which fixes us and holds us back, something completely done and dusted, instead, they can see that within the past there are always-already undischarged energies and futures that can be released to the present and which can help us live better, fuller and more creative lives than we did before. Freer lives

But there is one more thing to say at this point. The phrase “a man [or woman] without a position” is easily misunderstood by many people. It is often taken to mean that such a person is without direction and, therefore, incapable of getting anything done or saying anything substantive or truly meaningful. However, we need to be aware that there is a real difference between being someone without a position and being someone without a direction.

It’s important to see that to live in the world without a fixed position is, in fact, a prerequisite of being able truly to follow the direction of reality as it is actually unfolding and then of being able truly to augment the given. To switch, briefly, to a surfing metaphor, it is only the man or woman without a position who is able to surf the crest of the ever-moving unfolding wave of reality. In one sense we may say that the surfer has chosen to adopt a certain kind of position on this or that particular surfboard but, in the sense Wienpahl and I are using it, their metastable position on this or that surfboard is one that allows them better to approach, and live as fully as is possible in, the position of no-position. In other words, the surfboard is acting as their “door to detachment” which allows them to have a direction that genuinely accords with the reality of the wave’s actual unfolding which, of course, includes the unfolding life of this surfer intra-acting with the unfolding of the wave. Again this is to claim the freedom to augment the given. Like surfers, the man or woman without a position is able to surf the constantly unfolding crest of the perpetual morning.

This is what Wienpahl means when he talks of getting out of the mind and into the world, to get beyond language and to the things.

Now, like many of you, I am neither a surfer nor a conventional archaeologist, but I am a photographer or, at least, I aspire to be a photographer. In the age of the smartphone almost everyone is now a photographer so let me place before you another way of understanding what it is to be a man or a woman without a position that might connect with more people more readily. 

I always try to pick up my camera and go out into the world without a ready-made, fully worked-out blueprint, theory or plan about how, when or where to take a photograph. In this sense, what the surfboard is to the surfer, the camera is to me the photographer. In doing this I’m attempting to keep myself open to whatever whooshes-up or shines before me, whether that is in the form of an obvious “subject”, “view”, or a simple passing play of sunlight and shadow. When something does whoosh-up or shines before me, I stop and take a photograph. To do this I must, of course, temporarily “take a position.” Not only by standing still in this or that place but also by taking a position with regard to the camera settings I am going to use, the f-stop, the shutter speed, film speed and whether to shoot in black and white or colour. Now, were I never to take this or that position with regard to all these things, I would never be able to take any photo (good or bad). However, it is vitally important that, having taken a photograph, I never become wholly wedded to this or that particular position, subject, view, passing play of sunlight and shadow or this or that set of settings—instead, I must move on, intra-actively, on the crest of the unfolding world, to attain another perspective and so allow something else to whoosh-up or shine before me which calls me to shoot, click!   

It is in this sense that I understand what it is to become a man or a woman “without a position”—a free-spirit-archaeologist-of-morning who is truly able to approach, see, reveal, and appropriately interpret the close and closest things by entering fully into the constant dance of life. It has long struck me that taken together all the foregoing offers the world an example of what, in his famous essay called “Walking”, Henry David Thoreau (1817-1862) called the “newer testament—the Gospel according to this moment”. It’s the only gospel I know of that helps us truly to claim the freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today and, because of this, in my work as a rather unconventional minister of religion, it is the only gospel that I am able to live by and proclaim with a genuinely clean heart and full belief (pathos). In this spirit of freedom, I commend it to you for further thought and reflection. 

The freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today—Part Two: Becoming Free Spirits

15 May 2021 at 10:05

A recorded version of the following piece is available at this link

 II

BECOMING FREE SPIRITS

In his series of new prefaces written in 1886 for his older books, Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900) outlined how he thought a “Free Spirit” was made by undertaking a therapeutic journey that unfolded in four phases. I gratefully acknowledge that I owe a great deal of what follows to the account of this journey found in Gordon Bearn’s book “Waking to Wonder” (SUNY Press, New York 1997).

Nietzsche thought the therapeutic journey started with “the hearth health” of our old inherited, supernatural religious and metaphysical traditions; that is to say, the kind of comforting ways and beliefs we learnt as children — either figuratively or literally — beside the family hearth, the brick or stone-lined fireplace which, once-upon-a-time, was used for both warmth and cooking. These inherited traditions, even though they once grounded and secured for us the things we thought were of the highest value, today often “fetter us the fastest”, keeping us bound to old ways and beliefs which are simply no longer working for us in the modern world. For most people today, perhaps the most visible example of this fettering is seen at Christmas time when people who never set foot inside a church during the rest of the year suddenly find themselves almost uncontrollably yearning to attend carol and/or midnight mass services. I explored something of this latter point in Series 1, Episode  11 of this podcast called: “How Nietzsche helps us better prepare to celebrate Advent & Christmas,”

Anyway, it is the recognition of the loss of our “hearth health” — whenever and however it comes — that brings on the second phase of the therapeutic journey, one in which we enter a time of profound sickness, the dreadful sickness of nihilism in which there is “the hateful assault on everything that had seemed so comforting.” It’s a time when nothing counts any longer, when everything seems utterly meaningless and there is left only anomie and emptiness. In this sickness, we find ourselves living the kind of life Henry David Thoreau (1817-1862) thought most people lived, namely, one of “quiet desperation”. As many of us are acutely aware, our own age as a whole is dangerously and deeply mired, both passively and actively, in varieties of this nihilistic mood. However, because going through this sickness helps begin to loosen the fetters that once bound us, it is not a sickness to be feared because it plays an important role in helping us enter into the third phase of the therapeutic journey, namely, a period of freeing and transformative convalescence which itself has two phases—one cool, one warm.

The cool phase of convalescence is one of detachment in which we find we are once again able to look upon the world and all the things it contains, no longer nihilistically, but in a detached, scholarly fashion as if from a great and chilly height. As Bearn puts it:

“Everything is small. Everything is flat. Nothing matters. This is the mood equally of a scientist sure ours is a world of valueless facts and [also] of those literary characters who float through a world from which they have been estranged and which they look on with a species of tender contempt” (Gordon Bearn: “Waking to Wonder”, SUNY Press, New York 1997, p. 8).

The warm phase of convalescence is begun when we recognise that if our convalescence is truly to continue then we must find ways to return from the chilly heights and somehow come back to earth “where the sun warms.” Here is how Nietzsche beautifully put this change in attitude and, indeed. altitude, in his 1886 preface to “Human, All-Too Human” (1879):

“A step further in convalescence: and the free spirit again draws near to life—slowly, to be sure, almost reluctantly, almost mistrustfully. It again grows warmer around him, yellower, as it were; feeling and feeling for others acquire depth, warm breezes of all kinds blow across him. It seems to him as if his eyes are only now open to what is close at hand. He is astonished and sits silent: where had he been? These close and closest things: how changed they seemed! what bloom and magic they have acquired! He looks back gratefully—grateful to his wandering, to his hardness and self-alienation, to his viewing of far distances and bird-like flights in cold heights. What a good thing he had not always stayed “at home,” stayed “under his own roof ” like a delicate apathetic loafer! He had been beside himself: no doubt of that. Only now does he see himself—and what surprises he experiences as he does so! What unprecedented shudders! What happiness even in the weariness, the old sickness, the relapses of the convalescent! How he loves to sit sadly still, to spin out patience, to lie in the sun! Who understands as he does the happiness that comes in winter, the spots of sunlight on the wall! They are the most grateful animals in the world, also the most modest, these convalescents and lizards again half turned towards life:—there are some among them who allow no day to pass without hanging a little song of praise on the hem of its departing robe. And, speaking seriously, it is a radical cure for all pessimism (the well-known disease of old idealists and falsehood-mongers) to become ill after the manner of these free spirits, to remain ill a good while, and then grow well (I mean “better”) for a still longer period. It is wisdom, practical wisdom, to prescribe even health for oneself for a long time only in small doses” (Friedrich Nietzsche: “Human, All-Too Human” trans. R. J. Hollingdale, CUP 1996, pp. 8-9).

But, you might object, is not this warmth, this bloom and magic of things close and closest to us, merely an indication of a return by another route to the old hearth heath? Not at all, because you cannot ever fully forget the experience of the transformative sickness of nihilism; neither can you fully forget the chilly, detached perspective of the world seen during the first period of your convalescence. You are by now a significantly changed and still changing creature.

Naturally, these moments of warmth are, at first, short-lived and your mood of chilly but tender contempt will, from time to time, most assuredly return. It is also the case that, like malaria or lyme disease, the hateful sickness of nihilism may also return now and then, perhaps laying you low for weeks, if not for months, on end. Yet, for all that, you begin to notice that the occasional moments of warm sunlight come and stay more frequently than they used to.

On your best days, as Bearn observes, you are now able to live “as neighbour to precisely the things that the metaphysical tradition only found valuable as indicators of another metaphysical world” (Gordon Bearn: “Waking to Wonder”, SUNY Press, New York 1997, p. 32) and you begin to see, as Heidegger saw, that “When we live in the firsthand world around us, everything comes at us loaded with meaning, all over the place and all the time. Everything is within the world [of meaningfulness]: the world holds forth” (cited in “What, after all, was Heidegger about?”, Thomas Sheehan, 2014 p. 8). This, in turn, reveals to us a startling and hopeful truth beautifully summed up by Thomas Sheehan, that “there is nowhere else for a human being to live except in meaning” (ibid. p. 8).

In this warm convalescent phase, a person begins ever more fully to understand that we don’t need another supernatural, metaphysical world to underwrite and give meaning to our life in this world; all that is required is that we see this world differently and have the courage to remain with the close and closest things, things that, astonishingly, are now acquiring for us such bloom and magic.

For Nietzsche, all this gives us the hope of eventually entering into the “great health” which is the fourth and final phase of the therapeutic journey, one in which a person is able, at least ideally, to live completely and fully in these moments of natural warmth throughout the remainder of their life. As Bearn says, “This spirit freed from the tradition that seeks metaphysical comforts is surprised by a new happiness and a new love for all that is delicate. The great health is a life attuned to what is near.” And, as Ralph Waldo Emerson put it, and which Nietzsche quoted on the title page of the first edition of “The Gay Science”: “To the poet, to the philosopher, to the saint, all things are friendly and sacred, all events profitable, all days holy, all men [sic] divine” (Emerson: “History”).

My own hope has long been that the more and more we come to understand ourselves as pilgrim, convalescent Free Spirits, the better able we are to become what the twentieth-century poet Charles Olson (1910-1970) called “Archaeologists of Morning”—now remember, that’s “morning” as in “morning and afternoon” rather than “mourning” in the sense of expressing sorrow when someone dies. 

Next week I’ll explore what Olsen thinks it means to be an “Archaeologist of Morning” and I will then conclude with the philosopher Paul Wienpahl’s (1916-1980) idea of becoming men and women without a position, that is to say, people truly free to live creatively and compassionately in the ever-moving, intra-active world in which all of us live, move, and have our being.

The freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today—Part One: A Beginning

8 May 2021 at 12:59

A recorded version of the following piece is available at this link

I

A BEGINNING

The theme of the conference for which this piece was originally written was, “Religion—Where Next?” It seems to be an important question to ask because, at least in Europe and North America, the state of our formal religious traditions appears ever more parlous and, at least in denominational terms, perhaps terminal.

But was this, in fact, precisely the right question to pose? I asked this because over the twenty-one years of my ministry with a small liberal religious community in Cambridge it has struck me more and more that a better question to ask might be “Religion—Where Right Now?” To begin to get at what I mean I’d like to start with a little cautionary tale.

Many years ago I was in a denominational meeting where we returned to the perennial question about how we might deal with the fact that our community’s inherited, basically liberal Christian and Radical Enlightenment religious ideas and stories seemed not to be connecting meaningfully with most people in our own day and age. The conversation finally centred upon the word “worship”, especially as it was found in the phrase to be found on many of our church noticeboards: “Such and Such Church meets for worship at 10.30am.” The general feeling in the meeting was that the word “worship” either meant nothing at all to most people or, if they did know what it meant, it actively put them off from attending. What was needed, so the claim was made, was a brand new word and someone came up with “MetaK”, explaining that it was made up of two elements, “Meta” (meaning “after”, “higher”, “above” or “beyond”) and the letter “K” which stood for knowledge. But although appreciative of the attempt, and certainly the felt need for new ways to talk about the divine and the sacred, I and others pointed out that no one would know what on earth the word “MetaK” meant and so it would be utterly pointless to start painting it on our noticeboards. Ultimately, we were sure that it would be more off-putting than the word it sought to replace. I mean, think about it, can you imagine what you would think if you came across this phrase on a church noticeboard: “Such and Such Church meets for MetaK at 10.30am”?! However, pressing valiantly on with the idea, someone replied that perhaps it might intrigue people to persuade them to ask us what it meant and so someone else enquired what was it that we should tell them?” The reply came that “We should tell people it was something like worship.” I rest my case and simply note that the word “MetaK” was not painted on our noticeboards.

I imagine, however, that, like me, many of you will feel some sympathy and affinity with the proposer of the word “MetaK” because we are all acutely aware that our inherited religious traditions are full of words and practices — such as “worship” and “church”— which simply no longer meaningfully and/or positively connect with many people—including, of course, ourselves.

This is, at least in part, why we are so tempted to ask, and try to answer, the question “Religion — Where Next?” and all the evidence we come across strongly suggests that it’s not going anywhere if it simply and slavishly hangs onto old words, concepts and practices and also refuses to countenance the introduction of any new expressions of religion. 

But, surely, is it not also true that neither is religion going to go anywhere if it too swiftly and thoughtlessly tries to impose, ahead of time, wholly new words and practices that have gained absolutely no collective meaning or cultural currency? Such an approach would, surely, only hasten its current demise.  

Given this bind how do I think we might be able properly to claim the freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today and so succeed in moving on in our religious language and practices so that, eventually, we might make a religion appropriate for the future? Well, I’m going to suggest something that might, at first sight, seem to be holding things back, namely, that we need, firstly, to claim the freedom religiously to be what we are today, but be what we are today in an appropriate way. As Jesus wisely said, “Do not worry about tomorrow; it will have enough worries of its own. There is no need to add to the troubles each day brings” (Matt. 6:34). So, in this piece at least, I’d like to remain with today’s troubles.

Connected with this thought, I’m sure you all know the old joke about the tourist asking a local for directions to some particular place in town. The local replies, “Well, if I were you, I wouldn’t start from here”. There is, of course, great wisdom in this joke because it helps us see that the only place we can ever start from is the place where we are, right here and now, and that this is so whether we like this fact or not.

But, the objection often goes, such an approach cannot possibly work because the religion we have access to here and now is too heavy a yoke, one impossibly weighed down by its faulty, problematic and reactionary language and practices. However, I don’t think this objection is, necessarily, correct and on this point, I’m very much with the great twentieth-century German philosopher of hope, Ernst Bloch (1885-1977), who could speak to us of “the still undischarged future” that was to be found “in the past” (Ernst Bloch: “Principle of Hope”, MIT Press, Cambridge MA 1995, 1:200). 

Picking up on this idea, in his recent book, “Hope without Optimism”, Terry Eagleton feels that, in consequence, we should strive “to keep the past unfinished, refusing to accept its appearance of closure as the final word, springing it open once again by rewriting its apparent fatality under the sign of freedom” (Terry Eagleton: “Hope without Optimism”, Yale UP, New Haven 2015, p. 32).

To my mind, liberal religious people (whether rooted in the Christian and Radical Enlightenment traditions or not) most effectively gather together “under the sign of freedom” whenever they are able consistently to employ what the contemporary Italian philosopher Gianni Vattimo has called “il pensiero debole”—“weak thought”, a philosophy found implicitly in the Christian tradition in the writings of St Paul — “For God’s foolishness is wiser than human wisdom, and God’s weakness is stronger than human strength” (1 Cor. 1:25).

Vattimo’s work helps us see that we might best overcome our inherited religious traditions, not by overcoming them in a strong way, in a single, revolutionary moment by forcibly replacing one word, concept or practice with another (such as in the example of “MetaK”) but, instead, by employing weaker, more subtle and creative ways which consciously surpass and reinterpret our inherited religious traditions.  Vattimo borrows two German words from Heidegger to point to the difference in approaches. The hard, forcible way of overcoming he calls überwindung, whilst the gentle way he calls, verwindung (meaning to “go beyond” but in a transformative, incorporating, rather than destructive, way).

The action of water gives us an obvious physical analogy to verwindung and which the Tao Te Ching expresses beautifully: “Nothing in the world is soft and weak as water. But when attacking the hard and strong, nothing can conquer so easily. Weak overcomes strong, soft overcomes hard” (Tao Te Ching, Ch. 78, trans, Stephen Addiss and Stanley Lombardo, Hackett, Indianapolis 1993).

This is why in my own ministry in Cambridge — despite the odd personal wobble and moment of doubt (and who does not have them?) — I continue to be an advocate of remaining clear that we are a community that is slowly but consciously emerging from, and seeking to reform and reinterpret the language and practices of the liberal Christian and Radical Enlightenment tradition, and to do it in ways which help us continue to claim the freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today. 

In passing, although I think this is a very important point, there are also good, liberal and progressive politico-theological reasons why, in claiming this freedom, we are not tempted to make an absolute break with the liberal Christian and Radical Enlightenment traditions because, as the British philosopher, Peter Thompson, recently noted, it is clear “that religion as both debate and way of life has not crumbled in the face of an apparently inexorable rationalist, scientific, modernising Enlightenment and globalisation of the market economy” and, contrary to most liberal expectations, religion has “retain[ed] a potency and strength which remains far in excess of its ability to explain” (Thompson's introduction to Ernst Bloch’s “Atheism in Christianity”, Verso Press 2009, p. ix). Surely, we need to have continued access to — or at least a living understanding of — this potency and strength if we are going to have a genuine chance of helping to direct religion in liberal and progressive directions rather than illiberal and very regressive ones. 

Anyway, Vattimo feels, as do I, that if we can find ways to keep the past present and consciously to engage with it in a dialectical conversational way through a process of “verwindung”, carried out with the patience of water upon stone then, in time, we stand a real chance of truly escaping many of our old and, to my mind, highly damaging religious thoughts and practices and so able to move into a genuinely new liberal and progressive religious way of being in the world.

We can begin better to appreciate something of what is meant by this kind of approach by considering the point Karl Marx made in his oft-quoted eleventh Thesis on Feuerbach

“Philosophers have only interpreted the world in various ways, the point is to change it.”

However, Vattimo (and his colleague Santiago Zabala) have come to feel, and I agree with them, that, today, Marx’s eleventh thesis needs to be rewritten thus:

“The philosophers have only described the world in various ways; the moment now has arrived to interpret it” (Gianni Vattimo and Santiago Zabala: in “Hermeneutic Communism — From Heidegger to Marx”, Columbia University Press, New York 2011, p. 5).

Related to this observation, in an interview from 2002, Vattimo notes that:

“In a strong theory of weakness, the philosopher’s role would not derive from the world ‘as it is,’ but from the world viewed as the product of a history of interpretation throughout the history of human cultures. This philosophical effort would focus on interpretation as a process of weakening, a process in which the weight of objective structures is reduced.”

Indeed, most of us know only too well that our inherited religious traditions and their strong objective structures (such as, for example, the idea of a supernatural, supreme being or the various institutions of an organised, hierarchical church) desperately need to be overcome. Despite this, however, Vattimo is, as am I, in agreement with Heidegger when he said, “Overcoming is worthy only when we think about incorporation” (Martin Heidegger: “Overcoming Metaphysics” in the “End of Philosophy”, trans J. Stambaugh, Harpur and Row, New York 1973, p. 91).

The point I’m trying to tease out here is that the religion we have in the here and now on our own bend of the river (whatever and wherever it is) need never be allowed to be taken simply, “as it is” but can always be taken, as Walter Benjamin (1892-1940) noted, as being “fluid, labile and suspended” (quoted in Terry Eagleton: “Hope without Optimism”, Yale UP, New Haven 2015, p. 32). In other words, we need to begin to see that our inherited religion is something always capable of being radically, yet gently, reinterpreted and surpassed so that it can continue to gift us things intensely valuable and meaningful, things both new and old. As Jesus is once reported as having said “every scribe who has been trained for the kingdom of heaven is like the head of a household who brings out of their treasury what is new and what is old” (Matthew 13:52).

Today, I want to suggest that, by a process of verwindung and using weak thought, there can always be found in our past traditions still undischarged futures which can be released. This is because our past traditions are not what we usually think they are, i.e completely done and dusted, instead, they’re always unfinished and radically open. This, in turn, means, as Eagleton notes, we need to become aware that “the meaning of past events lies ultimately in the guardianship of the present” (Terry Eagleton: “Hope without Optimism”, Yale UP, New Haven 2015, p. 32).

This feeling has, for a long time now, made me ask how we might become ourselves modern equivalents of scribes of the kingdom of heaven? That is to say, people who are truly able to affect the guardianship of the present and, through the use of weak thought and verwindung, are truly able to claim the freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today.

The first thing to observe in answering this question is that scribes are made not born. They are only slowly formed in community through a long, self-conscious, disciplined educational practice and it seems to me that, therefore, one of the most pressing things required of contemporary liberal religion in the here and now is not to be seduced into trying to make some putative religion of the future right at this moment of time but of making and shaping contemporary liberal religious subjects who, like Jesus, are highly skilled at being able to bring out of their treasury what is new and what is old. They will be the ones who are then able to build a liberal religion genuinely suitable for the future.

In an attempt to create such liberal religious subjects, in my own ministry in Cambridge, I have consistently tried to encourage people to become the kind of “Free Spirits” promoted by Friedrich Nietzsche (1844-1900) and to combine this with becoming what the twentieth-century poet Charles Olson (1910-1970) called “Archeologists of Morning.” Additionally, I have long believed, that this can help people become what the philosopher Paul Wienpahl (1916-1980) called men and women without a position, i.e. people truly free to live creatively and compassionately in the ever-moving, intra-active world in which all of us live, move, and have our being.

In next week’s episode, I’ll look at how Nietzsche thought Free Spirits are made and, in two weeks time, I’ll turn my attention to Olson’s Archaeologists of Morning and Wienpahl’s men and women without a position.

Spring blossom in Cambridge

1 May 2021 at 11:24

As many of you will know in Japan there is a long tradition of what is called “hanami” (花見), flower gazing or viewing and, over the centuries, this has inspired many poets, painters and photographers to produce some of their finest work. At the heart of this activity is an awareness of and meditation upon the impermanent and transient nature of all things. 

One of the people who inspired me to pick up a camera myself was Lee Friedlander and, in 2006, he published a book called “Cherry Blossom Time in Japan” which contains black and white photographs taken during four trips there during the late 1970s and 80s. When it was published I quickly got hold of a copy and regularly take delight in leafing through its pages, not least of all in this season of spring.

My own photographs of blossom-time in Cambridge do not, of course, reach the high-bar set by Friedlander but they do at least represent a visual record of the places where I have been undertaking some of my own meditations upon the impermanent and transient nature of all things. So, in the hope that they will encourage a similar meditation in you, and give you some enjoyment at the beauty of spring blossom, I paste a few photos taken over the last couple of weeks. 

All photos taken with a Fuji X100F 

Just click on a photo to enlarge 













A mischevious spring meditation on Robert Frost’s poem “Mending Wall”

24 April 2021 at 11:29

An unmended wall on Unst, Shetland


You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link


I begin this bonus episode [of the podcast] with Robert Frost’s (1874—1963) poem from 1914,

“Mending Wall”


SOMETHING there is that doesn’t love a wall,  

That sends the frozen-ground-swell under it,  

And spills the upper boulders in the sun;  

And makes gaps even two can pass abreast.  

The work of hunters is another thing:   

I have come after them and made repair  

Where they have left not one stone on stone,  

But they would have the rabbit out of hiding,  

To please the yelping dogs. The gaps I mean,  

No one has seen them made or heard them made, 

But at spring mending-time we find them there.  

I let my neighbor know beyond the hill;  

And on a day we meet to walk the line  

And set the wall between us once again.  

We keep the wall between us as we go.  

To each the boulders that have fallen to each.  

And some are loaves and some so nearly balls  

We have to use a spell to make them balance:  

“Stay where you are until our backs are turned!”  

We wear our fingers rough with handling them.  

Oh, just another kind of outdoor game,  

One on a side. It comes to little more:  

He is all pine and I am apple-orchard.  

My apple trees will never get across  

And eat the cones under his pines, I tell him.  

He only says, “Good fences make good neighbors.”  

Spring is the mischief in me, and I wonder  

If I could put a notion in his head:  

“Why do they make good neighbors? Isn’t it  

Where there are cows? But here there are no cows.

Before I built a wall I’d ask to know  

What I was walling in or walling out,  

And to whom I was like to give offence.  

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall,  

That wants it down!” I could say “Elves” to him, 

But it’s not elves exactly, and I’d rather  

He said it for himself. I see him there,  

Bringing a stone grasped firmly by the top  

In each hand, like an old-stone savage armed.  

He moves in darkness as it seems to me, 

Not of woods only and the shade of trees.  

He will not go behind his father’s saying,  

And he likes having thought of it so well  

He says again, “Good fences make good neighbors.”


You can hear Robert Frost reading the poem at this link.

And here is a link to a short film of Leonard Nimoy reading the same poem.


—o0o—


In too many places today around the world you’ll find someone attempting to put up a border wall or fence. It’s neither a pretty nor encouraging sight and along with most people of liberal or progressive inclination, I’m inclined to look upon these constructs and immediately agree with Frost that “Something there is that doesn’t love a wall”.

But the danger is that in such unsettled times this feeling causes us to commit the sin of believing in binary opposites and to start seeing walls as simply either good or bad and becoming desirous of either only thoughtlessly and fearfully putting them up, or thoughtlessly and fearlessly only pulling them down. We need a better, more nuanced approach to walls than this painfully simplistic one.

We can begin helpfully to explore what this more nuanced approach might be like with the help of Frost’s poem in which he encourages us to think about the apparently counterintuitive idea that some walls might serve appropriately to connect rather than divide us.

Frost starts his reflections where many of us today would start, namely, with the aforementioned thought intuitively held by many people of liberal persuasion, that “Something there is that doesn’t love a wall”. 

But who or what is this “something”? 

Frost begins his poem by suggesting that, at the very least, it is some kind of natural, impersonal, non-moral process, in this case, the frozen-ground swelling under the wall which 

spills the upper boulders in the sun;

And makes gaps even two can pass abreast.

Indeed, looking across human history over many millennia, it seems certain that, eventually, every wall we will ever make will be brought down by nature simply doing what nature does. 

But we need to be aware that, having mentioned frozen ground, he might also be making a quiet pun because, as his poem obviously attests, there is something in him, a man called “Frost” remember, that doesn’t love a wall. Now, in suggesting this — if, indeed, he is suggesting this! — he may gently be reminding himself that, whether he likes it or not, as Mr Frost, his own actions are an example of nature doing what nature does as much as is the swelling action of the frozen, frosty ground. 

Whether or not this pun is being made, Frost quickly adds another “something” that doesn’t love a wall, and in this case it is something clearly human and, therefore, a “something” with an obvious ethical dimension:

The work of hunters is another thing:

I have come after them and made repair

Where they have left not one stone on a stone,

But they would have the rabbit out of hiding,

To please the yelping dogs. 

Here, the toppling of the wall is caused, not by an impersonal, natural force but by people who have no regard at all for the wall’s purpose of keeping certain things apart. Instead, they, along with their dogs, have a completely different focus to that held by the up-swelling frozen ground or Mr Frost and his neighbour, namely, the rabbit. For those involved in the hunt the wall has simply got in their way and so down it must come. 

So, within the first few lines, we already have three “somethings” that do not love a wall and which, for various reasons, want to, or simply do, bring it down. We may presume there are other unmentioned “somethings” that do not love a wall and wish to bring it down but, however, and by whomsoever it happened, the wall is now full of gaps,

No one has seen them made or heard them made,

But at spring mending-time we find them there.

At this point Frost begins to bring in to view a further important layer of complexity which seems to me to be central to the meaning of the whole poem — namely, the role of human tradition which, often silently and invisibly, is always shaping so much of our everyday life including, of course, the putting up and pulling down of walls. In the case of the relationship between Frost and his neighbour, at springtime, tradition insists that it is now mending-time. For Frost, mending the wall is simply what “one” does at this time of year and so, dutiful to tradition, he lets his “neighbor know beyond the hill”

And on a day we meet to walk the line

And set the wall between us once again.

The next few lines of the poem are spent telling us something about how this was done and some of his thoughts and feelings about the difficulties of the task:

We keep the wall between us as we go.

To each the boulders that have fallen to each

And some are loaves and some so nearly balls

We have to use a spell to make them balance:

‘Stay where you are until our backs are turned!’

We wear our fingers rough with handling them.

It’s a hard, tricky and skilled job (sometimes even seeming to require the use of a magic spell) but, for all that, Frost tells us he feels this is:

Oh, just another kind of outdoor game,

One on a side. It comes to little more:

There where it is we do not need the wall:

He is all pine and I am apple orchard.

My apple trees will never get across

And eat the cones under his pines, I tell him.

Frost’s humorous observation here is, at one practical level, clearly right, the careful repair of this particular wall does seem to be wholly unnecessary. What does it matter that it is full of gaps? It would surely suffice to let the wall slowly tumble down and let the fallen stones act as a simple marker of the boundary line between their two properties. But, his neighbour won’t have that and he simply says to Frost, 

“Good fences make good neighbors.”

. . . and carries on mending. 

Frost’s initial internal and, therefore, private rejoinder is, he tells us, a mischievous one:

Spring is the mischief in me, and I wonder

If I could put a notion in his head:

“Why do they make good neighbors? Isn’t it  

Where there are cows? But here there are no cows.

Before I built a wall I’d ask to know  

What I was walling in or walling out,  

And to whom I was like to give offence.  

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall,  

That wants it down!” I could say “Elves” to him,

But it’s not elves exactly, and I’d rather

He said it for himself. 

In this section, we can see that Frost firstly wonders whether it might be best to respond to his neighbour by raising the kind of rational questions which might, somehow, cause his neighbour to stop merely repeating his forefathers’ phase that “Good fences make good neighbors”, and properly to consider the question of “Why do fences or walls make good neighbours?” Such a method of rational questioning would, surely, help his neighbour to arrive at an “aha!” moment when he, along with frost, finally experiences that “something . . . that doesn’t love a wall, / That wants it down!” Then, at last, this traditional activity which is, after all, little more than an “outdoor game”, could, finally, come to an end.

But the fact that Frost doesn’t make this argument out loud suggests that he doesn’t think such a rational, evidence-based strategy would ever work with his neighbour. His neighbour, remember, is working fully and deeply out of tradition and this wall-mending they are engaging in is simply what “one” does at this time of year and so it doesn’t matter that his own land is all pines, and Frost’s is all orchard. In short, Frost’s rationalist, cow-related argument just won’t work, it’s wholly besides the point.     

This is, perhaps, why Frost then silently wonders whether a better strategy in getting his neighbour to stop the annual, and apparently pointless and futile mending of their wall, would be to invoke “Elves”. Given that his neighbour continues to respond and act simply out of tradition — which, remember, is always silently and invisibly shaping so much of our everyday living and thinking — perhaps blaming the wall’s state of disrepair upon traditional, mythical, mischievous, invisible beings like elves that love to bring down walls, might be much better at bringing his neighbour to the realisation that this wall can be allowed slowly to tumble down. His neighbour might not be persuaded by rational arguments about pines, orchards and cows but if he thought elves were involved he might suddenly say, “Ah, yeah, you’re right. Since the elves clearly want this wall down then I guess we’d better leave it alone.”

Perhaps, perhaps not but, at the very least Frost’s private thoughts about an ancient, traditional, mythic creature had, remember, whilst shifting ancient boulders causes Frost suddenly to see something very ancient in his neighbour:

I see him there

Bringing a stone grasped firmly by the top

In each hand, like an old-stone savage armed.

He moves in darkness as it seems to me,

Not of woods only and the shade of trees.

Frost suddenly sees before him a living, stone-age man moving, not simply in the dark of woods and the  shade of trees, but in the impenetrable, ancient dark of human tradition upon which the endless building and mending of this wall, and so many other things in our lives, is always-already founded.

We might be tempted to think that Frost is hereby suggesting to us that he is, by contrast, somehow fully in the light and free from tradition — not himself “an old-stone savage armed”. But let’s not forget it was Frost who let his “neighbor know beyond the hill” that it was spring mending time and that he, too, is grasping the self-same stone to fix this wall. Despite his critical and enquiring demeanour we are helped to see that at some deep, primal level, Frost is as implicated in tradition as much as is his neighbour. 

To be sure, Frost, unlike his neighbour, is prepared to go into the dark behind his forebear’s saying and question the meaning and efficacy of the wall but it is important to see that his questioning yields no simple answers, certainly nothing that could definitively prove or disprove his neighbour’s adage that “Good fences make good neighbors” or to prove or disprove the superiority of his own “Something there is that doesn’t love a wall”.

And so the poem finishes, inconclusively, with Frost stating that his neighbour

. . . will not go behind his father’s saying,  

And he likes having thought of it so well  

He says again, “Good fences make good neighbors.”

We may presume that they continue until the job is done and, each year at spring mending time, that they convened once again, brought inexorably together by something that simultaneously keeps them, and their pine-cones and apples, apart. 

In his poem, Frost seems at the very least to be concerned to remind us that walls (whether of dry stone, language, culture, tradition, religion and philosophy) are always-already both joining and separating people and things and that there are no easy, wholly rational evidenced-based rules which govern which is to be which at which moments in time and in what places and contexts. Walls will always have complex explicit and implicit uses and roles, perhaps useless at certain obviously practical levels such as keeping pine-cones and apples apart, but highly useful at a symbolic, personal level such as keeping these two otherwise distant neighbours in some kind of minimal, respectful relationship. Walls can add respect to oneself and the other, or they can destroy the same. They can be causes of exclusion or opportunities for genuine welcome and hospitality. 

In the Book of Ecclesiastes, Qoheleth, the Preacher once memorably said:

“Everything has a season, and a time for every matter under the heavens. . . . A time to fling stones and a time to gather stones in” (Ecclesiastes 3:1, 5a trans. Robert Alter)

Discerning when each of those times is present is always a nuanced, case by case, ad hoc task. There are no easily learnt regular rules when it comes to the mending or destruction of walls because, when it comes down to it, it is like learning to conjugate the most irregular of verbs — every single instance plays out differently.

For Frost, in that spring over a century ago, the right answer was found in continuing with his neighbour to mend their simultaneously useless and useful wall even as he was forced to question everything about their activity.

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall; good fences make good neighbors; 

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall; good fences make good neighbors;

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall; good fences make good neighbors;

Something there is that doesn’t love a wall; good fences make good neighbors.

[Fade out on this repetition.]

Adopting the role of umpire and letting the role of player go . . .

17 April 2021 at 12:15

A cricket umpire signals a dismissal (Source)

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

In this final episode of Series One, I’d like to draw your attention to a tension that has long existed between, on the one hand, me as an individual person committed to a certain kind of open-ended, philosophical/religious way of being in (or moving through) the world and, on the other hand, me in my public role as a minister of a very small, liberal-religious community in Cambridge, UK.  

During this podcast series, necessitated solely by the COVID-19 pandemic which has closed the church for face-to-face meeting for over a year, I have taken the opportunity to try to sum up some of the main ideas and themes in my own thinking over the past twenty years. Given that they have been written very much in isolation — and certainly in a situation detached from the former weekly life of my local community — it should not be surprising that they have represented me very much in my role as a “player” for a religious and philosophical position that I have variously called Christian atheist, religious naturalist, ecstatic humanist and new-materialist. These podcasts have been, if you like, examples of me going out to bat explicitly for this team. 

During this pandemic crisis — one which, I might add, is far from being over — I’m aware that many of you have had little choice but to do something similar with your own philosophy of life as you have sought to find a way through these uncertain, and deeply unsettling times.  And now, as the chances of being able to return to face-to-face meetings improve and people begin to think once again about how to do things together in the future, this need carefully to think through, better articulate and firm-up our own personal philosophies and understandings of religion has only served to make more visible than ever before the hyper-plural nature of my own local liberal-religious community. The old nineteenth and early twentieth-century idea that such a community could (or would) more or less completely share the philosophy or religion that happened to be held by the current minister, is now completely dead and gone. To deny this reality would be to engage in the equivalent of railing against the rising or the setting of the sun. 

Contemplating this reality over the past few months has persuaded me that, from now on, when I am acting in my role as a minister, I must simply stop being a “player” and that another way of proceeding ministerially must urgently be adopted. What I think that way is, or might be, I’ll come to in a second.  

But, firstly, I need to be clear that there is no way I can actually stop being a “player” because my own personal philosophical and religious wagers really do count for me; this is especially true for someone like me who has been significantly shaped by philosophies and religions that are, broadly speaking, existentialist in outlook. However, as will be clear from my foregoing remarks, what I find I must simply do as a “player” is never going to be precisely the same as what each individual member of my own local, liberal-religious community thinks they must simply be doing as a “player.” This has, of course, always been true but on a number of occasions during the pandemic, this disjunction has become unhelpfully foregrounded and I confess that I have too often allowed myself to be drawn into philosophical and theological competition rather than facilitating genuine, open-ended conversation. Mea culpa, mea culpa, mea maxima culpa. My misstep here — far easier to make on Zoom meetings than when meeting face-to-face —have helped me see more clearly than before that from now on, when it comes to articulating my own philosophical and religious wagers, i.e. actually going out to bat for them, this is something I need to do independently of the local liberal-religious community where I am minister. To this end, I will continue my personal blog and record a podcast now and then but, henceforth, they will stand as purely personal expressions of my current thinking and not as necessarily saying anything relevant to, for, or on behalf of my local community. If you are reading or listening to this piece you clearly know where to find my blog and podcast and, should you wish at any time in the future to take a peek at, or listen to what I’m currently thinking about and doing, then you know how to do that. However, as of today, I will no longer be distributing direct links to them via church communications.    

Given this decision, what is it that I think I might now usefully do when I’m acting in my role as a minister? Well, to help me suggest an answer I’m now going to draw heavily on some ideas found in Michael Oakeshott’s influential 1962 book, ‘Rationalism in politics and other essays’ (‘Rationalism in Politics’, Liberty Fund, Carmel, rev. ed. 1991), 

It seems to me, to use Oakeshott’s terms, I must cease to be a “player” and become instead, quite explicitly, an “umpire”.  

As many of you will know, over the past twenty years, I have tried to put open-ended, Socratic-like conversation at the heart of what a liberal-religious community should be doing together and, for a couple of years now, I’ve been struck, more and more, how what this has actually come to look like on the ground in Cambridge is very close to the kind of conversation valued and encouraged by Oakeshott. He thought that in such open-ended conversations 

‘the participants . . . are not engaged in an inquiry or debate; there is no “truth” to be discovered, no proposition to be proved, no conclusion sought. They are not concerned to inform, to persuade, or to refute one another, and therefore the cogency of their utterances does not depend upon their all speaking in the same idiom; they may differ without disagreeing. Of course, a conversation may have passages of argument and a speaker is not forbidden to be demonstrative; but reasoning is neither sovereign nor alone, and the conversation itself does not compose an argument. . . . In conversation, “facts” appear only to be resolved once more into the possibilities from which they were made; “certainties” are shown to be combustible, not by being brought in contact with other “certainties” or with doubt, but by being kindled by the presence of ideas of another order; approximations are revealed between notions normally remote from one another. Thoughts of different species take wing and play round one another, responding to each other’s movements and provoking one another to fresh exertions. Nobody asks where they have come from or on what authority they are present; nobody cares what will become of them when they have played their part. There is no symposiarch or arbiter; not even a doorkeeper to examine credentials. Every entrant is taken at its face-value and everything is permitted which can get itself accepted into the flow of speculation. And voices which speak in conversation do not compose a hierarchy. Conversation is not an enterprise designed to yield an extrinsic profit, a contest where a winner gets a prize, nor is it an activity of exegesis; it is an unrehearsed intellectual adventure. It is with conversation as with gambling, its significance lies neither in winning nor in losing, but in wagering. Properly speaking, it is impossible in the absence of a diversity of voices: in it different universes of discourse meet, acknowledge each other and enjoy an oblique relationship which neither requires nor forecasts their being assimilated to one another (‘Rationalism in Politics’, Liberty Fund, Carmel, 1991, pp. 489-490).

Now, with this kind of conversation in mind, as I try to lay out for you what I think, as an “umpire”, I need to be doing, you will hear Oakeshott (‘Rationalism in Politics’, Liberty Fund, Carmel, 1991, pp. 433-434) gently paraphrased, and sometimes silently quoted, again and again.

I realise that one of my key ministerial roles — especially in the increasingly fraught, nationalistic, culture war in which we all currently find ourselves — is not to inflame religious passion and give it new objects to feed upon but, instead, to inject into the activities of already too passionate men and women an ingredient of moderation; to restrain, to deflate, to pacify and to reconcile; not to stoke the fires of desire, but to damp them down. I can see ever more clearly how important it is to make it clear that, although I do not believe myself to be an agent of a supernatural God or some other benign providence, nor a custodian of a moral law or an emblem of a divine order, I am still able to alert people (both inside and outside my local community) to the existence of something shared which they might still be able to recognize as being valuable in the ordinary course of their own religious and, for that matter, political, lives.

I also recognise that I need to ensure that within my own local, liberal religious community the aforementioned restraint upon passionate religious belief is not imposed upon its members by my own inappropriate suggestion or cajolery, or by any other means than by, if not legally binding laws (as in the case in the nation-state), them at least by the congregation’s own shared and collectively agreed upon local by-laws and patterns of (broadly speaking) liberal-Christian, humanist and radical Enlightenment-inspired behaviour. I can see that into the heat of our engagements, into the passionate clash of our personal beliefs, into our individual or shared enthusiasm for saving the souls of our neighbours or of all humankind, week by week, it is important for me, as an “umpire”, constantly to bring into play the scepticism which most people neither have the time nor the inclination to do for themselves. In more poetic terms, I have come to see that my job as a minister is now, therefore, primarily to provide people with something like the cool touch of the mountain that one feels in the plain even on the hottest summer day. Or, to leave that metaphor behind, to be like the ‘governor’ which, by controlling the speed at which its parts move, keeps an engine from racketing itself to pieces. Additionally, I have recognised that my role as minister must include finding ways to strengthen already existing, but occasionally forgotten, congregational structures which ensure no single person is ever given (or is allowed to take) too much power or opportunity for advancing their own favourite religious or political projects. 

In short, I can more and more see the value of maintaining a liberal-religious congregation whose (lowercase ‘c’) conservatism imposes upon all its members an orderliness without unduly directing the enterprise of any individual member’s own free-thinking and seeking and which, at the same time, concentrates all our duties to our tradition’s rules/by-laws in such a fashion that in our conversations together there is still plenty of room left for genuine delight and discovery. The hope is, and remains, that everyone who becomes a member is prepared to accept such an ecclesiastical order (polity), not because they believe it to represent some unassailable religious truth, but merely because it helps restrain any indecent competition from breaking out between our different substantive religious wagers and which, as Hume once said, also helps to moderate ‘the plague of a too diligent clergy.’

Now, in order to bring this piece to a satisfactory enough — though necessarily  provisional — close, I need to return to the player/umpire distinction and note that Oakeshott also said:

‘An “umpire” who at the same time is one of the players is no umpire; “rules” about which we are not disposed to be conservative are not rules but incitements to disorder; the conjunction of dreaming and ruling generates tyranny’ (‘Rationalism in Politics’, Liberty Fund, Carmel, 1991, pp. 433-434)

I hope this short passage helps clarifies why, as a ministerI must cease to be a “player” and only now act as an “umpire” whose primary concern is not for my own religious/philosophical dreams and wagers but, instead, for the well-being and maintenance of the arrangements, rules and by-laws governing the kind of conversation I have outlined above. Conversations  in which “thoughts of different species take wing and play round one another, responding to each other’s movements and provoking one another to fresh exertions.”

Kowing this, were I now to continue to act as a “player” within my own local liberal-religious community I would dangerously be conjoining dreaming and ruling, something which could only serve to make my own deeply held religious/philosophical dreams and wagers incitements to disorder and that, my friends, can only lead to tyranny, something I completely and absolutely abhor.

So, I hope you will understand why, henceforth, when I am in my role of minister, I shall do my level best to leave my own bat behind in the pavilion and only don the white coat and Panama hat of an umpire. I trust this significant change of emphasis will help to ensure that there will still be plenty of room left for genuine delight and discovery in the coming years.

The next series of Wednesday Evening Conversations (with an explicitly Oakeshottian flavour about them!) connected with the church will probably start sometime in mid-May. 

Keep an eye on the church newsletter page for news about that . . .  

Cancelling my subscription to the Resurrection and truly living the death of God

3 April 2021 at 14:32
Time Magazine, Easter 1966

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

My personal commitment to a version of Christian atheism began in the mid- to late 1970s during my early teenage years. One year, as I listened to the unfolding of the Holy Week narrative from my place in the choir, when we reached the horrific moment when Jesus, just before dying, cries out “Eli, Eli, lema sabachthani? — My God, my God, why did you forsake me?” (Matthew 27:46) I found myself suddenly waking up to the shocking implications of what I had just heard. To appreciate my surprise you need to remember that, like all conventional Christians, I had been taught that Jesus was God. So, that year, as Jesus cried out “My God, my God, why did you forsake me?, and then died, I found myself thinking, “Hang on, did I just hear that properly? God has abandoned God, yes? God has let God die! Is that right? My God!” 

Not surprisingly, no priest or Sunday School teacher ever lingered over this extraordinary moment because they were already rushing us ahead to what they thought was the joyous good news of Easter Sunday and the Resurrection. But, from that day on, Easter Sunday itself began more and more to feel to me as merely the moment which revealed that, for Christianity, the apparently theologically profound and shocking moment of God’s death on Good Friday was no more than a fairground magic trick, something along the lines of the famous sawing a person in half illusion where, as a magician-entertainer, God (and Christianity along with him), says to us, “Ta-Da! Only kidding!” 

But the shocking impact of that realisation has never faded and it has continued to haunt all my thoughts about religion since then. Indeed, over the years, it has only served to make me feel that Easter Sunday of Christianity was simply a betrayal of the message of the cross. But with whom could I talk about this? No one it seemed, certainly not the faithful, rather evangelical Christians in my own church nor my secular parents, teachers or school-friends.

Fortunately, however, in my late-teens in a second-hand bookshop in Ambleside, I stumbled across the “Letters and Papers from Prison” by the German Protestant pastor, Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906-1945), and, at last, found myself reading words by a well-known, respected Christian theologian, which said something real about the theological and ethical implications of that shocking moment on the cross. Here is what quickly became for me one of the most important passages in the book: 

God as a working hypothesis in morals, politics, or science, has been surmounted and abolished, and the same thing has happened in philosophy and religion (Feuerbach!). For the sake of intellectual honesty, that working hypothesis should be dropped, or as far as possible eliminated. . . . Honesty demands that we recognise that we must live in the world as if there were no God. And this is just what we do recognise — before God! God himself drives us to this realisation. — God makes us know that we must live as men who can get along without Him. The God who is with us is the God who forsakes us (Mark 15:34)! We stand continually in the presence of God who makes us live in the world without the God-hypothesis (Dietrich Bonhoeffer: “Letters and Papers from Prison”, SCM, London 1971, p. 360).

These words became central to my own theological reflections because they helped me see that I, too, now had no choice but to “live in the world as if there were no God”. But, because Bonhoeffer insisted we needed to recognise this “before God” this drove me not to adopt a secular, nontheological form of atheism, but to seek out a theological form of atheism. I eventually found this in the work of those theologians whom I discovered had bravely followed the implications of Bonhoeffer’s highly allusive prison writings and, for me, the most important of them was Thomas J. J. Altizer (1927-2018). Altizer’s work was famously featured in the two Time Magazine articles of October 1965 and April 1966, the latter edition, published at Easter, dared to put the question “Is God Dead?” on its cover in bold red letters on a plain black background, a decision which has made it one of the most iconic, and controversial, magazine covers in the history of modern publishing. The year 1966 also saw the publication of Altizer’s book “The Gospel of Christian Atheism” and so was born what became popularly known as “Death of God theology.” 

It is impossible here to unfold the rich and strange fullness of Altizer’s thinking as it unwinds and develops over the next fifty years but all of it continues to relate back to a passage found in the short Epistle to the Philippians (2:6-8):  

          “Christ, though in the image of God,

          didn’t deem equality with God

          something to be clung to—

          but instead became completely empty

          and took on the image of oppressed humankind:

          born into the human condition,

          found in the likeness of a human being.

          Jesus was thus humbled—

          obediently accepting death, even death on a cross!”

The key theological idea at work in this passage is “self-emptying” (in Greek, “kenosis”) and Altizer took this to mean that on the cross the transcendent creator God of monotheism truly died and, wholly and irrevocably, had self-emptied into the world. Now, Altizer remains unusual in thinking that this quite literally occurred on the cross, but most people who follow his lead, including me, take that moment on the cross to be a mythopoetic expression of the basic idea that whatever the word God can mean for us today, it is a word which can only speak of God as totally present as absent; or, to put it slightly differently, that absence is the presence of God. In turn, as one of Altizer’s colleagues, Mark C. Taylor, puts the matter, this means “the disappearance of God turns out to be God’s final revelation.” (Mark C. Taylor in the introduction to “Living the Death of God” by Thomas J. J. Altizer, SUNY Press, 2006, p. xv).

Now, in the context of the Easter season and Christian thinking, the important thing to grasp is that, mythopoetically speaking, everything, but everything of theological and philosophical importance happens at the moment of Jesus’ death on Good Friday with the self-emptying death of God. This means that there was, is, and can never be a Resurrection as imagined by the later Christian tradition. Such a resurrection, as already indicated, — were it to have occurred — would reveal the events of Good Friday to have been a mere fairground illusion of death which would only serve to leave the world unchanged or, at least, leave our perception of the world unchanged. In short, the Christian Easter Sunday encourages the world to go on as if nothing of any real importance had occurred on Good Friday. But to the Christian atheist the “good” of Good Friday is truly good because it was on that otherwise dark and apocalyptic day that the divine and the sacred was no longer experienced as being “out there” in some transcendent, supernatural being and/ or realm (such as heaven) but was now fully immanent in the endless, self-emptying, natural material fluxes and flows in which all things are now understood to live, move and have their being.

Therefore, for the Christian atheist, Easter Sunday can only ever be symbolic of the “first day” upon which humanity, consciously and unreservedly, was able joyously and creatively to begin to live the death of God, to live, in other words, in a wholly naturalistic way, fully in this world. As such, I am, of course, happy to celebrate on the day — but I am most certainly not celebrating the Resurrection!

As his career developed, Altizer explored this basic idea in various ways but most fruitfully through its appearance in the writings of William Blake, Dante, Milton, Hegel and Nietzsche. But in addition to finding it in these radical Christian, or post-Christian, European writers, he also found the same idea at work within Buddhism and, in consequence, he began a long and creative dialogue with the work of the Kyoto School of philosophers, particularly Keiji Nishitani (1900–1990), and especially in connection with Buddhist ideas relating to “absolute nothingness” (zetti mu) and “emptiness” (śūnyatā). Today, thanks to the now decades-long dialogue between Altizer, Nishitani and the Kyoto School in general, there now exists a way meaningfully to be both a Christian atheist and a Buddhist.

Now, as I was finishing writing some preliminary notes for what you have just heard, I received a welcome telephone call from the British radical theologian and philosopher Don Cupitt to catch up a bit with life, the universe and everything. He asked me what I was up to and so I told him the outline of my planned address/podcast. For reasons which will become clear this led us to talk about one of the wholly naturalistic, materialist images of self-emptying that Don has been using since the mid-1990s, the sun. 

It’s helpful to introduce this image at this point because in our own, increasingly secular age, the kind of traditional, mythopoetic religious language I’ve just been using, whether Christian or Buddhist, doesn’t always easily connect with people who have had no religious upbringing or education. It can on first hearing all sound like gobbledygook. It’s not gobbledygook, I hasten to add, but, like all such nuanced, technical languages, it has to be slowly learnt and imbibed before its richness can fully be appreciated. 

Anyway, recognising this difficulty, in 1995, Don published a short but important book called, “Solar Ethics”, in which he suggests that one of the most apt modern, secular metaphors for how we should be living life after the self-emptying death of God is that of the sun. He gives the reason for this under six basic headings.

Firstly, the sun is always already beyond the living/dying distinction. It lives by nuclear reactions and consequently lives by dying. The sun’s way of being is self-emptying which is both a creation and a destruction because life always already involves both. It is a felicitous coincidence that in the mythopoetry of the Christian atheist the death of God as Jesus, the son of God (s-o-n), is analogous to the wholly naturalistic living by dying of our local star, the sun (s-u-n).      

Secondly, the sun is always already all action, it only is what it is because it does what it does, here and now. For the sun there is no distinction between noun and verb; in other words, it does not separate what it is from what it does. 

Thirdly, the sun is always already everything that it can or should be. It is constantly giving everything it can, and cannot do anything more than this. 

Fourthly, the sun is always already beyond distinctions between inner and outer being, it constantly shines and makes a complete exhibition of itself without feeling guilty — it turns itself, quite literally, inside-out. In other words, there is no inner-self or inner-soul to be saved, only a self or soul constantly being poured out or given away in the act of living.

Fifthly, the sun is always already indifferent to conventional religious and moral distinctions between good and bad, the saved and the lost, the respectable and the dirty. As Jesus reminded us, the sun rises on the evil and on the good (Matthew 5:45). 

And, sixthly, the sun does not distinguish between the way and the end, between journey and destination, between method and purpose, because life is always already what is happening now.

Don suggests that after the self-emptying death of God we, too, should consciously live life in the same self-emptying way, fully aware that it is the only life we have and that we can properly fulfill our potential only by shining in our celebration of life as it is poured out in us. As, after the self-emptying death of God, God is only totally present as absent so, too, are we, when, sun-like we become totally present only in our own self-emptying which, inevitably will end in our own absence at our death. For Don, this means we should simply equate the ethical with life’s own spontaneous and joyful affirmations of itself – “life’s solar outpouring.” 

It is vital to see, as Don notes, that such a secular, solar ethics and solar living is only something that has become possible for our culture after the end of metaphysics and after the death of God.

And, before concluding it’s worth pointing out that, along with Altizer, Don sees here a profound connection with Buddhism, in his case particularly with the principle of “anatta”, the idea that there is no permanent self. As Don notes, by embracing this notion and shining brightly like the sun in a process of constant self-emptying we find the most creative and positive way fully to accept the constant changing of life where, as Lucretius once observed, omnia migrant, everything, but everything is always already, moving, in motion.

To conclude. It seems to me that the Christian Resurrection of Easter Sunday simply blocks access to, and ultimately betrays this profound insight into the way the world is and our place in it. It doesn’t bring us more life, it diminishes life by stopping it from flowing, freely, fully, creatively and self-emptyingly into the world. The Resurrection of Jesus and his later Ascension into heaven is merely an attempt to hoard life like a miser hoards gold, locking it up in a dark, heavenly safe hidden well away from the world for some as yet to be defined later day of judgement. On the other hand, Good Friday, when understood in the fashion just explored, as the moment of the death of God, is the ecstatic, apocalyptic mythopoetic moment of divine release when the golden richness of self-emptying creative, love and light is for us fully and irrevocably allowed out into the world to shine. 

I hope you can see why my subscription to the resurrection is now permanently cancelled and why, in the gentlest way possible, I’d encourage you to think about doing likewise. 

As Jesus once said: 

“You are the light of the world. You don’t build a city on a hill, then try to hide it, do you? You don’t light a lamp, then put it under a bushel basket, do you? No, you set it on a stand where it gives light to all in the house.” (Matthew 5:14-15).

In the mythopoetry of Christian atheism, that self-emptying light was put on a stand on Good Friday; Easter Sunday has always been the bushel basket that hides the real good news of this season.

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this podcast then our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 7th April at 19.30 GMT.  Link below.

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church, Evening Conversation

Time: April 7, 2021 19:00 London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/81603885416?pwd=ZXM5MkJmZE5GcGwzZ21qUzgvTWZIdz09

Meeting ID: 816 0388 5416

Passcode: 995320

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends

The Six Values of "The Alternative UK"

30 March 2021 at 09:38

Within my own local community, the Cambridge Unitarian Church, I'm trying to encourage a conversation about how, in the current and post-pandemic environment, we might better work with civic organisations who clearly share so many of our own values. My preferred candidate is The Alternative UK which has its roots in Denmark. As a long admirer of many things Danish this project naturally caught my attention when it was launched a few years ago. So, as an introduction to them, here are their current six, guiding values. If you like what you read then do please follow the links. I really do think it's a project worthy of becoming properly involved with.

 THE ALTERNATIVE: SIX VALUES

Courage: Courage to look problems in the eye. But also courage about the future we share.

Generosity: Everything which can be shared will be shared with anyone interested.

Transparency: Everybody should be able to look over our shoulders. On good days and on bad.

Humility: To the task. To those on whose shoulders we stand. And to those who will follow us.

Humour: Without humour there can be no creativity. Without creativity there can be no good ideas. Without good ideas there can be no creative power. Without creative power there can be no results.

Empathy: Putting yourself in other people’s shoes. Looking at the world from that point of view. And creating win-win solutions for everyone.

* * *

The values are not just there to be brought out on special occasions. The six core values must be constant indicators that are visible in our daily political work – in the way we think, speak and act. From debate, to political initiatives and to the way we campaign.

Jesus or Barabbas, Carl Schmitt and Little Red Riding Hood — a cautionary tale for twenty-first century liberals

27 March 2021 at 16:26
The crowd calling for the release of Barabbas (Annie Valloton) You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link Like many, perhaps most, children, my world was powerfully shaped by many adults who were willing to mislead me into believing me the world could always be divided into “goodies” and “baddies.” This was usually illustrated via the many myths of British exceptionalism which centred upon the two World Wars and the British Empire. Although one might have hoped otherwise, in my Sunday School Bible classes the situation was no better, a fact that can be seen by considering this story found at the end of the Gospel of Matthew (27:15-26). Here it is in David Bentley Hart’s recent translation: Now,...

“Firm ground is not available ground” — why building one’s religion and philosophy on sand rather than rock might actually be a very good idea

20 March 2021 at 13:20

Atop a sand dune on the beach at Wells-next-the-Sea

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

Wittgenstein famously warned against letting words “go on holiday” (PI 38). By this, he meant allowing words to say things outside the immediate context in which they were actually being used for this or that  situation. The reason for his concern was that he had begun to see how so many philosophical problems only arose when we succumbed to this temptation. To illustrate this let’s briefly consider Jesus’ teaching found at Luke 6:46-49 (see also Matthew 7:24–27) often called the “Parable of the Wise and the Foolish Builders”. 

Jesus begins by asking his audience a rhetorical question, namely, why, although they claimed to value him as a wise teacher, they then didn’t put his teaching into practice? He then proceeds to tell a story about what he thought those who had heard his words and were putting them into practice were like:

“They are like the person who, in building a house, dug deeply and laid the foundation on a rock. When a flood arose, the torrent rushed against the house, but failed to shake it because of its solid foundation. 0n the other hand, anyone who has heard my words, but has not put them into practice, is like the person who built a house on sand, without any foundation. When the torrent rushed upon it, the house immediately collapsed and was completely destroyed.” (Luke 6:46-49, Inclusive New Testament, Priests for Equality, 1994)

As the gospel writers present him to us Jesus was clearly a teacher capable of uttering the most memorable, sparkling and striking parables ever known but, alas, this one is not amongst them. What we have here is a straightforward example of commonsense wisdom. Jesus, confident that what he is teaching is good and solid stuff, chooses to illustrate what he thinks are the consequences, good and bad, of following or not following his words, by employing a conventional metaphor that almost everyone could understand. In the context Jesus employs it it’s a metaphor that is really rather unremarkable. For, even today, with our advanced engineering techniques and materials, it remains prosaically true that if a building’s foundation sits on soft or filled-in sandy soil, the whole building is always in danger of collapsing.

Now, although we may agree or disagree that Jesus is correct in believing the great worth of his own teaching and the value of building an ethical practice upon it, what we can all agree upon is the appropriateness of his everyday metaphor if, and this is vitally important, if we don’t let the words of the metaphor go on holiday. When they stay at home in this world we can say with confidence that building on sound foundations (aka rock) is good; building on infirm foundations (aka sand) is bad. 

But the trouble is that within Christian circles Jesus was very early on transformed from being a wise, human teacher — a rabbi — into very God of very God and it was this process that allowed the words of the Parable of the Wise and the Foolish Builders to pack for what has now become an extended, two-millennia long holiday which allowed an interpretation of the parable to develop that turns out to be highly misleading about what seems to us today to be the fundamental nature of things. 

For the Christian believer, once Jesus had become God, Jesus became the very foundation of everything that ever was, is, or will be. Reading this parable with this belief in mind, Jesus’ metaphor became not simply a straightforward, everyday one rooted in the practical knowledge of in what consisted the best foundation for an actual building or a certain kind of ethical practice but, instead, it became a metaphysical metaphor about the ultimate nature of things. In short, the parable began to be understood in Christian circles as saying that ultimate reality — whether God or Jesus, Jesus or God — was also to be thought of as being rock-like, super-stable, eternal, fixed, immovable, unmovable, static and so on. As the author of the Epistle of James has it, when it came to ultimate reality there was to be in it “no alternation or shadow of change” (James 1:17).

By extension, of course, the quickly developing and overlapping early-Christian communities which eventually became the highly plural and complex entity known as “the Christian Church”, that took on the mantle of rock via the story of Jesus’ renaming of Simon the son of Jonah as Simon Peter, where the name “Peter” is derived from the Greek word for rock, “petros”. You will recall that in Matthew 16 Jesus is made to say that “on this rock (petra)” he would build his church which even the “gates of Hades” would not overcome. It was to Peter that Matthew has Jesus give the keys of the kingdom of heaven saying “whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven” (Matthew 16:13–19). In consequence, the Church’s authority over all things on earth came to be thought of as eternally secure and “rock-like” because it was believed to have been built on the firm, eternal foundation of the metaphysical rock of God and Jesus, Jesus and God.

Given all this, it should come as no surprise that, once the words of Jesus’ parable had gone on holiday in this fashion, the Christian mind found it impossible to take seriously the idea that upon the ever-shifting, transient, sand-like nature of our natural world any decent, self-respecting philosophy and/or religion could ever be built.

However, as the two millennia have unfolded since the foundation of the Christian Church, alongside the now widespread loss of belief in God, and Jesus as God, in our European and North American culture, and thanks to the discoveries of the natural sciences, there has come an increasingly widespread recognition of the truth, pithily noted by the Roman poet Lucretius, that ‘omnia migrant’ (DRN 5.830), everything, but everything, moves. 

No one knows how long ago this was first intuited as a fundamental or foundational aspect of the nature of things but we can trace it back to at least five hundred years before the birth of Jesus and to the thinking of Heraclitus of Ephesus. Many of you will recall it was Heraclitus who insisted “everything flows” (panta rhei), that all things are in “flux” and, therefore, always-already “becoming”. This idea was summed up most famously in a saying of Heraclitus’ as quoted by Plutarch: “It is not possible to step twice into the same river” (B91[a]). However, some scholars think the more authentic form of the saying has been preserved by Cleanthes which reads: “On those stepping into rivers staying the same other and other waters flow” (B12 — potamoisi toisin autoisin embainousin hetera kai hetera hudata epirrei). This is a much more subtle and interesting saying than the popularly remembered one because it helps us see that any river can only continue to exist over time as the same river it has always has been, in so far as it consists of changing waters. As Daniel W. Graham says in the “Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy” article on Heraclitus “if the waters should cease to flow it would not be a river, but a lake or a dry streambed.” In turn, this means “There is a sense, then, in which a river is a remarkable kind of existent, one that remains what it is by changing what it contains.” So, Graham continues, 

“[o]ne kind of long-lasting material reality exists by virtue of constant turnover in its constituent matter. Here constancy and change are not opposed but inextricably connected. A human body could be understood in precisely the same way, as living and continuing by virtue of constant metabolism”. 

As Graham finally observes, on this reading, 

“Heraclitus believes in flux, but not as destructive of constancy; rather it is, paradoxically, a necessary condition of constancy, at least in some cases (and arguably in all).”

Today, thanks to extraordinary progress made in disciplines such as fundamental particle physics and quantum foundations we are beginning ever more fully to understand this truth and that even the most apparently solid and immutable of things is something always-already dependant on matter-energy in constant motion. In consequence, at the fundamental, foundational level, this means the apparently solid rock of Jesus’ parable is something as constantly in motion as much as is sand.  

So, does this mean Jesus’ parable can now be seen to be wrong-headed? Well, no, not really. Or at least it’s not wrong-headed as long as his words are not taken out of their everyday context and allowed to go on holiday to be used to talk about the fundamental nature of things. In the everyday context, as Jesus wisely if prosaically suggests, one should continue to build on the firmest foundations possible (aka rock) and not upon infirm foundations (aka sand). One important, obvious lesson to learn here is strongly to resist the urge to turn everything that Jesus says into metaphors about the fundamental nature of things and, therefore, to keep the language of Jesus’ teachings firmly where they belong, namely, in the everyday world of practical ethics.

OK. But here’s the interesting thing. Were we tempted to use the words “rock” and “sand” to talk about the fundamental nature of things as the contemporary sciences are now beginning to understand it, for those words to work, we’d have to turn Jesus metaphorical use of them upside down and encourage people to see that the wise person must come to understand that everything is, ultimately, built on moving sand and not static rock. To put this in an apparently paradoxical way the wise, modern person needs to find ways fully to appreciate and live out of the knowledge that everything, but everything rests or depends upon motion!

It is this thought which brings me to a poem that beautifully and accessibly unfolds this idea. It’s called “Dunes” and was written by the twentieth-century American poet A. R. Ammons


Taking root in windy sand

    is not an easy

way

to go about

    finding a place to stay.


A ditchbank or wood’s-edge

    has firmer ground.


In a loose world though

    something can be started—

a root touch water,

    a tip break sand—


Mounds from that can rise

    on held mounds,

a gesture of building, keeping,

    a trapping

into shape.


Firm ground is not available ground.


In his poem, Ammons offers us a beautifully succinct, modern parable which reminds us that all our ways of finding a place to stay and be in the world, all our human making and building, whether of actual buildings or of culture in the form of our arts, natural and human sciences, ethics, religion, politics and so on, all of it only occurs because everything is always-already in motion. Firm ground, when understood in the mistaken way our Christian forebears did, is simply something that never has been, is not, and never will be available to us.

However, miracle of miracles, Heraclitus, Lucretius, Ammons and the contemporary sciences show in abundance that in our sand-dune-like-ever-moving-loose-world something can always be started. Roots do touch water, tips do break sand, and following this mounds do rise on held mounds. Across the generations and geography in countless human and non-human gestures, there is building, keeping, and a trapping into shape. We can and do build both buildings and cultures, and, in so doing find a place and a particular way to stay in the world.

But, and this is vital, we need to see clearly that all that is made and all that we make, will in time pass and unfold itself back into fluxing, folding and fielding matter-energy to be reassembled into something different and new. There is no eternal rock, no available, ultimate firm ground upon which to build a definitive, final world, philosophy or religion. Omnia migrant, everything moves. 

Given this, from now on, might we not begin to lead better, more humble and creative lives, were we able fully to understand the implications of being material migrants always-already dwelling on sand-dunes even when, at times, we still recognise the timeless wisdom of building on everyday rock?

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this podcast then our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 24th March at 19.30 GMT.  Link below.

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church, Evening Conversation

Time: Mar 24, 2021 14:00 London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/85112215249?pwd=M2xIaHYwTkhvbW1SdDRZanpZdWl4Zz09

Meeting ID: 851 1221 5249

Passcode: 036110

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends

Mothering Sunday—The mother of matter is the matter of the mother—A poetic, supreme fiction for our age

13 March 2021 at 18:40
Botticelli’s “The Birth of Venus” You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link I originally wrote this piece for Mothering Sunday back in March 2019 for the congregation of the Cambridge Unitarian Church and I offer it once again because I still think it says something useful and highly relevant to a liberal religious tradition which, at least in part, is willing to contemplate (if not always then attempt to answer) the question of how it might be able to move from a basically supernaturalist world view to a more religiously naturalistic one. But I also offer it now in the context of the murder last week here in the UK of Sarah Everard at the hands of a violent, male perpetrator. Sarah’s violent de...

More speed? More strength? More consumption? More Things?—Revisiting a meditation on love in the time of Coronavirus

6 March 2021 at 15:13

The inside of the Cambridge Unitarian Church as it currently appears 
At present, only occasionally being used for socially-distanced ballet classes & fencing 

As we approach the first anniversary of the closure of the Cambridge Unitarian Church for face to face meetings due to the Coronavirus pandemic I thought it might be worthwhile recording for you the last address I gave in the building to see if I said in it anything of interest or worth that might help us better gauge where we are now. Well, let’s see. Also, since it seems unlikely we’ll be returning to our old ways of doing church, the historian in me feels it is not inappropriate to make a verbatim, aural record of what may well have been the final address given in a church service setting. The address was preceded by a reading of a short, extremely allusive extract from the Fifth Duino Elegy by Rainer Maria Rilke (Trans. C. F. MacIntyre). Don’t worry if it does not fully connect with you on a first hearing as I so return to it later on in the address.  

So, let’s now go back to Sunday, March 15th, 2020 at about 11am, GMT. 


          Angel, if there were a place we don’t know, and there

          on some ineffable carpet, the lovers who never

          could bring off their feats here, could show

          their bold lofty figures of heart-swings,

          their towers of ecstasy, their pyramids

          that long since, where there was no standing-ground,

          were tremblingly propped together — could succeed

          before the spectators around them, the innumerable silent

                         dead:

          would not these then throw their last, ever-hoarded,

          ever-hidden, unknown to us, eternally

          valid coins of happiness

          before that pair with the finally genuine smile

          on the assuaged carpet?


Given our current situation, with all the worries it naturally brings, it seems to me impossible at the moment to give any address which does not, in some fashion, directly relate, in the most positive and meaningful ways possible, to the current situation. To do otherwise would be, at least in my opinion, merely to stick one’s head in the sand — a foolish strategy at any time, but especially at this moment of time.

Naturally, I do not wish to diminish the very significant, and possibly huge, dark downsides to what may transpire in the coming weeks and months, but I do wish to emphasise here the possible and, at times, perhaps actual important and necessary upsides, even though, at the moment, they may seem to be extremely limited and apparently insignificant. I think it’s [also] worth remembering the old proverb that the darkest place is at the bottom of the lighthouse, i.e., even as it shines a saving light out into the gloom, right where we are standing it is as dark as dark can be.   

Given this fact it is vitally important always to remember another proverb, namely, that great oaks from little acorns grow and so my strategy for today, and for the next few weeks, will be to consider, as best as I can, the ‘little acorns’ wherever I find them, in the hope that they may, in time, truly turn into great oaks.

So, for the first of my possible little acorns, I want to turn again to someone whose work has had a profound and positive influence over my own thinking during the last decade, the Italian philosopher, Franco ‘Bifo’ Berardi

In this address, for your own ease of access later on, I concentrate only upon what Beradi says in a short, twenty-four-minute filmed interview made in 2011 to accompany his then-new book, ‘After the Future.’ 

I should also add that, although this address starts with a rehearsal of some dark but important (if very sketchy) genealogical notes about how we got where we are today, they are there simply to help us better grasp the message of hope Berardi wishes to bring us. So hang in there.

Berardi begins by pointing out that, for our own Western European and North American culture, ideas of in what the future consists have for a long, long time now been tied closely to the hope and desire for more energy, more speed, more strength, more consumption, more things and, alas, more violence. Simply put, the idea of the future has all been about more and more and more.

Berardi feels that the early twentieth-century Italian Futurist movement can be seen as our final step into this modern, futurist age.

Futurism (Italian: Futurismo) was an international artistic and social movement that originated in Italy and which delighted in wholly rejecting the past, primarily by embracing speed, technology, youth, violence, war and the, what were then, very new, material objects such as the car, the aeroplane and the modern, industrialised city.

Filippo Tommaso Marinetti (1876–1944), the movement’s founding figure, brought all these things together in his Futurist Manifesto of 1908 which was to prove highly congenial to the nascent Italian Fascist movement. It’s a nasty document that exalts violence and particularly despised anything to do with women or what it thought was feminine because, for the Futurists, the woman/the feminine was the epitome of weakness and sensuousness, in short, everything that modern energy wanted — and still wants — to forget.

Berardi feels, and I agree with him, that Futurism played a key part in bringing the world to its current state of despair because it helped deliver up to us a futurism without a future. Modern capitalism is, of course, a child of Futurism and we can see this particularly in its obsession with more and more speed and more and more growth which, in turn, has led to the destruction of our world in the name of the future — or rather, it has led to the world’s destruction in the name of its idea of the future.

By 1977 — the year of the Queen’s Silver Jubilee — many people like Berardi were beginning to intuit that if this was the future then, as far as we were concerned, there was no future. Indeed, for my generation, Generation X, nothing, but nothing, summed-up this nascent feeling better than the Sex Pistols’ single of that year, ‘God Save the Queen’, which contains the oft-repeated refrain, ‘no future, no future for you.’

Consequently, as the decades have passed, retrospectively, 1977 has become for many of us the symbolic watershed moment when we were first forced to begin to seek ways to articulate something beyond the future because, for us, the future was over. Here, of course, is the origin of Berardi’s book title ‘After the Future.’

There have been many responses to this feeling and not all of them have been positive — after all the Sex Pistols were themselves far from being noted purveyors of hope — but some responses have been, including that suggested by Berardi. Berardi was amongst those who became aware that, because our very possibility of joy was being destroyed by capitalism and growth, we needed to find ways to live in a post-futurist fashion.

A key act of rebellion was to find more and more time to live in the present and to choose what he calls the slowness of pleasure. In this he reveals some very strong Epicurean tendencies, the only philosophy which seems to me to offer us a genuine way out of our current malaise. Anyway, at this point in his interview, Berardi quotes Jesus’ teaching about the birds of the air and flowers of the field because, for Berardi, they are unparalleled examples of creatures who don’t work in order to accumulate or possess things but are, instead, creatures who never cease to live in time (in season) and to find their pleasures in time. Bifo’s basic point here is that unlike most other things, time is not something you can accumulate as you can with, for example, gold, money and material things. When it comes to time you can only live in it, taking pleasure in the becoming other of yourself, being yourself without protecting yourself. This, for Berardi, is post-futurism.

To live like the birds of the air and the flowers of the field requires what Berardi calls ‘ungrowth’ — an ugly word that he admits is only an approximation to a better concept we still need to invent. However, essentially, it’s a word that helps us see the need for our society to let go of its obsession with growth and to encourage the kind of responses we begin to make when we realize, truly realize, that we do not need more money and more things and that what we most certainly need is more time, more joy.

Berardi notes that ‘ungrowth’ seems to some people to hint at something ‘less’ but this is not at all the case. It’s a word that seeks to remind us that what we need is not less life or less pleasure. No! Not at all. It’s a word that reminds us we need more life, more pleasure. But this, in turn, does not imply more consumption, more merchandise or more work. Berardi is insistent that we are dying because of the huge bubble of work and that we have all been working too much over the past 500 years. Berardi’s call, delivered straight to camera is, therefore:

“Stop working now, start living, please.”

It is in this context that Berardi reads the extract from Rilke’s Fifth Duino Elegy that you heard earlier. I realise that on the surface it’s an allusive and apparently obscure text but in the context of Berardi’s discourse I think it’s actually a fairly straightforward one.

What we have is (were it possible) a poet asking an Angel what would it be like were we, who are utterly obsessed with the future — that imagined future of more and more gain and more and more material goods — what would it be like if we (and the dead of countless generations around us) could see, actually see, two lovers consummate their love on that beautiful carpet, both fully in the moment, both fully in time, both fully taking the slow, bodily pleasure and joy in their becoming (each) other? In other words, it is to be asking something akin to what would it be like were we able to live like the birds of the air and the flowers of the field?

What might seeing a couple like this make us do? Well Rilke suggests, it would make us willing to cast on to that carpet everything, but everything we had accumulated, even our last, ever-hoarded, ever-hidden, even unknown, eternally valid coins of happiness, and that act of giving would, finally, bring to our lips and our whole being, perhaps our first genuine, smile.

Seeing this conjunction (co-mingling or intra-action) of bodies also serves to remind us we, too, have a body and that the deep joys and pleasures this body can bring us can only be had in the moment, in the now, in the encounter and embrace of (becoming) others. For Berardi this is all about becoming what he calls a singularity, that is to say becoming ourselves in the act of being slowly, pleasurably, joyfully intermingled with the other. This intra-active way of being in the world is in stark contrast to the modern, capitalist obsession with individuality and which has continually encouraged only accumulation and the separation of the self from the world.

Berardi wants us to see that the way we have been in the world for far, far too long has caused us to forget both our body, our place in time, and the expressions of love which cannot be accumulated.

But our capitalist world — until only a few weeks ago — wanted only our fragments of time (think here of the gig economy with its zero-hours contracts and no sick- or holiday pay); it most certainly did not want us as true embodied, social human beings.

I fully realise that current events are deeply frightening and worrying and what transpires may (in fact I’m sure, will) bring us real suffering. I cannot pretend otherwise. But, notice this. In the twinkling of an eye, our capitalist world no longer needs (or can now have) our time and we now simply have to find another way of being together that is not directed at gain, at accumulation, at getting more and things, but which is directed at being together, like Rilke’s lovers on the carpet, lovingly, compassionately and supportively in this moment now.

Shocking and difficult though this moment is, and will remain for a good time yet, it does offer us an opportunity to come back together, lovingly embraced, one with each other on the ineffable, assuaged carpet of this moment now. Given that this is a flu pandemic this embrace cannot be a literalistic one but it can be a philosophical, religious, spiritual, artistic and social one through the sharing of story, poetry and song, perhaps something akin to that presented by great Italian Renaissance author, Boccaccio (1313-1375), in his famous work, The Decameron, set, you’ll remember, in 1348 whilst a terrible plague running unchecked in Florence. Boccaccio’s response to this was to begin to articulate a simple, civil humanism of neighbourly love which is able confidently to act upon the maxim: “It is human to have compassion for those in distress” (Umana cosa è aver compassione degli afflitti). [I’ve written about this in another context at this link.] 

It strikes me that Berardi (and, indeed, Epicurus) offer us powerful resources to do this in our own time. But this moment of loving embrace and togetherness that Berardi and I are advocating cannot be accumulated for the future — it can only be expressed in the now and in every consecutive moment hence because there is no such thing as love but only acts of love. In the end, as our own religious tradition’s central exemplar, Jesus, always knew, only love displayed to our neighbour in the present moment will ever be sufficient to save us all. 

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this podcast then our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 10th March at 19.30 GMT.  Link below.

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church, Evening Conversation

Time: Mar 10, 2021 19:00 London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/83791025180?pwd=eWptaWtnblFIaEc5WU1uREJ1N2lvQT09

Meeting ID: 837 9102 5180

Passcode: 014279

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends

Why do we collaborate in our own destruction?—A short thread by George Monbiot

2 March 2021 at 09:35

Fire in LA during 2020

The words I reproduce below by George Monbiot in a Twitter thread of 1st March 2021 hit me very, very hard yesterday. Working and moving, as I do, in liberal/progressive religious and political circles — where one would like to think there was some real hope that one would be among a group of people willing to pay regular, concentrated attention to, and talk seriously about, the dire seriousness of the present situation facing humanity (and indeed the whole planet) — like Monbiot I regularly find exactly the opposite. In my own circles, frantic triviality also all too often reigns supreme and I repeatedly encounter both a shocking determination not to know and a strong desire to shy away from any kind of thinking/conversation that is even slightly difficult and challenging. I will frankly confess that, at times, the situation is utterly depressing and enervating. But what else can one do except keep trying to put “out there” stuff which genuinely attempts to impart some kind of useful knowledge or understanding about our world and our place in it and which may, just now and then, help start some kind of non-trivial conversation? As Monbiot concludes his thread, so I conclude this preamble to my own vanishingly tiny number of readers: Hurry up please, it’s time.

Why do we collaborate in our own destruction? a short thread by George Monbiot

1. Why do we collaborate in our own destruction? One of the answers, I think, is our determined commitment to irrelevance. We face massive, unprecedented challenges, but when you tune in to the most popular radio shows, you hear people talking all day about … nothing.

2. As climate and ecological breakdown happen at stupendous speed and scale, as democracy is hollowed out, as a handful of oligarchs accumulate massive economic and political power, we ensure that our heads are filled with meaningless noise.

3. If alien spaceships started incinerating our cities, and we turned on the radio, we’d be told “so the hot topic today is: what’s the funniest thing that’s ever happened to you while eating a kebab?”.

4. The great majority of what we listen to imparts no useful knowledge or understanding about our world. It feels like a defensive reaction: a determination not to know. I’ve come to believe that this frantic triviality is as dangerous as any propaganda.

5. It forms a loop. As our heads fill with determined irrelevance, it becomes socially impossible to talk about anything else. The mental shift required to discuss serious, crucial issues is too great.

6. Let’s not pretend this empty prattle is the preserve of the music stations. Most “political journalism” is court gossip: who’s in, who’s out, who said what to whom. It studiously avoids what lies beneath: the dark money, the corruption, the shift of power away from democracy.

7. Even the literary pages of the newspapers are committed to gossip: highfalutin celebrity culture. The 23rd biography of a member of the Bloomsbury Set will get blanket reviews, while crucial books — such as The Good Ancestor and The Patterning Instinct — are completely ignored

8. It’s the kind of cultured small talk that T. S. Eliot, picking up the lyrics of a song, satirised in The Waste Land (“O O O O that Shakespeherian Rag”). It fills our hours while time closes in.

9. So one answer to the question of why we collaborate in our own destruction is that we deliberately turn away from knowledge and understanding, and fill our heads with insistent chatter. It’s a subtle and insidious form of reactive denial.

10. Perhaps the denial reflex is inevitable in a species that's aware/not aware of its own mortality. But we have ramped it up in the 21st-century to the point at which it both dominates and threatens our lives.

Hurry up please, it’s time.

A misty, late winter, lockdowned early morning on Christ’s Pieces, Cambridge

28 February 2021 at 15:47

A misty late winter lockdown early morning on Christ’s Pieces Cambridge fujifilmx100f

All photos taken with a Fuji X100F

Just click on a photo to enlarge





















What learning to play jazz can tell us about the need for a liberal religious discipline

27 February 2021 at 14:51

My double-bass ready for action in the manse in Cambridge

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

Every so often I get asked about the last line in a paragraph which appears towards the end of the liturgy surrounding the time of mindfulness meditation I currently lead every Sunday morning on Zoom. I originally put together this religious naturalist liturgy some six years ago for use in the Cambridge Unitarian Church’s evening service and the words in question were written by a friend, co-author and colleague of mine, the now retired American Unitarian Universalist minister, John Morgan. They read as follows:

And, in the end, it will not matter how much we have, rather how much we have given. It will not matter how much we know, but rather how much we love. And it will not matter how much we profess to believe, but rather how deeply we live the few enduring truths we claim as ultimate. All the rest is discipline.

That last line, “All the rest is discipline”, can puzzle or even disturb many modern liberals because “discipline” has become narrowly understood only to mean something externally imposed upon a person which will severely limit their freedom and openness to the world. This painfully attenuated understanding of the word is, I think, well illustrated by the fact that on the website of the American Unitarian Universalist Association, John Morgan’s paragraph has not only been significantly re-arranged overall but it has also lost the last line altogether. Hmmm.

All this serves to remind me that, as far as I’m concerned, one of the great tragedies of the, alas ever-declining, liberal religious tradition is that it has forgotten that the freedom and openness to the world it desires for its members, and bring about for others, is not something fully formed and accessible at a person’s birth, nor is it something which can immediately be possessed after merely intellectually adopting certain, off-the-shelf, liberal beliefs but, instead, it is something only very slowly made and then daily embodied over the course of a whole lifetime by following some liberal religious discipline. The best way I have of illustrating this in accessible, non-religious and, perhaps, even attractive terms, is through music. 

As many of you will know, before I entered the ministry I worked professionally as a jazz and rock bassist and, at least before the COVID-19 pandemic and Brexit decimated the British music scene, I still occasionally found the time and opportunity to play, record and teach music. 

My two key, early role models in learning how to play jazz — a music characterised, remember, by its own kind of freedom and openness to the world — were, on the double bass, Chuck Israels (especially his bass playing in the trios led by the pianist Bill Evans between 1961 and 1966) and, on the electric bass, Steve Swallow (especially his playing with the John Schofield trio in the very early 1980s). 

The moment I heard Israels’ and Swallow’s playing, a passion was ignited within me and I finally had in sight — or rather in ear-shot — clear models I wanted to imitate which would eventually help me to become a jazz bass player myself. 

Following his time with Bill Evans, Israels went on to become a respected teacher and, in an essay called “An Unpopular Perspective on Jazz Education”, he summarised an experience many of us working in the field of jazz education have had:

Over the years, as I have assumed the role of “Jazz Educator”, both within and outside of “institutions of higher learning” . . . I have learned to ask [of students] a revealing question. “Who is your favourite musician?” It is remarkable that more often than not, I get no clear answer. There is sometimes a period of uncomfortable silence broken by occasional throat clearing noises, while the prospective student searches for a name or perhaps tries to guess what name might create the most effective impression. Sometimes an embarrassed silence yields nothing and occasionally there is an equally uncommitted claim to have listened to and liked “everything”.

Like Israels, every year I would find a number of such students standing before me. So what was going on here? Well, despite the obvious negative aspects of this state of affairs, Israels believes (and I agree with him) that most students are at least motivated by something very worthwhile, namely, the “idea of the potential pleasures of performing with and for other people, with the attendant rewards of attention and shared activity” and, of course, with the desire to experience a certain kind of musical freedom and openness through improvisation. These are, he notes:

. . . worthwhile values and have served as a part of the motivation of many artists. But this is a broad image which is insufficiently concrete to serve as a focus for attainment. There is no clear place to begin and the mentor is reduced to helping the applicant to find something to love. Get a model. Find a prototype. Without this there is no image and no passion (ibid).

After twenty-one years of ministerial experience I know intimately that most people who find their way to the Cambridge Unitarian Church are also motivated by many worthwhile things. For example, the belief that here they might be able gain a certain sense of mental and spiritual stability and insight, a sense of belonging to a liberal religious community with a venerable, four-hundred-and-fifty year old radical and progressive history and lastly, but not leastly, the hope that here they will be helped to develop, in conversation and exploration with others, a personal, creative, confident and improvisational religious freedom and openness towards our wonderful, plural, complex and contingent world. 

But, as good as all these things are they form such a broad canvas that, alone they are wholly “insufficient to serve as a focus for attainment.” Consequently, as a liberal religious minister, I quickly came to realise my primary role was simply to offer up to people certain liberal religious images, prototypes or models whom they could love and about whose example they could become passionate.

In the case of my music students I introduce them to some classic jazz or rock recordings and then, when they finally find a particular bass player they actually like, we can begin to get going by imitating that model in a disciplined way so as to figure out how he or she is playing the things they are. To the disappointment of many of my students this discipline turns out to be harder work than they imagined and so, every so often, I had gently to remind them that this is why they needed role models about whose playing they were truly excited because, without such an energising or motivational image and genuine passion, what was already a hugely challenging task quickly becomes far too difficult to see through to the end. Again and again I saw that when they remained without an image and a passion my students continued to be directionless players who could get no deep or substantial grip on how actually to play jazz or rock themselves. At best they went on to become mediocre players or, at worst, to become players who only experienced constant feelings of frustration, disappointment and failure. 

Now, it seems to me that all that I have just said about jazz is also true in liberal religious circles. Any person who enters into a liberal religious community but who then, either due to the fault of the community itself or their own personal unwillingness, fails to find, follow and imitate in a disciplined and passionate way a liberal religious prototype or model of what that faith in action looks and feels like, will never get a real grip on what it is actually to become a liberal religious person themselves. In short, everything will remain for them terribly unfocused and unfulfilling; there will be no attainment and no progression. At best they will be mediocre in the matter of living a liberal religious life; at worst they will experience feelings of utter frustration, disappointment and failure. 

In the liberal religious context of the Cambridge Unitarian Church — and, indeed, the Unitarian tradition more widely — the two classic, overlapping models or prototypes unashamedly on offer are, as this blog/podcast series has made clear in various ways, the human Jesus and Socrates. As I’m sure you realise I stress the adjective “human” attached to the name of Jesus because it’s important for me to be clear I am not talking about the God-man of Christianity but, as the contemporary atheist Julian Baggini says in his new book “The Godless Gospel”, I’m talking about a fully human, moral teacher whose “words amount to a purposeful and powerful philosophy, which has much to teach us today.”

Of course, it is true that there are other religious and philosophical models or prototypes a person might follow other than Jesus and Socrates, and it’s important to say here that I’m not making some claim for their absolute uniqueness and value over all other great religious and philosophical teachers — that would be nonsense. All I’m saying is that one has to start somewhere and the liberal religion and philosophy on offer in the context of the Cambridge Unitarian Church where I am minister simply starts with the human Jesus and Socrates. However, in the same way that, after seriously imitating Chuck Israels and Steve Swallow for a few years I began to explore aspects of the playing of dozens of other bass players, it is both possible, and highly desirable, that a person who has actually got going as a liberal religious person by imitating the human Jesus and Socrates then goes on to explore something of the work and examples of other religious and philosophical teachers.   

Nevertheless, despite all the foregoing words, I am fully aware that some religious liberals will continue to seek to resist the basic message of this piece because of a fear that such a disciplined, concentrated process of imitation of one or two primary religious and philosophical figures is actually illiberal and, in the end, will only serve to tie a person down and dangerously limit their freedom and openness to the world. 

But I hope you can intuit — and perhaps even directly glimpse — that the disciplined and passionate imitation of a model only ties down and represses when the model followed is understood as being something merely slavishly to be repeated ad infinitum, without any variation or play according to certain orthodox rules, creeds, beliefs and pre-determined end points. But, as Gilles Deleuze realised, in truth, repetition always produces difference. The disciplined, repeated imitation of role models is always potentially capable of radically freeing us because it is only through this process of firstly imitating something tangible that a person is enabled genuinely to push out into the world in the first place. Only then, with increasing confidence at the basic efficacy of the models being imitated, can a person slowly begin to take the risk of going beyond the models to test and experience reality themselves at first-hand. And then, miracle of miracles, in certain special moments, a person can discover genuinely new possibilities of being and acting in the world that help them become the unique, nuanced beings they are and ever wish still to become as they walk the pathway of life. To pick up a line of the poet A. R. Ammons from the regular introduction to this podcast, it is precisely this discipline which ensures that tomorrow a new walk is a new walk.

To my music students I try to make it clear that it was only by, in the first instance, engaging in a repeated, disciplined imitation of Chuck Israels and Steve Swallow that I was able to learn how to move from a vague idea or theory about how to play jazz to actually playing jazz myself, as me. By extension, when I then go on to play for my students I can also show that, despite all my disciplined attempts at imitating Chuck Israels and Steve Swallow, I don’t — and never could — sound exactly like them but only like me, Andrew Brown — whose double bass-playing you hear a snippet of in the theme tune to this podcast. 

What is true in the world of jazz is also true in the world of liberal religion. And, in my ministry here in Cambridge I try to make it clear that it is only by, in the first instance, engaging in a disciplined imitation of some basic liberal religious models, that people who belong to this community have been, and I hope still are, able to learn how to move from a vague idea or theory about how to be a liberal religious person to actually being a genuinely free and open liberal religious person themselves with all their own distinctive, individual demeanours and styles of walking the liberal religious path of life.

As I have already indicated, in my opinion, liberal religion’s tragedy has been to forget this and to have started thinking that the freedom and openness to the world valued by it is either something which passively and “naturally” flourishes without any kind of educational discipline and repetition in play (either in our own lives or those of our children) or, alternatively, it  is some kind of off-the-shelf, one-time purchasable life-style product that requires no life-long discipline to come into, and remain in, being.

Because of this modern liberal religion has all too often become fatally shallow, sloppy and ill-disciplined and it is no wonder it is declining because, for the most part, it simply doesn’t any longer offer people a life-long religious and philosophical discipline to follow that will actually gift a person with a sense of attainment and so help lead them into the living of an actual, confident, liberal religious life characterised by genuine freedom and openness to the world. 

So, my final plea to any liberal religious listeners out there is please, please, please heed Chuck Israels’ words to his students and make sure you, and your local religious community, has on offer basic models and prototypes and that you are prepared to encourage and embody a passionate imitation of them. Because, without offering ourselves or the world such a living, liberal religious discipline, it’s really all over bar the shouting — or, what is more likely, all over bar the long, sullen, silence of disappointment and failure.

So, let me now end where I began with the words of my friend, John Morgan:  

And, in the end, it will not matter how much we have, rather how much we have given. It will not matter how much we know, but rather how much we love. And it will not matter how much we profess to believe, but rather how deeply we live the few enduring truths we claim as ultimate. All the rest is discipline.

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this podcast then our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 10th March at 19.30 GMT. Details in the next blog/episode.



Overcoming Christianity by incorporation and verwindung

20 February 2021 at 14:36
A crucifix grave marker slowly being incorporated back into the good earth 

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

For many years now one of the central theological and philosophical questions I’ve been trying to address and, perhaps, answer in the context of both liberal religion and wider, liberal, civic society is how one might best overcome, and move beyond, many of the problematic, supernaturalistic theological ideas which still attach themselves to our culture’s inherited, underlying religious tradition, namely Christianity; ideas which, often in hidden and obscure ways, continue to influence our European and North American culture’s worst, but also very best, ways of being in the world?

This question is more pressing than it has been for a long time because, in the midst of the COVID-19 pandemic, all of us, in nearly all areas of life, are being forced to think very hard about how we might best overcome and move on from our past ways of doing things. 

In connection with this I’d like to start today by noting that the liberal religious, freethinking Unitarian tradition in which I work as a minister continues, in the UK anyway, mostly to be be made up of people who have been shaped by the majority Christian culture but who are, nevertheless, trying to move on, leaving properly behind what cannot be retained. It’s important to realise that this was as true at the movement’s birth in sixteenth-century Poland and Hungary as it is today. Indeed, it’s worth reminding ourselves at this point that a key eighteenth-century, British Unitarian minister and scientist, Joseph Priestley (1733-1804), writing in a sermon of the 1770s, said:

‘But should free inquiry lead to the destruction of Christianity itself, it ought not, on that account, to be discontinued; for we can only wish for the prevalence of Christianity on the supposition of its being true; and if it fall before the influence of free inquiry, it can only do so in consequence of its not being true’ (“The Importance and Extent of Free Inquiry in Matters of Religion: A Sermon” in P. Miller, ed., Joseph Priestley: Political Writings, Cambridge: CUP, 1993, xxiv).

Although I’m sure Priestley himself would have been deeply disturbed to discover that, thanks to free inquiry, many Christian claims about the nature of the world and our place in it have, indeed, turned out not to be true, I trust that he would still willingly acknowledge that we, the modern beneficiaries of free inquiry, have no choice but to take him at his word and continue to move on beyond his and, indeed, our own, former beliefs. 

One popular way of attempting this moving on has been to try to bring about an immediate, wholesale, revolutionary replacement of the old, problematic ideas with a complete set of new ones and, in so doing, effectively setting up a new orthodoxy that fits more or less snugly in the footprint of the old. One of the most famous examples of this approach occurred after the French Revolution of 1789 when an attempt was made to replace Christianity and all understandings of God, firstly with the ‘Cult of Reason’ (Culte de la Raison), and then the ‘Cult of the Supreme Being’ (Culte de l'Être suprême).

Drawing on Heidegger’s terminology, the contemporary Italian philosopher, Gianni Vattimo, calls this hard and forcible way of overcoming an example of überwindung. But, as history reveals, überwindung never really properly overcomes and moves us on because by stamping down forcibly into the footprint of the old it always leaves in play all kinds of irreducible remainders, outlines and shadows of the old orthodoxies, whether in the shape of unresolved questions or in the ghosts of ideas which continue to haunt, taunt and threaten to overturn (or undermine) the new orthodoxy. In revolutionary France the speedy collapse of the Cults of Reason and the Supreme Being, and the subsequent return of Roman Catholicism and belief in God within popular culture, reveals this well. The most recent large-scale example of this was seen following the collapse of the Soviet Union in 1989. This was a society which had forcibly attempted to overcome all ideas about God, the divine and the sacred by putting in place, even more vigorously than was attempted in the French Revolution, a new, secular orthodoxy (see some Soviet posters connected with this at this link). It’s worth recalling that before the fall of the Soviet Union the dissident writer Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn (1918-2008) wrote that 

‘Militant atheism is not merely incidental or marginal to Communist policy. It is not a side effect, but the central pivot.’ (‘Men Have Forgotten God’: Aleksandr Solzhenitsyn’s 1983 Templeton Address). 

But, in the end, the Soviet Union’s attempt at moving beyond Christianity by employing the methods of überwindung failed properly to overcome God and religion just as the French revolutionaries had failed before them and, today, the Russian Orthodox Church is once again, an extremely powerful and highly influential social and political force in Putin’s post-Communist, and far from liberal, freethinking or democratic, Russia. 

As one recent commentator on the return of religion to the public sphere, Peter Thompson, notes:

‘What all of these things show . . . is that religion as both debate and way of life has not crumbled in the face of an apparently inexorable rationalist, scientific, modernising Enlightenment and the globalisation of the market economy, but retains a potency and strength which remains far in excess of its ability to explain’ (Introduction to Ernst Bloch’s “Atheism in Christianity”, Verso Press 2009, p. ix).

Thompson’s and my own basic point here is that, when it comes to God and religion, the divine and the sacred, forcible overcoming — überwindung — simply hasn’t worked. In the end it is has proved to be an approach which simply creates as many problems stresses and strains as it claims to have solved. Anyway, surely there must be a better way of proceeding, of truly becoming ourselves a mostly Christian derived culture that really has been able to move on into a post-Christendom and more religiously plural and open way of being in the world?

This is why I follow Gianni Vattimo in preferring to seek out ways to overcome many of Christianity’s problematic supernatural beliefs and practices that proceed not by überwindung but by verwindung. Verwindung literally means ‘twisting’ (as in the twisting of overlapping fibres to produce a rope) but, in the context of philosophy and religion, it has the sense of ‘going beyond’ or ‘winding out’ the old ideas in ways that allow them to be creatively transformed and incorporated, or woven, into new ways of thinking and new directions of exploration and travel. As Heidegger memorably insisted, here ‘[o]vercoming is worthy only when we think about incorporation’ (Martin Heidegger: ‘Overcoming Metaphysics’ in the ‘End of Philosophy’, trans J. Stambaugh, Harpur and Row, New York 1973, p. 91). Vattimo called this whole approach il pensiero debole, weak thought.

However, the term ‘weak thought’ can sound very unattractive and off-putting to many people — especially to those enamoured of, and tempted by, the language of strength that practitioners of überwindung love to use. But, in the sense that counts for us, it’s important to be clear that the ‘weakness’ of ‘weak thought’ is its very strength. Water is the obvious analogy here as the ancient author of Tao Te Ching knew well (Ch. 78, Addiss and Lombardo):


          Nothing in the world is soft and weak as water.

          But when attacking the hard and strong

          Nothing can conquer so easily.


          Weak overcomes strong,

          Soft overcomes hard.


Although this idea has always been marginal in the Christian tradition it is important to remember that it is not entirely alien to it as St Paul memorably, if allusively, suggests in 1 Corinthians when he wrote that ‘God’s foolishness is wiser than human wisdom, and God’s weakness is stronger than human strength.’ (1 Corinthians 1:25).

All the foregoing serves, I hope, to indicate why I advocate keeping in liberal religion and liberal religious language a great deal that we might be tempted to overcome in a strong way. It seems to me to be almost self-evidently true that any attempt at the strong overcoming or replacement of problematic, practices and supernaturalist ideas simply will not work — it’s a process that will leave in play too many shadows and ghosts which, eventually, will come back to haunt and harm us. 

So, instead, I continually try to encourage the practice of employing ‘weak thought’, il pensiero deboleto affect this overcoming of Christianity by verwindung — that is to say to promote a transformative, incorporating, rather than destructive, way of ‘going beyond’ Christianity.

As I see it, the religious and civic project I’m trying to promote in my own work is one centred on a shared, free conversation that is designed to help us unwind our culture’s old (mostly Christian) ideas and stories about God, the divine and the sacred, in ways that gift us new interpretations of what is meant by these terms, and to do it in a fashion which, at the same time, doesn’t contradict the knowledge and understanding gained in other spheres of our life especially, but not exclusively, in the human and natural sciences.

We need to do this because, as Peter Thompson’s words quote earlier remind us, experience has taught us that it is highly unlikely human religion and ‘God talk’ is ever going to be entirely got rid of. Religion, and words associated with it such as ‘God’, the ‘divine’ and the ‘sacred’, will never ‘be reduced without remainder’ for they remain ‘simply too rich, too multifaceted, too plural’ in their expressions ‘to allow for such a reduction’ (James W. Heisig, “Tanabe Hajime’s God”, Nanzan Institute for Religion & Culture, Bulletin 38, 2014, p.40)

If you feel that this is the case — and, of course, I accept that you might not — there seems to me to be a real need to create the kinds of public, civic religious and philosophical spaces in which people have the opportunity genuinely and freely to ask, and make attempts at answering, the same kind of question James W. Heisig thought the twentieth-century Japanese philosopher Tanabe Hajime (1885-1962) was forced to ask throughout his life, namely:

‘How can I, who feel no need to believe in an other-worldly divine being, recover the impulse to such an idea and describe it, to my own satisfaction, in language that preserves the truth of that impulse without having to compromise my own philosophical impulses?’

Today, more than ever, we badly need places where we can freely explore together what other kinds of stories do indeed help us to move on and live different and better lives which remain true to the truth of our impulse to talk about God, the divine and the sacred but which do not require us to compromise our own philosophical impulses that push against belief in any supernatural things, realms or beings.

As many of you will know, my own twisting, verwindung-like lines of free inquiry suggest to me that the community to which I belong might creatively and compassionately become made up of Christians who have moved on by better articulating and then living out some form of ecstatic or religious naturalism. I explored with you something this position in episode 17 of this podcast.

You may well, of course, have your own alternative preferred, twisting lines of free enquiry that will share and echo some of my own lines of enquiry but run in different directions to others. But that’s fine because our twisting conversations had together about these connections and differences are, themselves, at their best anyway, going to be examples of verwindung and ‘weak thought’ under way, and will, in modest ways I think, play their part in moving us on beyond Christianity. 

Consequently, I wish to conclude today simply by expressing my hope that the gentle call to engage in the practice of verwindung is heard and heeded, not only in my own local church community’s conversations about God, the divine and the sacred, but also in our wider public, civic contexts. 

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this podcast then our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 24th February at 19.30 GMT.  Link below.

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church, Evening Conversation

Time: Feb 24, 2021 19:30 London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/82763640509?pwd=cEJXSXZlVkhqQk9HL1BCVHgrRzdydz09

Meeting ID: 827 6364 0509

Passcode: 366955

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends 


A liberal-religious manifesto of sorts

18 February 2021 at 14:02

To create a community that, self-consciously and confidently, takes a stand on a very small number of minimal assertions which gives it its distinct flavour and shape, one which stands in meaningful, historic continuity with its liberal religious and philosophical forebears.

Firstly, it’s basic practical, ethical/intellectual stance is based on a minimal, religiously humanistic understanding of:

a) Jesus: who is understood to have been a person who encouraged us to dissolve all of religion’s former supernatural, superstitious and apocalyptic ideas into a simple, if always challenging, existential, ethical demand for justice and love for all creation, right here, and right now — including love of enemy.

b) Socrates: who is understood to have encouraged us conversationally to challenge any and every form of speech which, by pretending to offer a completely coherent and contradiction-free blueprint for living, reveals it is really only seeking to stop people from seeing that the world is, in fact, a highly puzzling, complex, plural and always moving domain, and that to negotiate it as well as is possible, it is always necessary for people freely to be exercising their faculty of reason in seeking out new intuitions, clues and empirical evidence about how the world is and our current place in it.

Secondly, in terms of our historic commitment to being a free and inquiring, rational, liberal religion that does not express any (maximal) absolute certainties based on intuitions/assertions that go beyond the currently available evidence from the natural and human sciences, we are a community that is prepared, at present (given the very limited knowledge humans still possess, being a species that is only a few hundred thousand years old), to keep open for exploration, contemplation, thought and discussion three lines of enquiry about a still possible religious reality which, to avoid the problematic limitations of theistic/poly-theistic, god language and thinking, may be more inclusively and minimalistically called “divine” (or, perhaps “sacred”). Gratefully borrowed and adapted from J. L. Schellenberg, “Evolutionary Religion”, p. 94:

a) It remains possible that there may exist a reality which is a more fundamental fact than any (currently) identifiable natural fact and which may in some fashion meaningfully (if poetically) be given the name “divine”. This includes the possibility that this more fundamental fact, even though given the name “divine” may turn out to be a special kind of natural fact. This may be called our willingness to entertain — but not yet finally affirm — the possibility of metaphysical transcendence (“metaphysics” is the branch of philosophy which examines the fundamental nature of reality).

b) It remains possible that, if it exists, divine reality’s splendour and excellence exceeds that of anything found in nature alone. This may be called our willingness to entertain — but not yet finally affirm — the possibility of axiological transcendence (“axiology” is the philosophical study of value).

c) It remains possible that, if it exists, divine reality will make for more well-being, fulfilment, wholeness, and the like for creatures than can be naturally attained. This may be called our willingness to entertain — but not yet finally affirm — the possibility of soteriological transcendence (“soteriology” is the study of religious doctrines of salvation).

In the absence of conclusive evidence one way of the other, our own liberal religious community’s jury remains out on these latter three areas and so keeps them publicly available for further free and open inquiry. However, there exists enough practically derived, humanistic evidence for our jury to have pronounced in favour of the efficacy of us continuing to follow faithfully the teaching of the human Jesus and Socrates when understood minimally in the fashion outlined above. If any further evidence, pro or con, to any of the above becomes available it will, of course, be taken fully into consideration and new decisions may be taken and lines of enquiry pursued. 

OUTSTRETCHED WINGS OF THE SPIRIT—On being intelligently & devotedly religious—A Unitarian, Religious Naturalist Lent Course

14 February 2021 at 19:22

This religious naturalist Lent series was first run for the Unitarian congregation in Cambridge in 2014 in which we explored Henry Nelson Wieman's thinking and religious naturalism in general. Given this we thought it would be well worth working through Donald Szantho Harrington's Unitarian, Lenten Manual from 1980 which he based upon some of Wieman's work.

Below you will find a number of links that you may find interesting to follow up as you work through the readings and meditations.




Use the following 2021 calendar to find out which day of Lent we are on then click on the link and that will take you directly to the appropriate day's reading. 

 

Sappho’s time-scissored work—A new-materialist meditation for Valentine’s Day

13 February 2021 at 14:47
A portrait of a woman on a fresco in Pompeii & thought to represent Sappho

You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link

I begin this podcast for Valentine’s Day by reading two fragmentary love poems written by the Greek poet Sappho (c. 630 BCE – c. 570 BCE). Throughout antiquity she was held to have been one of the greatest lyric poets and, according to Plato even, perhaps, the “Tenth Muse” herself. Both these fragmentary poems were translated by Willis Barnstone.


Afroditi and Desire


It is not easy for us to equal

the goddess

in beauty of form   Adonis


desire

and

Afroditi


poured nectar from

a gold pitcher

with hands Persuasion


the Geraistion shrine

lovers

of no one


I shall enter desire


Return, Gongyla


A deed

your lovely face


if not, winter

and no pain


I bid you, Abanthis,

take up the lyre

and sing of Gongyla as again desire

floats around you


the beautiful. When you saw her dress

it excited you. I'm happy.

The Kypros-born once

blamed me


for praying

this word:

I want


—o0o—

 Sappho’s time-scissored work—A new-materialist meditation for Valentine’s Day

Valentine’s Day is a day which, since the late fourteenth- and early fifteenth-century, and to the delight of florists, restauranteurs, sparkling-wine, card and chocolate manufacturers everywhere, has become ever more indelibly associated in the public imagination with romantic love. However, despite the day’s current pervasiveness in our culture its origins are extremely obscure. For a while some scholars thought that the day’s roots might be found in an attempt to Christianise the pagan fertility festival of Lupercalia which was celebrated in ancient Rome between 13th and 15th February but, despite the attractiveness of this idea, no real evidence to support this has ever been found. As to St Valentine himself the situation is hardly any better and it remains unclear whether he is to be identified as one saint or is a conflation of two saints of the same name.

But, today, what we do know for sure is that time has cut-up the day’s sources into all kinds of fragments which, over the centuries, have slowly been woven and rewoven together in many complex and utterly contingent, ad hoc (‘to this’) ways. As it is celebrated today, like all our ancient festivals such as Christmas and Easter, St Valentine’s Day is a rich, sometimes beautiful, sometimes grotesque weave of incomplete and endlessly recycling and transforming fragments. In short, it remains a day full of actual and potential meanings — and, in this sense, it is incredibly meaning-full — but it is a day within which we can find no single abiding, stable, simple, essential, complete, central meaning.

For many people this is tantamount to saying that, in truth, a festival such as Valentine’s Day is deeply meaning-less. The thought silently in play here is that true meaning, that which is truly meaning-full, can only be found in something that is, from the beginning and in its unchanging essence, something through-designed, wholly-planned, coherent, complete and in order. However, following the lead of the contemporary Cambridge political philosopher, Raymond Geuss, it has long seemed to me that the world in which we live ‘does not on the whole conform to the patterns, which we think it would be good for it to instantiate. There is a discrepancy between how we perceive the world to be and how we think it would be good for it to be’.

Indeed, as we, through the natural and social sciences, have continued to explore the question of how our world is and our place in it we have found, again and again, that ours is a world which seems characterised, ‘all the way down’, by movement, instability, insecurity, indeterminacy and uncertainty. This means that whatever meaning we do find in the world it is dependent upon, not some underlying stable, independent grid-like structure against which everything can (in principle if not always in practice) always be accurately measured but, instead meaning is dependent upon a reality that is characterised by constant, creative motion. As the Roman poet Lucretius once pithily observed, ‘omnia migrant’ (DRN 5.830), everything moves.

Anyway, with all the foregoing thoughts in my mind, as we headed towards our first locked-down Valentine’s Day I couldn’t but help recall the strange story about how many of the fragments of the sensuous and lyrical love poems of Sappho came to survive into our own time and which continue to inspire and intrigue us some two-thousand-five-hundred years after her death.

As with St Valentine (or the two St Valentines), very little is known about Sappho’s life but, as you heard earlier, what we do know is that her poetry was admired throughout antiquity and was included in the later Greek’s definitive list of lyric poets. Alas, despite her fame, and like so many other ancient authors, nearly all of her poetry has been lost to us and of the more than five hundred poems that she wrote, only two complete poems and about two thousand lines which fit into intelligible fragments have survived into our own day.

Although a few fragments survived in Greece itself, in 1879 in the Egyptian oasis of Fayum in the Nile valley, a great deal of new material was discovered. Now, as you might expect, in Egypt, Sappho’s poetry was written on papyri and papyrus was also the material used to make the papier-mâché with which they wrapped their iconic mummies. When the archeologists working on this site came carefully to unwrap these mummies, to their amazement and delight, they discovered that Sappho’s poetry (along with the work of other ancient authors) had provided much of the raw material. As one of Sappho’s modern translators, Willis Barnstone, puts it, by cutting the papyri upon which the poems had been written into thin strips:

‘The mummy makers of Egypt transformed much of Sappho into columns of words, syllables, or single letters, and so made her poems look, at least typographically, like Apollinaire’s or e. e. cummings’ shaped poems. The miserable state of many of the texts has produced surprising qualities. So many words and phrases are elliptically connected in a montage structure that chance destruction has delivered pieces of strophes that breathe experimental verse. Her time-scissored work is not quite language poetry, but a more joyful cousin of the eternal avant-garde, which is always and ever new. So Sappho is ancient and, for a hundred reasons, modern’ (Sweetbitter Love by Sappho, trans. Willis Barnstone, Shambhala, 2006,  p. xxix).

But can a great poet, as Sappho undoubtedly was, still be considered great when her work is, from one point of view so mangled? I think the answer is not only “Yes”, but, in certain respects, this mangling process may have helped her texts become greater. Now how on earth might that be the case? 

Well, in relation to the greatness of texts and their possible meanings, you may remember something I have occasionally brought before you for consideration, something that was suggested by the contemporary philosopher Iain Thomson:

‘. . . what makes the great texts ‘great’ is not that they continually offer the same ‘eternal truths’ for each generation to discover but, rather, that they remain deep enough — meaning-full enough — to continue to generate new readings, even revolutionary re-readings which radically reorient the sense of the work that previously guided us’ (Figure/Ground Communication interview).

What I’d like us to think about here is that the greatness of Sappho’s texts, or perhaps it is better to say that the second greatness of Sappho’s texts, is dependent, not on their completeness, but on their very incompleteness, on their fragmentary nature, and that this greatness — their meaning-full-ness — is something that is made possible precisely because of a creative, material reality in which ‘omnia migrant’, everything is always-already moving.

And when you come to think about it isn’t all of human love and life itself just like this too? We know in our heart of hearts that we can never completely know either ourselves or another person. This is because we are all ourselves always-already made up of moving, shifting, contingent, entangled fragments of memory constantly being woven, unwoven and rewoven intra-actively together to create all kinds of new meanings and re-orientations. In other words we are not so much ‘be-ings’ as ‘always-be-come-ings’ and this is only possible because of a creative, material reality in which, thank the ever moving heavens, ‘omnia migrant’, everything moves.

And even at the moment of death, when a life might be said to be as finished and complete as it can be, this same life’s story can still only ever be known incompletely by those of us who remain. At the death of a loved one we all carefully try to gather up the fragments that remain so that nothing is lost because we know that these fragments, like Sappho’s words, can always go on to gift our present and future imaginations with new insights, orientations, stories and poems and, indeed, whole new, meaning-full worlds of possibility.

Anyway, for what it’s worth, it strikes me that one lesson we might take from celebrating St Valentine’s day with these dynamic, kinetic thoughts in play is that we need not be frightened by the fragmentary, ever-moving nature of ourselves, our stories, our poems, or of reality itself, because it is precisely thanks to this endless, time-scissoring movement that we are always being gifted with the freedom to be tomorrow what we are not today and so have the chance to give and receive love again and again until, one day, we ourselves are woven back into the creative, ever-moving stuff of life. 

Drawing on Lucretius it was this insight that allowed the English poet, A. E. Housman, to write his own touching love poem of sorts and with it I end this meditation for St Valentine’s Day. It is poem no. XXXII of ‘A Shropshire Lad’:


     From far, from eve and morning

        And yon twelve-winded sky,

     The stuff of life to knit me

        Blew hither: here am I.


     Now—for a breath I tarry

        Nor yet disperse apart—

     Take my hand quick and tell me,

        What have you in your heart.


     Speak now, and I will answer;

        How shall I help you, say;

     Ere to the wind’s twelve quarters

        I take my endless way.

—o0o—

If you want to get a detailed overview of new-materialism then click this link to read Christopher N. Gamble, Joshua S. Hanan & Thomas Nail’s excellent paper on the subject.

If you would like to join a conversation about this or any other podcast then please note our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 24th February at 19.30 GMT.  The link will be published on this blog and in the notes to the podcast for that week.

A few photos taken in Cambridge over the past few days . . .

12 February 2021 at 22:12

A few photos taken in Cambridge over the past few days . . .

All taken with a Fuji X100F

Just click on a photo to enlarge 

Castle Hill

St Peter’s Church, Castle Hill

St Giles’ Church, Castle Hill

Fair Street

Fair Street

Icicles on ivy outside The Waterman pub on the corner of Victoria Road & Chesterton Road

Icicles on ivy outside The Waterman pub on the corner of Victoria Road & Chesterton Road

The east end of the Cambridge Unitarian Church from the church hall

Icicles on the awning of Graham’s Fruiterers, Fitzroy Street 

Taken from Histon Road Cemetery looking across French’s Road to St Luke’s Church

Histon Road Cemetery

A few photos from a wintry walk across Christ’s Pieces and Jesus Green, Cambridge

8 February 2021 at 17:25
 A few photos from a wintry walk across Christ’s Pieces and Jesus Green, Cambridge All photos taken with a Fuji X100F Just click on a photo to enlarge it

By the way . . .

6 February 2021 at 18:41
You can hear a recorded podcast of the following piece by clicking this link One of the common questions being asked by almost everyone today is what might be the best possible way for them to move on as the current pandemic restrictions are, hopefully, more permanently eased, and the actual, challenging outlines of the post-pandemic social, political, religious and economic situation begin properly to emerge from the fog.   This seeking out of confident and clear ways to move on well — either individually or institutionally — is, of course, a question that has always lain close to the surface of religion and philosophy, or at least the kind of ancient philosophy explored by Pierre Hadot which was conceived of as being ‘a way of l...

The case for an Ecstatic Humanism—being “skeptics with naturally religious minds” or “open-minded ‘reverent’ humanists”

30 January 2021 at 15:42

Because I have a public-facing religious role I often find myself in situations where, suddenly, people want to know, in a nutshell, just what kind of religious person I am and what it is I believe; they want a label and they want it now! Although I generally resist offering people a label when I have the time and opportunity to be a bit more expansive, it remains the case — especially in our “too long; didn’t read” (tl;dr) age — that the demand for them is likely to continue for a good while yet. Given this, it has long seemed to me that the “best” labels to use are those which encourage, not an easy acceptance of the label that’s proffered, but, instead, those which cause a certain puzzlement and which go on to elicit further questions about what on earth might be meant by it.  

Now, those of you who know me well will know that, when forced to offer such a label, I generally reply by saying I am a “Christian atheist” or, at least, that I have strong sympathies towards a Christian atheist perspective. As a label it has a couple of immediate and obvious benefits. 

The first is that it’s basically true because I am a kind of a-theist whose a-theism is almost wholly a product of a radical and heretical liberal Christian tradition which has long displayed a relentless truth-seeking drive and skepticism. It is this drive which, although it has led people like me legitimately to come to doubt the actual existence of any kind of supernatural entity who could meaningfully be called God, it has also left us with a deep appreciation of the value and worth still to be found in certain religious practices and in many aspects of religious language use and theological thinking. In short, I am both a child, and a very critical friend of the modern theological school of thought known, rather dramatically, as “Death of God theology.”

Just to clarify this a bit before moving on; being this kind of a-theist does not stop someone like me from continuing to use the word “God” because, to cite the contemporary, existentialist philosopher, James W. Woelfel, in the poetic, mythological language of the Christian atheist, God is understood as-if he has died “completely to his transcendent status and [now] identifies himself entirely with humankind and our world” (The Death of God: A Belated Personal Postscript). Consequently, for the Christian atheist, the “only revelation of God” is that to be found in “the faces of [we] unlikely human beings” and in the natural world in general (of which, of course, humans are part), and God’s “only worship” is found in “our compassionate devotion to one another and to the needs of our earth” (ibid.). Indeed, I would argue that this is basically what the historical Jesus seems to have been doing in his own teaching where everything is always being dissolved into the call to show justice and charity, love, to one’s neighbour, which includes, of course, one’s enemy. Naturally, Jesus was not, himself, an atheist, but his tendency to see God primarily in examples of this-worldly, ethical action, sets a general direction of travel which, having passed through the Renaissance, the Reformation, the Enlightenment and the subsequent rise of the natural sciences, leads directly to the door of a twentieth and twenty-first century Christian atheist like me.   

The second benefit of the label Christian atheist is, as I have already indicated, that it has the singular benefit of being able to surprise and puzzle people and, therefore, provoke from them further questions as they want to know how on earth anyone can be both a Christian and an atheist. 

But it will come as no surprise to most of you to hear that one important question often put to me at this point is, “Since you claim to be atheist, why on earth bother keeping the label Christian at all? Why don’t you call simply yourself an atheist and be done with it?” 

Well, for me, the answer is rooted in a historically contingent truth that, as Woelfel notes, Christianity remains “the religion which has decisively shaped and permeated our Western culture” and, whether we like it or not, it is the religion which “still dominates the world of religion by its sheer numbers and influence.” In consequence, because “it is the religion whose origins, history, and ideas the American or European religious thinker is ordinarily the most well-versed”, it is the religion “with which most religiously perplexed people must come to grips with in a special way, since it has both created our problems and will probably offer the most natural resources for our groping solutions” (Borderland Christianity”, Geoffrey Chapman, 1974, pp. 16-17). 

Woelfel’s points are, perhaps not surprisingly, echoed in my own ministry here in the UK within the liberal Christian and Unitarian tradition and, in consequence, most of my time is spent trying to help those who, for good or ill, have been shaped by Christianity, genuinely to come to grips with it so that they may, a) better understand key aspects of our own culture’s particular present difficulties and problems and, b) be able more freely and creatively than before, to use Christianity’s still undischarged resources and energies to encourage new, just and loving conversations and solutions more appropriate to our own, post-Christendom, pluralistic, multi-faith age to emerge.

However, despite my willingness to continue to use the label Christian atheist myself, I recognise that the aforementioned context means that it’s a label which clearly cannot suit, or even vaguely resonate with, everyone I meet — not even everyone in the local church where I am minister! This has meant I’ve always been on the lookout for other labels to describe my basic religious and philosophical perspective in a way that might make better sense, or at least be more generally amenable, to those outside the Christian tradition. The three labels I most often use these days are “religious naturalist,” “religious humanist” and the related one which concerns me in this piece, “ecstatic humanist,” borrowed from an essay published in 1973 by the aforementioned philosopher, James W. Woelfel called “Ecstatic Humanism with Christian Hopes” (Borderland Christianity”, Geoffrey Chapman, 1973)

It’s important to note at this point that nearly all quotations in my piece today are gratefully borrowed from this essay even when, as in the podcast of this piece, they are silently made for the ease of the listener. If you want to check where my words end and Woelfel’s begin, please take a look at the text either on my blog or in the transcript accompanying this episode.

Ecstatic humanism, Woelfel tells us, is “a humanistic perspective which transcends or goes beyond purely secular forms of humanism”. This should make it clear that he is using the word “ecstatic”, not in its everyday sense, but in its etymological sense of “transcending” or “going beyond.” Woelfel uses it in order to help make it clear that he is encouraging a humanism which remains “sensitively open-minded about the possibility of dimensions of experience and reality beyond our present knowing” and which remains “constantly aware of the limitations of the human situation and human knowledge” (Borderland Christianity”, Geoffrey Chapman, 1974, p. 22) 

Like the label Christian atheist, the label ecstatic humanist has the benefit of not only being true for me but also a label which is able to provoke surprise and puzzlement and, therefore, often elicit further questions from people who want to know how on earth anyone can be both a humanist and ecstatic, i.e. being aware of, and sensitive to, aspects of the world that lie beyond the human. In this brief piece I can’t, of course, fully unfold the implications of the label but, drawing on Woelfel, I can at least give you a general, broad, brush-stroke picture. 

The project I’m outlining here is humanist because, as Woelfel points out, it is dedicated to encouraging “the growth of humane and scientific knowledge and its application to the rational solution of human problems, the alleviation of human oppression and suffering, the enlargement of individual human rights and freedoms, the widening of educational, social, cultural and economic opportunities — in general, to the enhancement of human life” (ibid. p. 19).

It’s a humanist project because it seeks to encourage people to base their lives and decisions upon the best knowledge we have of humankind and the world “especially through the sciences, and to seek thoughtful, reasoned solutions to human problems.” 

It’s a humanist project because it looks to human criteria in our thinking and living and because it strongly believes “that this is all we have to go on in any solid and public way” (ibid. pp. 19-20).

But it’s also an ecstatic and, therefore, a religious humanist project, because unlike other, purely secular humanisms, it’s not “truncated” (ibid. p.21). As Woelfel points out, truncated humanisms turn out not to be “fully humanistic because”

“. . .  they are not open to all that man [sic] and his encompassing universe possibly are. They are not sufficiently sensitive either to the range of and depth of the human spirit or to the limitations of our situation or knowledge. They tend arbitrarily to draw boundaries around human experience and the world and presumptuously to declare that the matter is closed, the reality completely described and circumscribed” (ibid. p.21).

As Woelfel notes, truncated, purely secular humanisms in the end simply reveal an “insensitivity to data, to ‘the facts,’ and [an] overconfident reasoning — both of which are aberrations of the humanist approach to knowledge” (ibid. p. 21); they are, to put it another way, humanisms which have forgotten that there will always exist for us not only known unknowns, but also unknown unknowns

Consequently, for Woelfel and, indeed, for me:

“A truly whole and adequate humanism is one which, precisely in its absorbing preoccupation with [hu]man[ity], is sensitively open to the possibility that man himself [sic] may be more than we think at any given time — that he [sic] may, for example, be a creature involved with dimensions of reality of which our knowledge either is ignorant or has only scratched the surface” (ibid. p. 22).

I hope you can see that it is precisely this openness to self-transcendence, to dimensions of reality which it can never access, or of which human knowledge is ignorant or has only scratched the surface, is what gives this project its religious dimension.

All in all, it has long seemed to me that what Woelfel is describing in his essay is, in general terms, what, at its best, the Unitarian tradition has been trying to offer people for the last four hundred and fifty odd years. Because of this, I have no hesitation in continuing to offer up for consideration a liberal Christian flavoured species of naturalistic, religious or ecstatic humanism in my own ministry with the Cambridge Unitarian Church. But, questions of meaningful historical continuity with my forebears aside, I increasingly feel a pressing need to offer up this basic religious and philosophical stance because, as we seek to recover from the worst effects of the COVID-19 pandemic and also try to deal with the increasing climate emergency, to get through this well — or even at all — we will clearly need to draw upon the fullest range of human resources and experiences available to us, both scientific and religious and philosophical. 

However, in order not to succumb to the temptation to over-extend or exaggerate our religious and philosophical resources and experiences it seems to me that we always to need consciously and diligently to be weaving them together with a humanism that is not truncated. This is why, along with Woelfel, I continue to feel that it’s vital to articulate a modern, ecstatic humanism that can still take us “out of ourselves” to behold with wonder and awe “the mysteries surrounding our existence” — mysteries which include, of course, “religious experience, love, art and beauty, the devoted search for truth” (ibid. p. 24).

Although I realise many of you will not share my willingness to adopt and use the label Christian atheist if, like me, you feel that you are ‘a skeptic with a naturally religious mind’ (à la Ronald Hepburn) or an open-minded ‘reverent’ humanist (ibid. p. 14), then I hope you will at least spend a little time considering the case for an ecstatic humanism and perhaps, too, even now and then, using the label yourself. At the very least it might start an occasional, interesting conversation.

—o0o—

If you would like to join a conversation about this or any other podcast then please note our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 10th February at 19.30 GMT.  The link will be published in the blog and the notes to the podcast for that week.

How to be a Conservative-Liberal-Socialist by Leszek Kołakowski

25 January 2021 at 11:20
Leszek Kołakowski (Source)

A few weeks ago I pointed readers of this blog to what seems to me to be a fine essay by Timothy Garton Ash called The Future of Liberalism. In this essay he writes:

In the half-jesting spirit of the Polish philosopher Leszek Kołakowski’s celebrated 1978 essay “How to Be a Conservative-Liberal-Socialist,” I propose that we should be conservative-socialist-liberals.

Not surprisingly, Ash’s words sent me back to my bookshelves to read Kołakowski’s essay again. It’s to be found in the collection of pieces called Modernity on Endless Trial (University of Chicago Press, 1990) — and I thoroughly recommend getting hold of a copy, or indeed anything by Kołakowski. Having reflected on it for the past month it strikes me as worth explicitly encouraging you to read it (as well as, indeed, Ash’s essay) because it articulates well — and incredibly briefly — not simply the general political-theological place I seem to be in at the moment but, perhaps more importantly, the general political-theological place in which a regular reader of this blog might also find themselves . . . But, in all cases it’s worth a few moments of anyone’s time.  

—o0o—

“Motto: “Please step forward to the rear!” This is an approximate translation of a request I once heard on a tram-car in Warsaw. I propose it as a slogan for the mighty International that will never exist.

A Conservative Believes:

  • That in human life there never have been and never will be improvements that are not paid for with deteriorations and evils; thus, in considering each project of reform and amelioration, its price has to be assessed. Put another way, innumerable evils are compatible (i.e. we can suffer them comprehensively and simultaneously); but many goods limit or cancel each other, and therefore we will never enjoy them fully at the same time. A society in which there is no equality and no liberty of any kind is perfectly possible, yet a social order combining total equality and freedom is not. The same applies to the compatibility of planning and the principle of autonomy, to security and technical progress. Put yet another way, there is no happy ending in human history.
  • That we do not know the extent to which various traditional forms of social life–families, rituals, nations, religious communitiesare indispensable if life in a society is to be tolerable or even possible. There are no grounds for believing that when we destroy these forms, or brand them as irrational, we increase the chance of happiness, peace, security, or freedom. We have no certain knowledge of what might occur if, for example, the monogamous family was abrogated, or if the time-honored custom of burying the dead were to give way to the rational recycling of corpses for industrial purposes. But we would do well to expect the worst.
  • That the idée fixe of the Enlightenmentthat envy, vanity, greed, and aggression are all caused by the deficiencies of social institutions and that they will be swept away once these institutions are reformedis not only utterly incredible and contrary to all experience, but is highly dangerous. How on earth did all these institutions arise if they were so contrary to the true nature of man? To hope that we can institutionalize brotherhood, love, and altruism is already to have a reliable blueprint for despotism.

 A Liberal Believes:

  • That the ancient idea that the purpose of the State is security still remains valid. It remains valid even if the notion of “security” is expanded to include not only the protection of persons and property by means of the law, but also various provisions of insurance: that people should not starve if they are jobless; that the poor should not be condemned to die through lack of medical help; that children should have free access to educationall these are also part of security. Yet security should never be confused with liberty. The State does not guarantee freedom by action and by regulating various areas of life, but by doing nothing. In fact security can be expanded only at the expense of liberty. In any event, to make people happy is not the function of the State.
  • That human communities are threatened not only by stagnation but also by degradation when they are so organized that there is no longer room for individual initiative and inventiveness. The collective suicide of mankind is conceivable, but a permanent human ant-heap is not, for the simple reason that we are not ants.
  • That it is highly improbable that a society in which all forms of competitiveness have been done away with would continue to have the necessary stimuli for creativity and progress. More equality is not an end in itself, but only a means. In other words, there is no point to the struggle for more equality if it results only in the leveling down off those who are better off, and not in the raising up of the underprivileged. Perfect equality is a self-defeating ideal.

 A Socialist Believes:

  • That societies in which the pursuit of profit is the sole regulator of the productive system are threatened with as grievousperhaps more grievouscatastrophes as are societies in which the profit motive has been entirely eliminated from the production-regulating forces. There are good reasons why freedom of economic activity should be limited for the sake of security, and why money should not automatically produce more money. But the limitation of freedom should be called precisely that, and should not be called a higher form of freedom.
  • That it is absurd and hypocritical to conclude that, simply because a perfect, conflict-less society is impossible, every existing form of inequality is inevitable and all ways of profit-making justified. The kind of conservative anthropological pessimism which led to the astonishing belief that a progressive income tax was an inhuman abomination is just as suspect as the kind of historical optimism on which the Gulag Archipelago was based.
  • That the tendency to subject the economy to important social controls should be encouraged, even though the price to be paid is an increase in bureaucracy. Such controls, however, must be exercised within representative democracy. Thus it is essential to plan institutions that counteract the menace to freedom which is produced by the growth of these very controls.

So far as I can see, this set of regulative ideas is not self-contradictory. And therefore it is possible to be a conservative-liberal-socialist. This is equivalent to saying that those three particular designations are no longer mutually exclusive options.

As for the great and powerful International which I mentioned at the outsetit will never exist, because it cannot promise people that they will be happy.

Modernity on Endless Trial (University of Chicago Press, 1990)


‘Little children, love one another!’, or how to bore the pants off your audience

22 January 2021 at 17:26
Old Man Praying (1661) — Rembrandt van Rijn   You can listen to a recorded version of this piece via my podcast site found at this link [The podcast begins with its theme music and general introduction which fades into the following text . . .]  ‘Little children, love one another!’ [In the podcast this sentence is immediately followed by the regular outro music and concluding words. This then fades into the following text . . .]  Were you disappointed at the moment you thought this podcast was over after only a couple of minutes instead of its usual length of between ten and twenty minutes? Did you feel short-changed in some fashion even though this podcast is made available completely free of charge? If you did feel this, eve...

A New Recording of the Service of Mindful Meditation

16 January 2021 at 17:48
Greetings to you all. This week, in place of the usual address/podcast, as a supplement to last week’s offering, I have posted a new representative recording of our Sunday Morning Service of Mindful Meditation, the service which, until the beginning of lockdown in March was our regular evening service. You can listen to and or/download it by clicking on the following link: Sunday Morning Service of Mindful Meditation I fully appreciate that Sunday mornings are not good for some of you so I hope this properly recorded version might prove both of interest and even some use to you as we try to find good, positive and creative ways through this difficult time.  As in all previous weeks, please remember that if you would like to speak wi...

On the need to take even strokes—How Henry Bugbee’s naturalistic philosophy and some mindful meditation might help us get through the pandemic

9 January 2021 at 18:05
You can listen to a recorded version of this piece via my podcast site found at this link As the COVID-19 pandemic continues and deepens I am more and more finding myself talking on the phone or Zoom with someone who has found themselves in a very low and despairing state. The question for me, quite naturally, is what, with a clean heart and full belief, can I talk with them about which might, perhaps, genuinely prove to be of some help? As many of you know, for me, there is no recourse to the kind of theistic responses available to some of my more orthodox religious colleagues but, fortunately, thanks to the twentieth-century philosopher, Henry Bugbee (1915-1999), there is something that I am able conversationally to offer up to a strug...

“To the dear memory of Ellen Haslop” (1865-1939)

5 January 2021 at 16:36
“To the dear memory of Ellen Haslop” (1865-1939)  Gravestone in the Ascension Parish Burial Ground, Huntingdon Road, Cambridge Photo taken with a Fuji X100F Just click on the photo to enlarge  

An ass eats its hay and a gardener turns their spade in readiness for the New Year

2 January 2021 at 17:00
  A recorded version of this address can be heard at this link In moments of national crisis and despair such as the one through which we are currently living, there comes a time when it becomes necessary to make a firm decision about how one should, ethically, philosophically and religiously, go on. As the crisis and despair deepens it has become very clear to me that all equivocation about this decision must be set aside if one is not to meet the darkly humorous fate of Buridan’s ass which, standing forever undecided between two equidistant piles of hay, eventually dies of hunger. But for many modern, skeptical liberals, making a decision to choose a particular bale of hay over another is incredibly difficult to do because, before t...

Accepting the problem posed by Christmas Day but without necessarily accepting the Christian solution

24 December 2020 at 19:56
The Nativity at Night (c. 1490) by Geertgen tot Sint Jans

You can listen to a recording/podcast of this piece by clicking on this link

Today is Christmas Day when we remember another day, two thousand years ago, on which many Christians (but not all) believe the only definitive solution to a perennial human question was given. Put in its simplest form, that question asks how our everyday world of individual, finite things, including ourselves, relates to the whole or, indeed, whether there is anything that can meaningfully be called the whole? As the Czech philosopher Erazim Kohák (1933-2020) wrote, this question raises 

“a problem with which much earlier Christian thought struggled as it sought to affirm both the awesome majesty of God, so utterly transcendent that his name cannot even be spoken, and his intimate presence among us, breaking bread and walking alongside us to Emmanus” (Erazim Kohák, “Jan Patocka: Philosophy and Selected Writings”, University of Chicago Press, 1989, p. 132). 

Of course, the figure Kohák mentions, who broke bread and walked alongside us to Emmaus is Jesus, whose traditional birthday we are celebrating today. 

Now, for the orthodox, believing Christian, the solution to the problem is given in the birth of Jesus because, for them, that is the moment of the “incarnation of God” when, according to the famous verse in the first chapter of the Gospel of John, the Word (logos), i.e. God, “was made flesh, and dwelt among us” (John 1:14, AV). What the underlying Greek actually strikingly suggests is that the Word “became flesh and pitched a tent among us” (trans. David Bentley Hart). This dwelling, or tent-pitching, among us is why Jesus is also sometimes called, as he is in the Gospel of Matthew, “Emmanuel”, or “God with us” (Matthew 1:23). 

However, during the first four centuries following Jesus’ birth these beautiful, rich, allusive, mytho-poetic stories were slowly changed into the reified, immovable foundations upon which was to be built the Christian Church’s technocratic solution to the problem, namely, the doctrine of the Trinity. In this doctrine the individual human Jesus is, somehow, now to be understood as being the Whole, or God himself, “very God of very God” as the Nicene Creed puts it. By the same token the Whole, or God is, somehow, now to be understood as being also the individual human Jesus. Following Jesus’ death and putative resurrection and ascension back into the Godhead, the third person in the Trinity, the Holy Spirit, also comes, somehow, to be understood as being the Whole, or God, still pitching his tent among us.  

But, as many people over the centuries have pointed out, — including my own Unitarian forebears, many of whom lost their lives and liberties by challenging this doctrine — although the Trinity may be presented by the Christian Church as being the solution to the problem of how our everyday world of individual, finite things, including ourselves, relates to the whole, it really doesn’t provide a solution at all but, instead, merely restates the problem in what has always been a most confusing and, frankly, obfuscatory way. 

As we know, despite many brave protests against this doctrinal, technocratic solution, within the Christian tradition as a whole, the doctrine of the Trinity prevailed and, in consequence, Christianity has, for some sixteen-hundred years, inevitably continued to look at the Christmas stories as being a narrative (and also often also pictorial) representation of what it thought was the solution to the problem.   

However, as we all know, in Europe since the mid-nineteenth century, firm belief in Christianity, especially in its doctrinal, Trinitarian forms, has considerably waned in the population as a whole. Given this, it might have been thought, even hoped, that this would mean the question of how our everyday world of individual, finite things relates to the whole, could, and would, be asked anew. But we can see that, generally speaking, this is not what occurred. As Kohák observes: 

“Having lost the solution, which Christian thought expressed in the doctrine of the Trinity, we have lost sight of the problem” (ibid, pp. 132-133).

Kohák makes this point in his philosophical biography of his fellow Czech philosopher Jan Patočka (1907-1977) who is now generally regarded as one of the most important central European philosophers of the 20th century. Kohák is interested in him because, although Patočka was a secular, atheistically inclined thinker who rejected the Christian solution, he did not, at the same time, also reject the problem it thought it had solved. Patočka was able to acknowledge that with the loss of this Christian solution humankind risked losing its “distinctive ability to raise the problem of the meaning of the whole amid its preoccupation with particulars, giving up the responsibility of the care of the soul in favour of a greed for things” (ibid, p. 133). 

Patočka’s philosophical work remains important because in the late twentieth and early twenty-first century it has become clear that the world’s dominant, modern, post-Christendom, individualistic, consumerist, neoliberal culture is one that has given up the responsibility of the care of the soul in favour of a greed for things and it has become fatally preoccupied with particulars rather than the whole. Consequently, the problem of our individual relationship with the whole (howsoever the whole is conceived) has, today, become incredibly difficult to raise and explore vitally and meaningfully in the public, civic sphere. That this is so can be seen in our current inability to articulate any kind of shared national, let alone global, approach to how we should best respond to the challenges posed by both the COVID-19 pandemic and the ever-increasing climate emergency.

All in all, it is clear to me that, somehow, we need to find some kind of non-technical, moving and poetic way to get the question of our individual relationship with the whole plainly back into view within our culture so that people can intuit again that there exists a real and extremely pressing problem which needs urgently to be addressed. Patočka’s work is important because he was a person who, in a sustained and vital fashion, attempt to ask, and tentatively answer, the question anew for our own age. 

This brief piece is not the place to explore Patočka’s questions and lines of research, but reading him over the last few months of 2020 encourages me to suggest that, at this darkest time of the year, it remains possible for us to read the Christmas stories, not as picturing the solution to the problem of how our everyday world of individual, finite things, including ourselves, relates to the whole, but rather as stories which help us raise the question anew. 

It makes me as what might happen to our own and our wider culture’s thinking were we able to find a modern, scientifically literate but still religious, mytho-poetic way to stand at the crib-side of the baby Jesus this Christmas morning and, with a clean heart and full belief (pathos), look deeply into the shining eyes of this representative, new-born child as-if it were, somehow, speaking to us also of God, the Whole? Were we able to do that again, even if only for a fleeting moment, would we not be forced, like his mother Mary, to ponder (Luke 2:19) how on earth this could be so, and to ask again, how does our everyday world of individual, finite things, including ourselves and this child, relate to the whole? 

Remember, like Mary and Jan Patočka, we can accept this problem and ask the question without necessarily accepting the ancient Christian solution. 

But what we cannot do is to allow ourselves ever again to lose sight of the problem and of the need, again and again, to ask the question of how it might best be solved in our own times. The future of our species, and indeed huge swathes of life on our planet, depends on the solutions we come to propose and then truly live by. 

Steps, not-steps, promises and the art of metaphysical hitchhiking

12 December 2020 at 17:18
A podcast/recording of this piece can be found by clicking this link In connection with Advent and Christmas, two weeks ago (in Episode 10) I explored with you something connected to an idea found in Ernst Bloch’s 1972 book called, “Atheism in Christianity”, namely, that  within the Biblical text as a whole there continues to exist a meaningful “Where-to” towards which they point and which is still to come (the basic meaning of the word “Advent”). It’s important to be clear that this “Where-to” can exist even for those of us, like Bloch, who are now sympathetic to an atheistic world-view.  But, whenever an atheistically inclined person like Bloch or me starts talking about the existence of some kind of “Where-to

“How to be a conservative-socialist-liberal” a highly recommended article by Timothy Garton Ash—

9 December 2020 at 16:16
Prospect magazine has, today, published a pieces by Timothy Garton Ash in which hopes to help (small l) liberals (such as me) craft a new agenda in which we learn from our serious mistakes and are prepared to shake certain shibboleths of both right and left. I think it is a very fine piece and I would encourage readers of this blog to take the time to read it through.  “The future of liberalism” by Timothy Garton Ash To encourage you to click on the link above, below are three paragraphs from Ash’s conclusion which, as will be immediately obvious to regular readers of this blog, resonate with many of the things I talk about here and in my podcast.  This new liberalism will be stalwart in the defence of liberal essentials, such as...

How Nietzsche helps us better prepare to celebrate Advent & Christmas — The bloom and magic of things that are nearest

5 December 2020 at 16:05
The nativity scene in the Cambridge Unitarian Church

A podcast/recording of this piece can be found by clicking this link

The four-and-a-half century old Unitarian tradition to which I belong has, at times, consciously been able to understand itself as attempting to be a ‘church of the free spirit’ and we, as individual people, have seen ourselves as attempting to become brothers and sisters of the free spirit. For example, the founder of the modern Religious Society of Czech Unitarians, Norbert Fabián Čapek (1870–1942) said of it’s building in Prague, 8 Karlova Street:

‘The house is of great historical value. In 1404 it was occupied by a sort of liberal Christian body. They called themselves “Brethren & Sisters of the Free Spirit.” They were accused of laying more stress on a Christian life than articles of faith. They believed more in the “inner light” than the letter of the Bible. Further they did not believe in the Trinity and were accused of pantheistic tendencies. I regard these people as the first Czech Unitarians’ (Norbert Fabián C̆apek: A Spiritual Journey by Richard Henry, Beacon Press, 1999, pp. 195-6).

In these disorientating and unhealthy times this identification as a church, or simply a brother and sisterhood of the free spirit, is something to which I often wish we could consciously return because I think it may help us find a new way forward into a certain kind of genuinely healthy, this-worldly living, the possibility of which this podcast will conclude.

But as a liberal religious tr adition we have rarely articulated, either to ourselves or to others, any relatively clear, basic process through which a person needs to go in order to become a genuinely free spirit.

Well, in this second podcast during the season Advent I want to remind you that the nineteenth-century philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche (1844–1900) offered us one such process, a process which comes in four phases.

We start with (i) the comfort found at the family hearth. Drawing on Nietzsche’s book, ‘Human, All Too-Human’ (subtitled ‘A Book For Free Spirits’) the philosopher Gordon Bearn notes that:

‘Those who will become free spirits do not begin by being sick, but by being healthy, they are in fact bound by “what fetters fastest”: by their dutiful reverence for their elders, their country, their teachers, and for “the holy place where they learned to worship”. They are fettered by all those ideals that warm one to the family hearth. These ideals are normally taken to be of the highest value, and so Nietzsche can write of those who will be free spirits that “their highest moments themselves will fetter them the fastest, lay upon them the most enduring obligations”’ (Gordon Bearn: “Waking to Wonder”, SUNY Press, 1997, p.4).

Advent and Christmas is a season full of many things we have felt to have been of the highest value and which have been celebrated before the family hearth or its modern equivalents, the gas or electric fire. This hearth is the holy place where many of us first learnt to worship, a place where God, or at least the Good, was perceived to be with us. (“God with us” is, by the way, the meaning of the Hebrew title “Emmanuel” that is given to Jesus and most memorably repeated in the well-known carol “O come, O come, Emmanuel.”) Before this hearth, family and friends still gather to exchange gifts, drink, and to eat in convivial ways at the darkest time of the year and, for many of us, Advent and Christmas has been one of our life’s ‘highest moments’ (especially when we were children). This is why, of course, it ‘fetters us the fastest’, that is to say, keeps us captive, and lays upon us an enduring obligation not to let this traditional way of believing and doing things go.

But so much has happened in our own lives and culture over the last two centuries which (ii) has ensured we, our hearths and our holy festival, have succumbed to the sickness of nihilism in which there has been a ‘hateful assault on everything that had seemed so comforting.’ It comes upon most of us at one time or another that this festival is now empty — merely pasteboard and fillagree. The natural sciences and philosophy have quietly been at work persuading many (if not most) of us that the God/gods of old are mere illusions; historical-critical research has persuaded us that the Christmas stories contain, not neutral, objective, historical facts but are, instead, creative, uneven and inconsistent human myths and legends; the industrial revolution and the rise of capitalism and, more recently, neoliberalism, have created pressures that have contributed greatly to the fracturing of extended family networks and have simultaneously turned the equal and free-exchange of modest gifts into a multi-billion pound industry concerned, not with exchange, but only with unequal competition for market share and profit; also much of the food and drink we consume in this season has been effected in the same way and, today, we share together not so much the fruits of local fields tended by local farmers but the products of globalised and highly mechanised factory farms whose workers and livestock are utterly unknown to us and about whose welfare we often care little or nothing. All in all, if you are anything like me, these things (and many more besides) have often meant that I have expended most of my energy, not in preparing happily for Christmas, but in warding it off until the very last minute when, utterly exhausted by the defensive effort, I have finally given in to the pressure and spent the twenty-four hours of Christmas Day forced to pretend that all is well and that the old hearth burns as brightly, warmly and meaningfully as it once did.

Sometimes it has felt as if this sickness were going to be one unto death but a real hope, an educated hope (docta spes), has always remained alive deep in my being that there might, just, be a way to move beyond this awful state of affairs to a much better state of being. Thanks to Nietzsche, I have discovered that, if a person is able to survive the long, deep and painful nihilistic assault then, miracle of miracles, it becomes possible (iii) to for us to begin to convalesce. This period of convalescence can be divided into two.

The first convalescence is a cool one, one in which Nietzsche suggests that ‘the convalescent lives without any love but also without any hatred. The cooler convalescent — neither dead nor alive — floats above the earth.’ This seems to me to describe well the moments I’m sure we have all felt when we have been able to detach ourselves from the whole sorry show and begin to look at the season as if from a great height. As Bearn says, in this state:

‘Everything is small. Everything is flat. Nothing matters. This is the mood equally of a scientist sure ours is a world of valueless facts and of those literary characters who float through a world from which they have been estranged and which they look on with a species of tender contempt’ (Bearn, p. 8).

I can certainly remember many years of my life spent in this period of cool convalescence in which I have walked through shops and Christmas markets, through family and church gatherings, feeling utterly detached, looking on everything with no love nor any hatred but, instead, with a species of tender contempt. One way of putting this is to say I began to experience Advent and Christmas as if I were a detached, knowing, cynical historian, sociologist and/or anthropologist, scientist even.

However, though it is absolutely necessary to pass through this period of cool convalescence, it is obvious that it can hardly bring full health because, although there is sunlight to be seen — it’s  a kind of clear, enlightening light — it is the kind of light found only in the highest and coldest altitudes of detachment. After a while it becomes apparent that if we wish to continue convalescing (and not merely catch one’s death of cold) we must come back to earth ‘where the sun warms.’ Here’s how Niezsche beautifully puts this return to earth in ‘Human, All-Too Human’:

‘It again grows warmer around him, yellower, as it were; feeling and feeling for others acquire depth, warm breezes of all kinds blow across him. It seems to him as if his eyes are only now open to what is near. He is astonished and sits silent: where had he been? These near and nearest things: how changed they seem! what bloom and magic they have acquired!’ (‘Human, All-Too Human’, Preface, par. 5, quoted in Bearn, p. 8).

Coming back down to earth in this second, warmer, period of convalescence it becomes possible for us to see and feel amidst the shops and Christmas markets and in family and church gatherings, ‘spots of [warming] sunlight’ in which begin to appear the ‘bloom and magic of things that are nearest’ (Bearn, p. 14) things that, before, had been obscured from our sight. Warmed in these occasional spots of sunlight our eyes begin to open, and we begin to see so many people near at hand trying their hardest to be good, kind and decent human beings despite being cast adrift amidst the horrible pasteboard and fillagree that makes up so much of the modern, neoliberal world.

And, lastly, it is these periods of convalescence which gift us with a genuine hope of, at some point, being able to enter into (iv) the final great health in which, as Bearn says, the ‘spirit freed from the tradition that seeks metaphysical comforts is surprised by a new happiness and a new love for all that is delicate. The great health is a life attuned to what is near’.

This attitude is seen most clearly expressed in the epigraph by one of our own Unitarian tradition’s great figures, Ralph Waldo Emerson (1803-1882), that Nietzsche chose to grace the first edition of his ‘Gay Science’:

‘To the poet, to the philosopher, to the saint, all things are friendly and sacred, all events profitable, all days holy, all men divine’ (Emerson: History).

So, to draw to a close, I can now turn to the traditional Christian focus of the Advent and Christmas season, namely, the Christ-child, the baby Jesus.

From the foregoing I hope you can see that for Nietzsche ‘the great health’ can only come after we have gone through, and slowly recovered and convalesced from, the sickness of nihilism. At that point we are finally able to accept ‘the value of this world, the earth, of the little things that are nearest to us’ and to begin to live ‘as neighbour to precisely the things that the metaphysical tradition only found valuable as indictors of another metaphysical world’ (Bearn, p. 32).

But, alas, most of us are aware that the Christ-child spoken of in orthodox, believing, Christian circles remains firmly an ‘indictor of another metaphysical world’ and this means that a genuine free spirit cannot, with a truly clean heart and full belief (or pathos), celebrate Advent and Christmas in these circles. The Christmas Carol service, and the traditional services held at midnight on Christmas Eve and on Christmas morn, undeniably beautiful though they often are, remain for many of us highly conflicted and deeply uncomfortable events.   

But all is not lost for the aspiring Nietzschean free spirit because, thanks to their sickness and their consequent cool and then warm kinds of convalescence, they can now begin to see that the answers to the meaning of life that traditional Christianity has sought for two millennia in another world and its supernatural Christ-child are, in truth, only to be found in the bloom and magic of the things near and nearest to us in this world, most notably and memorably in every new born human child. It is precisely this insight that inspired the twentieth century Unitarian minister and hymn-writer John Andrew Storey (1935-1997) to write a hymn we often sing in our churches during this season. It is called ‘The Universal Incarnation’:


Around the crib all peoples throng

In honour of the Christ-child’s birth,

And raise again the ancient song:

‘Goodwill to all, and peace on earth.’


But not alone on Christmas morn

Was God made one with humankind:

Each time a girl or boy is born,

Incarnate deity we find.


This Christmastide let us rejoice

And celebrate our human worth,

Proclaiming with united voice

The miracle of every birth.


Round every crib all people throng

To honour God in each new birth,

And raise again the ancient song:

‘Goodwill to all, and peace on earth.’


Today I find cannot sing this carol without noticing how it brings me exactly the kind of feelings Nietzsche describes in ‘Human, All-Too Human’: Everything grows warmer around me, yellower, as it were; feeling and feeling for others acquire depth, warm breezes of all kinds blow across me. It seems to me as if my eyes are only now open to what is near. I am astonished and sit silent: where had I been? These near and nearest things: how changed they seem! what bloom and magic they have acquired! 

Three views of the start of winter in the first week of Advent

4 December 2020 at 16:58
Three views of the start of winter in the first week of Advent taken from the manse of the Cambridge Unitarian Church All taken with a Fuji X100F Just click on a photo to enlarge

What was, must be tested — some (positive) Christian atheist reflections on the seasons of Advent & Christmas

28 November 2020 at 16:42
The Magi on their way to Bethlehem to honour the newly born Jesus —Annie Vallotton A podcast of this piece can be found at this link or via Apple Podcasts, simply search for Making Footprints Not Blueprints One of the things has often stuck me as being odd about the season of Advent (a word which simply means “to come”) is the fact that the coming for which we, and the cast of familiar Christmas characters are waiting, namely, the birth of Jesus, is now two-thousand years behind us. I say that those waiting are, to us, familiar characters, but is this true anymore? I fear not. So, lest there be any doubt, let me list them now . In addition to the baby Jesus they are, his step-father Joseph and his mother Mary, Mary’s cousin E...

A few photos from a late afternoon, autumn walk along the River Cam into the Paradise Local Nature Reserve

23 November 2020 at 16:42

A few photos from a late afternoon, autumn walk along the River Cam into the Paradise Local Nature Reserve

All photos taken with a Fuji X100F

Just click on a photo to enlarge 














When is ruination not (quite) ruination?—Some Christian a/theist thoughts inspired by Heidegger and Bonhoeffer

21 November 2020 at 14:25

The altar table at the east end of the Cambridge Unitarian Church

A podcast of this piece can be found by clicking on this link 

From my childhood on, one of the great pleasures in life has been to visit ruins of any kind, but the ones which have brought me the greatest pleasure are religious ones, especially those of chapels, churches, the great abbeys and priories. 

Along with the poet Peter Levi, they have always caused me to “consider what these ruins are, / desolate spirits in the air / singing in their stone languages / what religion is not and is”

As I have sat in their “Bare ruin’d choirs, where late the sweet birds sang” (Shakespeare, Sonnet LXXIII) it is obvious that they no longer function in the way their builders and original users once thought they should and that, therefore, in one way, they may be considered religiously dead. 

But is this true? Thanks to the late eighteenth and early nineteenth-century Romantics, it is possible to see the ruination of these buildings, not only as a continuation of their original religious function, but as a nuanced, heightening and broadening of it. Like the human soul spoken of by the poet Edmund Waller (1606–1687), though “batter’d and decay’d” they are now more able to let “in new light through chinks that time has made”. (“Of the Last Verses in the Book”) In short, in the clear, open spaces delineated by these ruins — with their roots in the good dark earth, now open to the bright sky and which still speak of the gods and mortality (cf. Heidegger’s “fourfold”) — the Romantics found themselves suddenly able to understand creation and encounter the divine and the sacred anew in the form of Nature. Along with Spinoza, who coined the memorable phrase “deus sive nature” — God or Nature — the Romantics attempted (and for some of us succeeded) to divinise the natural and naturalise the divine, God was nature and Nature was God. As the historian Frederick C. Beiser notes, following Spinoza’s dictum meant that “a scientist, who professed the most radical naturalism, could still be religious; and a pastor, who confessed the deepest personal faith in God, could still be a naturalist” (Frederick C. Beiser, “After Hegel: German Philosophy, 1840-1900”, Princeton University Press, pp. 4-7). Anyway, thanks to this it has become possible for someone like me to feel that these ecclesiastical buildings in their ruined state entered into a new and different kind of religious fullness. 

These memories and thoughts have been very much in mind during the COVID-19 pandemic because the church where I am the minister has been closed since March 2020. As a student of religious history, I am acutely aware that a sudden closing of a church during a time of significant political and social turmoil has often been the prelude to a building’s abandonment and eventual ruination. I say “abandonment” but, although this is true at the moment for the vast majority of the regular congregation, because my wife and I live next door to the church, and my study in which I wrote and am recording this piece is attached to the church itself, I have daily been haunting the nearly always empty buildings for some eight months now. Inevitably, as I walk through the equivalent of its own bare, but not yet ruined, choirs, I find myself considering once again, though now literally very close to home, what this building is, this desolate spirit singing in its stone languages what religion is not and is?

It continues to strike me that the idea of openness lies at the heart of it all and this is true whether that openness is spoken of in terms of actual skies or to a sense of how the transcendent can break into and illuminate the darkness of our earth and help us meaningfully still to speak of the gods and our mortality. Does a religious building have to fall into decay in order for this openness to be manifested or displayed by it? 

I don’t think so and, to illustrate this, I can turn to the strange case of the altar-like, communion table situated in the fine classical apse at the east end of the Cambridge Unitarian Church. If you follow the link to the blog in the notes to this podcast you’ll be able to see a photograph of this arrangement. 

Since becoming the minister here in 2000 I have continued to use the table in exactly the same way it has always been used; then, as now, it has upon it flowers and two candles and, following the collection, the small collection bag is put there as well. It is important also to know that since the church was built in 1927 no cross has ever been placed upon it. 

Now, I’ve been involved with churches in one way or another for my entire life — I was born an Anglican and at one point nearly began the process of training for its priesthood — so, when I first saw this table, it’s placement, and how it was being used, I took it to be, quite unproblematically, an altar. Indeed, even the light switches in the vestibule for turning on the lights above it bore, and still bear, a little label upon which you can find, quaintly misspelled, the word “alter” (sic).

But one Sunday, only a week or so into my ministry, in the presence of a very elderly and senior member of the congregation (who'd joined in the mind-1940s), I had occasion to refer to this table as an altar. He fairly bit my head off and, in no uncertain terms, informed me that it “was not an altar but the table for the flowers”.

His vehement, even angry, response led me to wonder why on earth a dissenting, liberal Protestant church such as this, re-founded in only 1904 (although its history goes back into the eighteenth-century), and with bespoke buildings dating from 1923 (the hall) and 1927 (the church), had decided to place an altar table in, what is for us a very unusual and controversial, Catholic pre-Vatican II position, and then never to place upon it a cross or to use it as an actual communion table? I was suddenly struck by how odd this was in a Unitarian context.  

A couple of years later (perhaps 2003/4) we were visited by an architectural historian, alas I do not know their name, who was researching the work of the architect of this building, Ronald Potter Jones (1876-1965). Given my earlier experience I asked the historian why he thought this   Unitarian congregation had decided to commission and build a church with what looks so much like a conventional, high altar? His answer was as follows. 

Following the end of the First World War many liberal churches were literally reeling with shock and disappointment for, not only had they lost many members in the conflict (as had, of course, all churches) but also their liberal, optimistic, late-nineteenth century theology which (in the language of the time) expressed a belief in “the fatherhood of God, the brotherhood of man, the leadership of Jesus, salvation by character, and the progress of mankind onward and upward forever”, had begun to appear to them and others as no more than a mere whistling in the wind. It was a time when Matthew Arnold’s “sea of faith” could be seen to have withdrawn even further than its lows of the 1860s, and the “death of God”, first publicly proclaimed by Nietzsche in 1882, had become ever more plausible to more and more people. However, despite this, it is in 1919 that we first  read of the Unitarian congregation’s plans to build a hall and church on Emmanuel Road.

The historian suggested that the trauma of the war led to a number of congregations, like Cambridge, to decide to build churches which, architecturally speaking, deliberately harked back to safer, more conservative and apparently secure times. At their most ineffective, these buildings enabled a congregation merely to pretend their outdated theology wasn’t in real trouble, and that their liberal God was not dead and still dwelt on the altars in their holy places. However, at their most effective, they gave a congregation some real time and breathing space slowly to work through, and come to terms with, both the withdrawal of the “sea of faith” and the shocking death of their liberal God.

Over the intervening years this interpretation has encouraged me, now and then, to look a little closer at the history of the congregation I have slowly discovered that, from the very start, a powerful tension was always being expressed in and through our altar-table. 

It turns out that between between 1908 and 1914, the influential founding figures of this congregation who drove the project to build this hall and church actively tried to employ a controversial Unitarian minister called the Revd J. M. Lloyd Thomas who, in 1907, had published a book called “A Free Catholic Church”. In such a church Thomas believed, would “ultimately be found an Ideal which, if courageously worked out, will transcend or reconcile the oppositions not merely of Anglicanism and Dissent, but of Romanism and Protestantism” (p. 3). In short, Thomas desired the development of a church tradition which could combine in some fashion, Catholic (or Anglo-Catholic) liturgy and practice with the kind of liberal, rational, non-doctrinal approach to belief and theology favoured by liberal Protestants, including the Unitarians. However, it proved impossible to persuade Thomas to leave his congregation in Nottingham and so, instead, they eventually obtained the services of Revd Edward William Lummis from Leicester, Great Meeting there, who shared Thomas’ Free Catholic position and who stayed, off and on, until the start of the First World War. 

What is important to see here is that their protracted attempt to hire someone like Thomas strongly indicates that the founders of this congregation were predisposed to building a church with a high altar dedicated in some fashion to a liberal God who would “transcend or reconcile the oppositions not merely of Anglicanism and Dissent, but of Romanism and Protestantism.” In an ancient university town such as Cambridge which then, as now, values both the practices of traditional religion and the active seeking of new light and truth, such a mix, were it possible to concoct, would have been a highly attractive proposition.   

But, as we know, in 1914 the First World War begins and the minute books clearly reveal that the congregation struggled greatly during this time, not least of all because its leading figure and inspiration, Lieutenant-Colonel Frederick John Marrian Stratton DSO OBE TD DL FRS PRAS (1881–1960) (and who later became Professor of Astrophysics here at the University of Cambridge between 1928 and 1947) he  left to join the fighting in France with the British Expeditionary Force. By July 1919 Stratton is finally back from the war and this seems to be the immediate trigger for the aforementioned plans to build a church with an altar table at the east end, a project which comes to final completion in 1927.

I don’t think it is too much of a stretch of the imagination to say that, following the unimaginable horrors of the First World War experienced by Stratton and his generation, our altar table powerfully encoded for us the trauma and paradox of twentieth- and now twenty-first century liberal Christianity; a trauma that played out in, on the one hand, in a strong desire to continue to believe in the reality of a transcendent, good, loving and just God and to raise up for him an altar where one could go, like the Psalmist, with exceeding joy to give praise with the harp and, on the other, the need to raise up an empty, memorial table, a grave even, upon which to place flowers of remembrance to acknowledge the death and absence of the very same God.

It has become apparent to me that since those traumatic post-First World War days the temptation to collapse this paradox to one of its poles has always been present in this local community. Even in my own, short, twenty-year ministry here, I have seen some members continue vehemently to insist it should be seen as an altar to a living, liberal Christian God, whilst others have continued vehemently to insist that, because God is dead, it is a simply a table upon which to place flowers, candles and the collection. The basic, and to me false, binary question being asked all the time is: are we still some kind of liberal Christian church or, instead, simply an association of free-thinking humanists/atheists? 

But, as I see it, our altar-table should continue to express the paradox. This is because, theologically speaking, when the paradox is consciously maintained, our altar-table seems to me to be working just like the ruined religious buildings with which I began this podcast. It offers us a unique open, clearing at the heart of our building because, at the same time as it’s clearly a ruin of an old liberal Christianity — for following the violent horrors of the twentieth- and twenty-first century the God of liberal Christianity is assuredly dead — it is precisely this same ruin which now helps us to notice and frame a new kind of openness to that which transcends us — to the possibility of the appearance of a new God suitable to our own, much more sceptical and disbelieving age. In short, when held up as the paradox it is, our altar-table is for me a beautiful, ruinous, open clearing in our midst which encourages us freely to re-ask and re-answer, again and again, the perennial question of “what religion is not and is”. 

Personally, I consider myself to be fortunate that my own species of Christian a/theism allows me to approach this unique altar-table without ever feeling the need to collapse it’s foundational paradox because before it, like the philosopher Martin Heidegger (1889-1976), I come before it each day to “prepare readiness, through thinking and poetry, for the appearance of the god or for the absence of the god” (Der Spiegel Interview with Martin Heidegger, 1966). And, like the Protestant theologian Dietrich Bonhoeffer (1906-1945), I stand “in the presence of God who makes us live in the world without the God-hypothesis” (“Letters and Papers from Prison”, SCM, London 1971, p. 360). For this challenging gift I daily give hearty thanks.

To conclude. For various good reasons I do not think that the current pandemic is the first step to the abandonment and eventual ruination of our present buildings. But, even as I say this, these reflections on our altar-table helps me sense that, whenever inevitable ruination does come — be it in the next few years or a few centuries hence — it will not necessarily spell the end of the living religious significance of our building but, instead, may well “open up access to [even] richer and more relevant ways for us to understand creation and for us to encounter the divine and the sacred.” (Mark W. Wrathall’s introduction to “Religion after Metaphysics”, Cambridge University Press 2003 p. 1). But in the meantime, this opening is with us in the paradoxical clearing that is our altar-table.

—o0o—

WEDNESDAY EVENING CONVERSATIONS

If you would like to join a conversation about this or any other edition of this podcast then please note that our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 2nd December at 19.30 GMT. The link will be posted in the notes to the next podcast.

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - approx. 20.00: Streaming of the latest edition of "Making Footprints Not Blueprints"

20.00 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends 

Those of you who have already listened to the podcast and who only wish to join in the conversation are invited to login to the meeting at about 19.55.

Live the questions now — Living well in the In-Between of question & answer.

14 November 2020 at 18:10
A podcast of this piece can be found by clicking on this link  In my own ministry, one of the things I regularly notice when in conversation with people who, on the one hand, are curious about how with a clean heart they might reconnect with Christianity or who, on the other hand, are busily rejecting it, is their shared experience that most churches and church leaders are only concerned to promote their own, various, putatively true, dogmatic answers and then to keep their members in an uninquiring, unquestioning state of faith. Because the free-thinking, Unitarian tradition to which I belong is reasonably well-known as a place which encourages people to ask questions, that’s why I so often find myself having conversations with peopl...

This monument is for the unknown good in our enemies—A few thoughts on the idea of the "the Good" (or "God") in the context of Remembrance Sunday and Armistice Day, drawing on a poem by the American poet and pacifist, William Edgar Stafford (1914-1993)

8 November 2020 at 17:02

A podcast of this piece can be found by clicking on this link 

I begin this podcast containing a few thoughts related to Remembrance Sunday and Armistice Day with a short poem read by Susanna Brown called, “For the Unknown Enemy”, written by the American poet and pacifist William Edgar Stafford (1914-1993):


This monument is for the unknown

good in our enemies. Like a picture

their life began to appear: they

gathered at home in the evening

and sang. Above their fields they saw

a new sky. A holiday came

and they carried the baby to the park

for a party. Sunlight surrounded them.


Here we glimpse what our minds long turned

away from. The great mutual

blindness darkened that sunlight in the park,

and the sky that was new, and the holidays.

This monument says that one afternoon

we stood here letting a part of our minds

escape. They came back, but different.

Enemy: one day we glimpsed your life.


This monument is for you. 


(William Stafford: “The Way It Is—New & Selected Poems”, Graywolf Press, 1998, p. 217)

—o0o—

At this time of year when the nation remembers some — and it has only ever been some — of the allied soldiers who were killed in the Two World Wars and many conflicts since, I often turn to Stafford’s poem because in it, heeding the call of Jesus to love our enemies, Stafford explicitly calls upon us also to remember those who were and, perhaps, still are, our enemies. It’s a poem which helps us think about our common humanity even as we find ourselves in a national moment which foregrounds, as Rabbie Burns memorably wrote, “Man’s inhumanity to man” that “Makes countless thousands mourn!” (Robert Burns: “Man was made to mourn: A Dirge”, 1784).   

To many people the power of Stafford’s poem can seem to be reliant upon the reader believing it is possible for us, even if only for a moment, to stand outside, or at least very high above, our everyday, local world of minute particulars so as to see something eternal, trustworthy and good which our culture has liked to believe must be “universal” — i.e. that which, behind the scenes, unifies our world despite its many real, or perhaps, only imagined, divisions. 

However, we live in an age and culture where all appeals to a transcendental universal — whether it is called ‘the Good’ or ‘God’ — no longer have the persuasive, energising power they once had. We now doubt, with great and justifiable doubt, that ‘the Good’ or ‘God’ exists, or ever existed. We also now live in a world which our natural sciences are strongly suggesting is not dependent upon the existence of something supernatural, static and eternal like ‘the Good’ or ‘God’ but in a pluralistic universe that is always-already constantly in motion, intra-active and indeterminate. Not surprisingly these changes in our basic world-view might seem terminally to undercut the universalist tenor of Stafford’s poem leaving it as a mere whistling in the wind. Poignant and beautiful, yes; but true? No.

However, or so it seems to me, in order meaningfully to reconnect with the energising power of Stafford’s vision and others like it, all we need to abandon is the idea that those things we liked to call universal, such as ‘God’ or ‘the Good’, were ever existent things at all. A certain kind of examination of the ideal or idea of the universal suggests that it might better be thought of as being nothing (a no-thing), not any thing at all but rather that which helps us talk about, and draw certain conclusions concerning how our life ought to be lived. The ideal or idea in this understanding is, then, a kind of moving, groundless ground which makes this, and perhaps all, conversation possible. 

Surprisingly, and importantly I think, this rather more fluid, processual and conversational way of understanding the idea or ideal doesn’t rule out of play a poetic, rhetorical appeal to ‘God’ or ‘the Good’, even though it becomes an appeal to a ‘God’ quite unlike that envisaged within the theistic traditions or ‘the Good’ envisaged by the Platonic traditions .

To show you what I mean I need briefly to return to the naturalistic, even atheistic, definition of God proposed by the philosopher John Dewey (1859-1952). In his influential short book from 1934 called “A Common Faith” he wrote: 

“We are in the presence neither of ideals completely embodied in existence nor yet of ideals that are merely rootless ideals, fantasies or utopias. For there are forces in nature and society that generate and support the ideals. They are further unified by the action that gives them coherence and solidarity. It is this active relation between ideal and actual to which I would give the name ‘God’. I would not insist that the name must be given” (John Dewey: A Common Faith, 2nd ed., Yale University Press, 2013, p. 47).

At least as I now read it, Stafford’s poem is an encouragement to, and a place where we can, start to bring together the ideal and actual in active relation and so set going anew in our own doubtful and sceptical time the slow, human process of trying to build a better world for all, for friend and enemy alike.

On the one hand the ideal is that friend and enemy are, in important and recognisable respects, fundamentally the same and that all people contain ‘the Good’ no matter how hidden from us it may be. It’s an ideal which for us finds its most iconic form in Jesus’ summation of the law and the prophets (Mark 12:28–34), namely, that before anything else, we are called upon to love God (or ‘the Good’) and our neighbour (which includes our enemy) out of our whole heart, soul, reason and strength. As Jesus says,  “There is not another commandment greater than these.”

On the other hand, Stafford’s actual includes the recognition that, in other important and fundamental ways, we and our enemy were not, nor ever could be, exactly the same — identical and indistinguishable from each other. The truth of this is shown by the fact that we can only begin to bridge the differences that exists between us when, through the power of imagination, we find the courage to let our minds escape and join our enemy in their evening songs and their party in the sunny park on the following day as if we were ourselves, in fact, the enemy. We also know, as did Stafford, that our wholly contingent, different, general background contexts, upbringings, experiences and understandings about how the world is (or should or shouldn’t be) are often very different even from those of our friends, let alone our enemies. Yes, we and our enemy do all sing songs in the evening and, on the day after, under a common new sky and sun we are all inclined to carry the baby to the park for a party. But let’s be absolutely clear about this, we know full well that our songs could be as different from each other as is the ‘Internationale’ from the ‘Horst Wessel Song’, and our toasts at the party could be as different in hope, content and intent from those raised to Socialism on the one hand, or to Fascism on the other.

In Stafford’s poem the ideal and the actual are brought together and, at the place and in the moment of their meeting — such as when we read the poem — we find that, although we are clearly in the presence of an ideal which is not yet completely embodied in existence, we do find that the ideal of ‘the Good’ (or ‘God’) being in everyone is not merely a rootless ideal, fantasy or utopia because around and within us we can also sence forces at work in nature and society which can generate and support this ideal. We also know from experience that this ideal can further be unified by all the conversations and actions we make which give it the chance of achieving ever greater coherence and solidarity. As I say this, remember it is only the active relation — this nothing, this no-thing — between ideal and actual to which Dewey, and I, would give the name ‘God’ (or ‘the Good’) even though he, and I, no longer insist that these names must be given. 

The intention of Stafford’s poem is not, therefore, to make a claim that the ideal of ‘the Good’ (or ‘God’) is a universal reality, and so something which can objectively be found in our enemy, no matter how hidden. Instead, his poem is simply aiming to get the relationship between the ideal and the actual started in the heads, hearts and, thence the hands, of his readers. Once this relationship, this conversation, has started, then, and only then, can the ideal begin, more and more, to connect with the forces existent in nature and society which can generate and further support the ideal and so, by degrees, stand a chance of becoming ever more actual and concrete in our everyday world.

What we see here is that although we may no longer believe there is such a universal thing as ‘the Good’ (or ‘God’), through our actions and conversations based on an encounter with the ideal there most assuredly come to exist countless, actual, concrete examples of good acts being done by people who have been and are willing to see the good in their enemy. Our primary model for what this looks like on the ground is, of course, quite literally, found in Jesus’ parable of the Good Samaritan.   

According to this reading the sacred, human task is, therefore, always to be working conversationally, processually with the forces in nature and society that generate and support our ideals so as to give them ever more coherence and solidarity. As William Blake so perspicaciously observed (Ch. 3) in his long poem mostly, written between 1804–1820, called “Jerusalem: The Emanation of the Giant Albion”:


“He who would do good to another must do it in Minute Particulars. 

General Good is the plea of the scoundrel, hypocrite, and flatterer; 

For Art and Science cannot exist but in minutely organized Particulars, 

And not in generalizing Demonstrations of the Rational Power: 

The Infinite alone resides in Definite and Determinate Identity.”   


(“The Complete Poetry and Prose of William Blake”, ed. David V. Erdman, University of California Press, 1982, p. 205).  


And, although many of us may no longer be able to believe that ‘God’ or ‘the Good’ objectively exists behind the scenes somewhere, we can still affirm that good acts (and perhaps acts of god, too) continue to occur. In short, it is possible still to live with full belief and clean heart in the idea and ideal that there is good in our enemy, however unknown, and that, in actual peaceful conversations and acts of peace shown between us, the Good (and perhaps God) can become ever more visible and concrete in our everyday world. 

—o0o—

WEDNESDAY EVENING CONVERSATIONS

If you would like to join a conversation about this or any other edition of this podcast then please note that our next Wednesday Evening Zoom meeting will take place on 18th November at 19.30 GMT. The link will be posted in the notes to the next podcast.

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: Arrivals/login

19.30 - approx. 20.00: Streaming of this edition of "Making Footprints Not Blueprints"

20.00 - 21.00: Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends 

Those of you who have already listened to the podcast and who only wish to join in the conversation are invited to login to the meeting at about 19.55.

The Subtle Deer meets Jesus & Socrates

31 October 2020 at 13:20

A podcast of this piece can be heard by following this link

In recent weeks I’ve been trying to show various ways by which, and why, I think both our own liberal, democratic European and North American culture in general — and its liberal religious, Judaeo-Christian traditions such as the Unitarian one to which I belong — can confidently reconnect with its two major religious and philosophical fountainheads, namely, the human Jesus and Socrates. The need to do this is particularly pressing at the moment because it is clear the wise, reasonable, loving and just ways of proceeding that — at our culture’s best anyway — have both been drawn from, and watered by, these two fountainheads, are now under many, many political, religious, economic, financial, ecological and epidemiological pressures. I should add that the felt intensity of this pressure has been exacerbated by our own neglect in nurturing, protecting and promoting these fountainheads in both the private and civic domains of our culture’s collective life. 

However, I am acutely aware that the temptation in such pressing moments is to try to make any kind of “return to tradition” as thick, or maximal, as possible, in the mistaken belief that such an approach will provide us with the most effective defensive wall.

But, one of the things our culture as a whole values extremely highly is openness to new evidences and insights and the freedom to employ our faculty of critical reason on these same evidences and insights so as to be able to change our minds/opinions when we need to. 

Consequently, one significant problem is that all thick and maximal returns clearly opens up the possibility that we’ll simply end up returning to too many of the old philosophical and religious dogmas and creeds that, within Christianity and Platonism, became wrongly and problematically attached to the names, ideas and ideals of the human Jesus and Socrates. 

In short, which ever way you cut it, it is almost always the case that projects claiming to “return to tradition” — even when they are intended to protect liberal, democratic and rational ideals — are likely to imperil that same freedom and openness and, in the end, only serve to steer our culture in an increasingly illiberal, anti-democratic and anti-rational direction. 

So, to be clear, from where I am standing, any return to tradition which helps restore in a substantive, creedal or doctrinal way, the Christian religion and Platonic philosophy would, ultimately, be a disaster for us. Whatever is required must assuredly remain heretical to its open-minded and open-hearted core.

So, if the project is not about restoring Christianity or Platonism then what is it I am hoping to achieve when I suggest European and North American liberals should, with the utmost seriousness and urgency, consider making a confident return to the human Jesus and Socrates as providing them with their best models of how best to be in the world? 

Well, an important thing to note is to remind you that the project I’ve been outlining over twenty five years of professional ministry, and now, in this first series of podcasts, is an extremely minimalistic one. 

In the first instance, it is important to realise that this minimalist project does not rely, in any fashion, upon belief in God. It doesn’t doctrinally rule out the possibility of traditional belief in God — that would be to close down a still unproven, if rather unlikely, possibility way too soon — but it most assuredly seeks to make it clear that belief in God is neither central, nor necessary, to the project.     

In the second instance when I talk about returning to the traditions of the human Jesus and Socrates it is vitally important to remember it is a return only to two very minimal presentations of them as models worthy of imitation. 

With regard to the human Jesus it is to learn from him a way of being in the world which is concerned to dissolve all of religion’s former supernatural God-talk, superstitious and apocalyptic ideas into a simple, if infinitely challenging, existential, ethical demand to show justice and love to our neighbours, enemies and all creation, right here, and right now. 

With regard to Socrates it is to learn from him a way of being in the world which helps people, through the disciplined employment of the Socratic method, freely to exercise their faculty of critical reason in seeking out new clues and empirical evidence about how the world is (and isn’t) and our current place in it.

That’s it. No more, nor any less.

Naturally, individual people and local communities, to more or less greater degrees, will always make their own images of Jesus and Socrates thicker than these minimal ones. But it is vital to the success of the collective project that these thicker images should never be imposed on everyone, everywhere as being either central, or necessary.

OK. But now I need to offer you an accessible and memorable picture of how these two minimalist strands might be understood to be woven together so as to provide a defence of secular, liberal, democratic European and North American culture and which does this in a fashion that preserves for us an appropriate, sturdy, structured way of remaining open to difference and new evidences and insights.

To do this I want to turn to a short, powerful poem by the contemporary poet, essayist, and translator, Jane Hirshfield (b. 1953).


“The Supple Deer” by Jane Hirshfield


The quiet opening 

between fence strands 

perhaps eighteen inches.


Antlers to hind hooves,

four feet off the ground, 

the deer poured through it.


No tuft of the coarse white belly hair left behind.


I don’t know how a stag turns 

into a stream, an arc of water.

I have never felt such accurate envy.


Not of the deer—


To be that porous, to have such largeness pass through me.


[This poem can be found in her wonder collection, Come, Thief (Knopf, 2011). I highly recommend it.]

Hirshfield begins by presenting, in a very minimal, almost calligraphic, brush-stroke way, the two characters who will play out before us an exquisite, miniature drama. The first is the wire fence, the second, a supple deer — a stag.


    The quiet opening 

    between fence strands 

    perhaps eighteen inches.

    

    Antlers to hind hooves,

    four feet off the ground 


These characters meet in the event when the deer suddenly pours through the wire fence leaving not even a scrap of hair as evidence this had occurred:


    the deer poured through it.

        

    No tuft of the coarse white belly hair left behind.

    

Now, if you have ever been privileged to see this happen you will know it occurs so fast and fluidly that, like Hirshfield, there is no time fully to comprehend how such a large and substantial creature like a stag


    turns into a stream, an arc of water. 


Like Hirshfield, in that mobile, moving moment of heightened wonder, we, too, may feel envy.

On my first reading of the poem this comment somewhat jarred because envy is strongly felt to be a problematic emotion. So why on earth, in this extraordinary moment, does Hirshfield seem to sully things by using the word “envy”? And why, too, does she modify it with the adjective “accurate”?

I think she does this to remind us of a vital human reality, that although we don’t often like to admit it, envy always exists and plays a significant role in our lives in at least two distinct ways, namely, as inaccurate (false) envy and accurate (true) envy. 

In this specific case, an inaccurate envy for me would be to envy the deer’s own particular kind of speed, grace and suppleness. Although, as a fifty-five year old, through a mix of cycling, walking and Tai Chi, I try my best to keep up my own appropriate human kind of speed, grace and suppleness, it would clearly be inaccurate to envy the kind of speed, grace and suppleness the deer is capable of expressing because I am not, and never will be, a deer. 

An “accurate envy” on the other hand would be for me to become envious of something which I am not yet like but which I both can — and perhaps should — become more like. 

So, if I cannot become like the deer, then what can, should I, become like?  

Hirschfield answers this by employing what journalists or film-makers called a delayed drop, when she suddenly, and wholly unexpectedly, tells us her envy is “Not of the deer” — something which the poem’s title might have led us to believe was the case — but, my oh my, her envy is of the wire fence’s. In particular the wire fence’s ability 


    To be that porous, to have such largeness pass through me.


This epiphanal moment reveals the poem is only secondarily focussed on the deer and that its suppleness and largess is primarily functioning as an aid to seeing something else, something which is usually unseen, in the poetic image this is the wire fence. And as a poetic image the wire fence stands for the many often unthought about structures which everywhere shape, define and delineate all aspects of our world and which helps make us this and not that kind of thing, creature, or culture.

OK, now I can return to a consideration of the project with which I began this piece.

I would gently, but strongly suggest that the fence we should be appropriately and accurately envying is one our culture has, and may yet still make, out of the interwoven, strong, minimalist strands of the human Jesus and Socrates I presented to you earlier. 

By appropriately and accurately envying them, and then trying to imitate their basic actions and methods in a disciplined fashion, we find there is released in us what the contemporary philosopher, James C. Edwards, has called the two “sacramental energies . . . that used to be bound up in the stories of the gods”. They are: “energies for limitation in the face of hubris and for transformation in the face of complacency” (James C. Edwards: “The Plain Sense of Things – The Fate of Religion in an Age of Normal Nihilism”, Penn State University Press, 1997 p. ix).

Naturally, Jesus and Socrates individually offer us examples of both energies at work. But, particularly with regard to energies for limitation in the face of hubris, we find Socrates’ dialectical method reveals, again and again, that the energy which helps drive a person towards developing an appropriately humble and truly wise manner of living is found in the moment they discover they know they know nothing, or at least when they come truly to know — to borrow the felicitous turn of phrase by the poet A. R. Ammons which appears in the introduction to this podcast — they know that there is no finality of vision, that we have perceived nothing completely and that, therefore, and thankfully, tomorrow a new walk is a new walk. 

And, particularly with regard to energies for transformation in the face of complacency, we find Jesus’ example reveals, again and again, how this energy is accessed only insofar as we learn to respond to the radical, infinite, ethical demand to show love and justice to our neighbour, our enemies and all creation right here and right now, and regardless of what our often complacent selves and culture would often have us do — namely simply to walk by on the other side of the road.

When we willingly give ourselves up to the accurate envy of Jesus and Socrates’ what we also learn is that together they have, and may yet still create for us a shared, wire-fence like, structure which helps meaningfully to shape and define how the world is and our place in it but which, at the same time, remains highly porous and open to the constant flux and flow of the world and so always capable of having “such largeness” and sacramental energies constantly pass through it to challenge our hubris and change us in the face of complacency. 

As I have noted elsewhere, and often, different cultures will, quite naturally, be able to weave their own porous fences out of different materials which they deem appropriate to their own histories and all my foregoing words simply serve to remind me — and I hope you — that own culture is clearly not the only one on the block and nor could it, and nor should it, be. 

However, having said that, I do wish strongly to claim that thanks to its very thinness and nearly-not-there-ness the minimalist form of liberal, democratic European and North American culture that I wish to promote and defend, still has great worth and, despite it’s many failings and real crimes through history, it continues to carry undischarged within it many things worth preserving and bringing to the common table and conversation of humankind. 

But, in the end — and in the spirit of Jesus and Socrates — I can do no more than simply invite you to consider this claim further and to invite you into a conversation about it.

—o0o—

LIVE EVENING ZOOM CONVERSATION

If you would like to join a conversation about this piece on Wednesday 4th November at 19.30 GMT you can join a live Zoom event. Please note that the event will be recorded. 

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: 

Arrivals/login

19.30 - approx. 20.00: 

Streaming of the most recent podcast "Making Footprints Not Blueprints" 

<https://www.buzzsprout.com/1378024/6155470>

20.00 - 21.00: 

Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends 

Those of you who have already listened to the podcast and who only wish to join in the conversation are invited to login to the meeting at around 19.50

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church Wednesday Evening Conversation

Time: Nov 4, 2020 07:30 PM London

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/86872616081?pwd=T1pqZ2dzS2hCL3E5UUtnWDRmN3UvUT09

Meeting ID: 868 7261 6081

Passcode: 827730


Athens or Jerusalem or Athens and Jerusalem? — Existentialism and Liberal Religion

25 October 2020 at 16:22
A podcast of this piece can be heard at the following link In three recent editions of this podcast I have spoken in various ways about why I think it is important to reassess and reconnect with the two key, model, ways of being-in-the-world which have decisively influenced, not only European and North American religious and secular culture in general, but also the particular, liberal religious, free-thinking, Unitarian tradition to which I belong. Those two models are the first-century Jewish rabbi, Jesus/Yeshua, and the Ancient Greek philosopher, Socrates.  Although, in the end, I find I’m not in agreement with Søren Kierkegaard’s (1813–1855) own philosophical conclusions about faith and belief, I remain completely supportive...

The Flight of the Phoenix — or what can be done to prepare for a future, post-COVID-19, time?

17 October 2020 at 15:03



In the current crisis, or rather set of overlapping crises, caused or exacerbated by the pandemic, everything we are and do is effected. To be sure there are individuals who, and institutions which, are suffering way more than others — and those discrepancies need to be acknowledged and acted upon — but, without doubt, for everyone, what once was is now either no longer or, extremely likely soon to be no longer. We can all see that businesses of all kinds, including theatres, music venues, shops, pubs, restaurants, factories, cinemas, holiday companies and airlines are all being threatened. Also on this list we must include, of course, religious and philosophical communities such as the very liberal one where I am minister. If, figuratively speaking, we take each of these collective ventures to be varieties of aircraft, then we may say that many of them have crashed, or are very close to crashing to earth and scattering its various occupants and components across a very inhospitable landscape. I realise that this is not an uplifting image to bring before you and, although I’m going to use the next few minutes to offer a narrative which offers us the prospect of moving on from this situation in a positive, if very modest way, the background to the picture I paint cannot be anything other than a challenging, frightening and depressing one. But, as the British Idealist philosopher F. H. Bradley (1846-1924) once wrote: “Where everything is bad it must be good to know the worst” (Appearance and Reality, Clarendon Press, Oxford, 1893, p. x). 

With this thought in mind let me move closer to my very modest positive thought by recounting to you the basic storyline of a film made in 1965 which utterly captivated me as a child growing up in the 1970s called, “The Flight of the Phoenix”. Based on a novel written by Elleston Trevor, the film was directed by Robert Aldrich and starred James Stewart as Frank Towns, the captain of a twin engined Fairchild C-82 cargo plane.

Whilst Towns and a dozen or so other men involved in the oil industry are flying across the Sahara desert en route to Benghazi in Libya, they encounter a sudden sandstorm which shuts down both engines and forces them to crash-land in the desert. Those who were not killed instantly necessarily quickly turn their attention to the question of how to stay alive until rescue comes. Although they have a large quantity of dates on board they realise that, at best, their water will last for only a couple of weeks. When help doesn’t immediately come three of the crew attempt to walk to an oasis. Days later, one of them returns alone to the crash site and very near to death. Not surprisingly, despair threatens to set in. However, one among them, an aeronautical engineer called Dorfmann (played by Hardy Krüger), has the seemingly crazy idea that perhaps they can build another, smaller aircraft from out of the wreckage and fly themselves to safety in that. It may be a crazy idea but it helps them all begin to focus their remaining energy and hopes on something both possible and positive. However, as they proceed with their plan, Towns and his navigator Moran (played by Richard Attenborough) discover that Dorfmann designs model aeroplanes and not, as they had initially assumed, full-sized aircraft. Although Dorfmann insists that the principles are exactly the same, Towns and Moran are, understandably, horrified at the idea of attempting to fly an aircraft made by a man who, as they say, works with “toys”. However, without any other plan to follow Towns and Moran decide to press on without telling the surviving members of the crew about their discovery. As you might imagine much of the film’s impact is to be found in its exploration of the wild emotional ups and downs felt by the protagonists during their ordeal. All of that I leave aside for you to discover yourself and here I’ll simply jump to the end of the film when the, by now single engined, aircraft is finally finished which, with an explicit nod to the ancient Greek legend, they christen “The Phoenix”, after the mythological bird which obtains its new life by rising from the ashes of its predecessor.

After naming the aircraft a few more tense moments follow as they try to start the engine — they only have seven starter cartridges and the first four of them fail. Fortunately, the engines do start and the plane succeeds in taking-off by sliding down a steep sand-dune to help pick up speed. With the surviving crew tied to its wings, the Phoenix succeeds in flying to a near-by oasis where they experience both the ecstasy that comes with having survived something catastrophic and also, especially for Towns and Dorfmann, the consummating joys of reconciliation.

Now why do I tell you this story in the context of our current pandemic? Well, because it seems to me to be a parable that tells us exactly the kind of activity we need to be engaging in in connection with our various crashed, or soon to crash aircraft, and whether those aircraft are businesses or religious and philosophical communities such as our own. Many of these attempts will fail but some will succeed and, towards the end of this short talk, I will concentrate simply on what it is that I think needs to be done in this, specifically Unitarian, free-thinking, liberal religious community. However, as I do this, I trust that, in a very general way, it may stand as an example that can be applied more widely.

But let’s firstly look at three key things I think we can learn from the film. 

The first thing to note is that the Phoenix is built only by using the material and resources that are actually to hand in the wreckage lying about on the desert floor. That’s it. Nothing that isn’t already present and available to the crew can be drawn upon or used, no matter how much they would like any of those ideal things.  

The second thing to note is that the Phoenix is designed and built out of only the most important, absolutely necessary and still serviceable bits of the wreckage, and it is built only with the intention of carrying what the crew decide is the most minimal and most important payload of all, namely, themselves with all their own stories, dreams and values.

The third thing to note is that the Phoenix is not designed in their moment of crisis to be, in-and-of-itself, some permanent, beautiful, shiny, super-efficient, world-beating or new and innovative creation; it is a thing knowingly built using old, existing technology and knowledge simply to make a wholly pragmatic, short, emergency flight from out of the hell in which the crew currently find themselves so as to have a chance of finding another, temporary, but survivable abode at an oasis. It is only if and when they get there that, following a time properly to recover, regroup and rethink, they might then turn their thoughts engaging in some grander, innovative, longer-term project. 

Now, to begin to move in a modestly positive fashion towards a time of constructive conversation, let me run through these same three points but by explicitly connecting them to what it is I think our Unitarian community needs to do in this crisis.

The first thing to realise is that our own Phoenix can only be built using the materials and resources that are actually to hand and lying about us on the desert floor. This means that we need to look carefully around at all the scattered bits of our congregation’s former form-of-life to see what is actually to hand and still serviceable. We need to be aware that the shattering of our old aircraft may have brought to light certain formerly hidden materials and resources that we had either forgotten about or didn’t even fully appreciate were part of our old construction. A vitally important point to remember here is that we cannot proceed by relying on materials and resources that appear on any kind of ideal wish-list. Some lucky something or other may turn up whilst we are attempting to build our Phoenix but we cannot afford to make any plans that are completely dependent upon the turning up of that lucky something or other.    

The second thing to note is that our Phoenix can only be designed and built out of the most important, absolutely necessary and serviceable bits of our wreckage and only so as to be able to carry on a short flight what we decide is the most minimal and most important payload of all, namely, our own liberal, free-thinking religious traditions’ best and still serviceable motive powers,  dreams and values. For our own tradition they are those religious and philosophical practices which centre upon the two central figures I spoke about with you two weeks ago, namely, the wholly human Jesus and the Ancient Greek philosopher, Socrates.

To remind you:

With regard to the human Jesus it is to build with and carry out of the desert a way of being in the world which is concerned to dissolve all of religion’s former supernatural, superstitious and apocalyptic ideas into a simple, if always challenging, existential, ethical demand for justice and love for all creation, right here, and right now. (Just to reinforce something very important here — please note that following the human Jesus need have absolutely nothing to belief in God as Julian Baggini’s new book, “The Godless Gospel, makes eloquently and very attractively clear.)

With regard to Socrates it is to build with and carry out of the desert a way of being in the world that helps people freely exercise their faculty of critical reason in seeking out new clues and empirical evidence about how the world is (and isn’t) and our current place in it.

In short, the human Jesus and Socrates are our tradition’s only available and still serviceable motive forces and pair of wings and, along with ourselves, they are also our most valuable cargo. Other kinds of crashed aircraft (whether businesses or religious communities) will, of course, have other kinds of available motive forces, pair of wings and valuable cargo. But it is their task, and not ours, to build a Phoenix out of those things. Our task is simply to build something serviceable out of the examples of the human Jesus and Socrates to help get ourselves out of the desert and to some kind of oasis for the work to come.

The third thing to note is that in this immediate moment of crisis our Phoenix need not be in-and-of-itself some kind of shiny, new, permanent, beautiful, super-efficient, world-beating or new and innovative creation. All that is required of us is to use our existing religious and philosophical knowledge to build some ad hoc form-of-life out of the materials and resources actually to hand. The question of what we might think about building later on is for later, if and when we have succeeded in flying to, and landing at, an oasis, and have had time to recover, regroup and rethink.

So, to conclude, although the form-of-life that is our freethinking, liberal religious community is highly likely to look significantly different in a post COVID-19 world to the way it looked like only six months ago, our job right at this moment is NOT to build that new thing. That’s a job for when, and if, we make it to the oasis. The job, right now, is simply to build our Phoenix, get it into the air with ourselves, the human Jesus and Socrates on board, and attempt to set a decent and ethical course that has some reasonable chance of bringing us to some kind of oasis. As to what may follow, only time and luck will tell. 

But right now, at least as far as I am concerned, we know what it is we must do: build and fly our Phoenix.

—o0o—

LIVE EVENING ZOOM CONVERSATION

If you would like to join a conversation about this piece on Wednesday 21st October at 19.30 you can join a live Zoom event. Please note that the event will be recorded. 

Here’s the timetable:

19.15-19.30: 

Arrivals/login

19.30 - approx. 20.00: 

Streaming of the most recent podcast "Making Footprints Not Blueprints" <https://www.buzzsprout.com/1378024/5935156>

20.00 - 21.00: 

Questions to, and conversations with, Andrew James Brown moderated by Courtney Whalen Van de Weyer

21:00: Event ends 


Those of you who have already listened to the podcast and who only wish to join in the conversation are invited to login to the meeting at around 20.00.

Topic: Cambridge Unitarian Church Evening Conversation

Time: Oct 21, 2020 07:30 PM London

Join Zoom Meeting

https://us02web.zoom.us/j/84392377109?pwd=V2pGMjlKS2dQWTdYeFI2QzVxWGdHdz09

Meeting ID: 843 9237 7109

Passcode: 533306

Short-circuiting the parable of the mustard seed—a meditation at Harvest-time giving thanks for all the children involved in the School Strike for Climate movement

10 October 2020 at 13:27

READINGS

Matthew 13:31-32 (in David Bentley Hart’s translation)

[Jesus] set another parable before them saying: “The Kingdom of the heavens is like a mustard seed that a man took and sowed in his field, which is indeed the smallest of all seeds, but when it grows it is larger than garden herbs and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the sky come and dwell in its branches.”

Matthew 13:31–32 in John Dominic Crossan’s presentation in ‘The Essential Jesus’ (Castle Books 1998, p. 51)

The Kingdom of God is mustard

 a seed small enough

  to get lost among others

 a plant large enough

  to shelter birds in its shade.

  —o0o—

In our own age, when it comes to the parable of the mustard seed, we find it very hard avoid the traditional interpretation that has become attached to it. We’re tempted to say straightaway that it’s obvious, it’s a simple lesson we can read off the face of nature about growth — namely, that things which will eventually become large and expansive begin with something very small and compact.

Of course, it is sometimes true that small things do become large and, in the case of mustard seeds, they do, indeed, become large plants and, whilst calling them tree-like is a stretch for even the most imaginative of us, they do grow to a height of three or four feet. Jesus must surely have had this in mind when he told his parable. But was that all he had in mind?

To answer this question let’s first do a little bit of what the contemporary Slovenian philosopher and all-round bête-noir, Slavoj Žižek, calls ‘short-circuiting.’ Žižek notes that:

‘ . . . one of the most effective critical procedures [is] to cross wires that do not usually touch: to take a major classic (text, author, notion) and read it in a short circuiting way, through the lens of a “minor” author, text or conceptual apparatus (“minor” should be understood here in Deluze’s sense: not of “lesser quality”, but marginalized, disavowed by the hegemonic ideology, or dealing with a “lower”, less dignified topic). If the “minor” reference is well chosen, such a procedure can lead to insights which completely shatter and undermine our common perceptions’ (‘The Monstrosity of Christ’, Slavoj Žižek and John Millbank, MIT, 2009, pp. vii-viii).

Žižek thinks that sometimes this process doesn’t simply bring to light something new in the text or tradition, but it can also serve to make us ‘aware of another — disturbing — side of something [we] knew all the time’ (ibid. p. viii).

A fine example of the art of short-circuiting in connection with the parable of the mustard seed is offered to us by John Dominic Crossan whose translation of the parable you have already heard. The first ‘minor’ author Crossan uses as a lens through which to look at Jesus’ parable is the Roman author, naturalist, natural philosopher, naval and army commander of the early Roman Empire, Pliny the Elder (23–79 AD). Crossan reminds us that Pliny wrote:

‘Mustard ... with its pungent taste and fiery effect is extremely beneficial for the health. It grows entirely wild, though it is improved by being transplanted: but on the other hand when it has once been sown it is scarcely possible to get the place free of it, as the seed when it falls germinates at once’ (Natural History: 19.170-171).

The second ‘minor’ author, or rather authors, Crossan uses as a lens though which to look, are those who, redacted the Mishnah in early third-century CE, a text which later on came to form part of the Talmud. In the Mishnah the authors tell us that, because of its tendency to run wild, the planting of mustard seed in a garden was forbidden in Jewish Palestine (Mishnah Kilayim 3:2). There is a very high degree of probability that Jesus would have been aware of this teaching and, given this, Crossan feels, along with the historian of first-century Palestine, Douglas Oakman, that: ‘It is hard to escape the conclusion that Jesus deliberately likens the rule of God to a weed.’ Crossan, continuing to look through these lenses concludes that the point of Jesus’ parable:

‘. . . is not just that the mustard plant starts as a proverbially small seed and grows into a shrub of three or four feet, or even higher, it is that it tends to take over where it is not wanted, that it tends to get out of control, and that it tends to attract birds within cultivated areas where they are not particularly desired. And that, said Jesus, was what the Kingdom was like: not like the mighty cedar of Lebanon and not quite like a common weed, but like a pungent shrub with dangerous takeover qualities. Something you would want only in small and carefully controlled doses — if you could control it’ (John Dominic Crossan, ‘Jesus — A Revolutionary Biography’, Harper San Francisco 1994, pp. 64-66).

Well, well, well. As Žižek noted thought can make us ‘aware of another — disturbing — side of something [we] knew all the time’. 

It’s something we can most easily see through the lens of an old gag I am, perhaps, overly fond of telling, namely, that although Jesus promised us the kingdom of God (or the kingdom of the heavens), what we actually got was the Christian Church. Given this perhaps we should be asking ourselves whether Jesus might have planted the wrong seed by mistake? He may have thought he was planting a seed that would  grow into a flourishing, peaceable kingdom but what actually grew was an institution with very dangerous takeover qualities indeed, and one which quickly got wildly out of hand. The Christian Church became an institution which, as it grew ever larger and became the religion of empire, began to bring with it terrible consequences as it provided branches in which too many people who desired imperial, kingly or purely personal power and oversight could settle and who were filled with an insatiable appetite for swooping down upon the common land and the common people to inflict upon them two millennia of violence, corruption, crusades, inquisitions and much more besides.

This is neither a pleasant historical memory nor thought and it may seem the best we can say in Jesus’ favour was that the Christian Church was simply not the fruit of the seed he sowed two millennia ago and that the tiny mustard seed of the kingdom of the heavens Jesus actually planted was stillborn and never able properly to germinate and flourish as he had hoped it would. Perhaps, perhaps not. 

But what happens if we bring Crossan’s short-circuited meaning of Jesus’ parable into our own age and ask whether it speaks to any thing around us today? 

Well, it seems to me not unreasonable to suggest that Greta Thunberg and her many fellow young climate activists may stand as a classic examples of mustard seeds growing in just the fashion understood by Jesus in first-century Jewish Palestine. In August 2018 outside the Swedish Parliament Thunberg began, completely alone, a ‘School strike for climate’. An action in which only two years later, and even now during lockdown, she is regularly being joined by huge numbers of students across the globe.

Again and again over the last couple of years it has struck me that the School Strike for Climate movement may well make for a better candidate for being a genuine fruit of Jesus’ mustard seed than the historic Christian Church ever was.

To see what I mean and to conclude this piece, let me walk through Crossan’s conclusion again with this thought in mind.

It’s not just that our children start out as proverbially small and grow into creatures only a couple of feet higher than mustard plants, it is that they, too, tend take over where we stick-in-the-mud, stubborn and frankly short-sighted adults often don’t want them, they tend to get out of our control and their hearts and minds, like the branches of the mustard plant, tend to attract new and swift-winged, scientifically informed ideas within areas of our lives which we adults have populated with often problematic, destructive, out-dated and outmoded ideas and practices. Of course, we adults don’t desire this kind of thing to happen because it brings with it a serious challenge to our old ways of being-in-the-world, not least of all to our selfish and excessive consumption and waste, meat-eating, fossil fuel, car and aeroplane use which are clearly destroying the basic ecosystem upon which all life on this planet depends.

It seems to me that our children’s involvement in these School Strikes for Climate is very similar to what Jesus said the mustard seed growing into the kingdom would be like: not like the mighty cedar of Lebanon and not quite like a common weed, but like a pungent shrub with dangerous takeover qualities — dangerous, of course, but only to our old ways of being which we all know we must urgently change.

Socrates & Jesus vs the strongmen leaders

3 October 2020 at 11:43

At the beginning of Book VI (l. 61) of the De Rerum Natura (On the Nature of Things), Lucretius reminds us that, when under stress, people tend “to revert . . . to their earlier superstitions”. Given that we are clearly in a time when all of us around the world are under great stress from the pandemic this is why in my piece for you last week called “Cool It”, I reminded you of the great value of keeping the use of reason and evidence at the very heart of any freethinking community such as our own which was born out of the intertwining critical traditions of Enlightenment-inspired philosophy and liberal religion. A close reading of our history gives us good reasons to be confident that it is only through the continued, careful and consistent use of reason and empirical evidence gathering that we can ensure superstition does not enter back into play amongst ourselves even though, alas, it is clearly seeing a resurgence in the increasingly stressed wider world.

But, even as we continue to employ reason and empirical evidence as a bulwark against the return of superstition, we need to be acutely aware that times of stress also increase the desire in many people for strong religious and political leaders who are prepared openly to claim that they have THE ANSWER and are, therefore, able to offer their followers a stress-free, coherent and contradiction-free life-style. The current crop of nationalistic and xenophobic movements in the world (many of which are explicitly tying their nationalism to traditional forms of religion) all claim to be able to give people just such a stress-free, coherent and contradiction-free life-style.

Perhaps, inevitably, this situation raises the question of what kind of leadership our own freethinking, liberal religious and Enlightenment-inspired philosophy is, or might be able to offer a stressed world? 

Since the eighteenth-century one of the answers to this question we have occasionally given is to point to the kind of ethical and philosophical leadership that was displayed by the wholly human, historical Jesus and by the Ancient Greek philosopher Socrates. To echo some words written by Søren Kierkegaard (1813–1855) whilst on his deathbed, the only analogy I have for what I am doing is Socrates. My task is the Socratic task of revising the definition of what it means to be a person who continues to take the example of human Jesus with the utmost seriousness (cf. Edward F. Mooney: “On Søren Kierkegaard: Dialogue, Polemics, Lost Intimacy, and Time”, Ashgate 2007, p. 8)

Today, I’m not going to explore the model of leadership the wholly human Jesus might offer us except to reiterate a point I often make, namely, that contrary to the claims of Christianity, there is good reason to think that Jesus taught, henceforth and forever, God (or whatever ultimate concern we mean by the word God) was present only in and as one’s neighbour — including those neighbours whom we perceive (rightly or wrongly) to be our enemies. In so doing Jesus opened the door for us to begin the long process of dissolving all of religion’s former supernatural, superstitious and apocalyptic ideas into a simple, if always extremely challenging, ethical demand for justice and love for all creation, right here, and right now.     

I have no doubts that I’ll return now and then to this humanistic, existential and even a-theistic understanding of Jesus in other episodes. But let me now turn to the kind of leadership that was displayed by Socrates. 

Socrates taught that the best way for us to proceed was by the careful use of a basic method of enquiry which is, today, named after him, the “Socratic Method.” 

In Plato’s early dialogues it is the technique Socrates uses to investigate, for example, the nature or definition of ethical concepts such as justice or virtue. It moves through the following basic steps:
  • 1) Socrates’ conversation partner asserts a thesis, for example “Courage is endurance of the soul”, which Socrates considers false and wishes to challenge.
  • 2) Socrates then gets his conversation partner to agree to further premises, for example “Courage is a fine thing” and “Ignorant endurance is not a fine thing.”
  • 3) Socrates then argues, and gets his conversation partner to agree, that these further premises contradict the original thesis, in this case it leads to, for example, “courage is not endurance of the soul.”
  • 4) Socrates then claims that he has shown his conversation partner’s thesis to be false and that its negation is true.
Each working through of the method leads to some new and, hopefully, more refined examination of the concept under consideration. Now it’s absolutely vital to see that anything approaching a full Socratic inquiry requires a repeated use of this technique which ends, not in possession of the final truth of the matter but, instead, in what is called “aporia”, that is to say doubt or puzzlement.

To pursue philosophy in this fashion is, therefore, to drink deeply a strange mix of disappointment and wonder. Disappointment that one’s initial ideas have turned out to be mistaken, but wonder at the process by which (and the person through whom) one has discovered this and been able to learn something new or, at least, something more nuanced about our world. In short, whilst continuing to love and seek wisdom, the person following Socrates’ method recognises that they neither possess this wisdom nor, in all probability, ever will. It keeps the future radically open and free for them and, importantly, ensures that tomorrow a new walk is a new walk.

The art critic, media theorist, and philosopher, Boris Groys (b. 1947) makes it clear that through these dialogues Socrates has no intention of producing coherent and paradox-free speech. Instead, Socrates is content with discovering and revealing the paradoxes in the speeches of his opponents. And rightly so, says Groys, for simply 

“ . . . by exposing the paradoxes hidden beneath the surface of sophistical speech, evidence of such intense effulgence shines forth that listeners and readers of the Platonic dialogues become fascinated, and for lengthy periods are unable to tear themselves away from [Socrates]. It is entirely sufficient to point out the hidden paradox, to uncover it, to disclose it, for the required evidence to arise. The further step of formulating a contradiction-free discourse is unnecessary” (Boris Groys: “The Communist Postscript”, Verso, 2010, p. **).

So, to return again to a point I made at the beginning of this piece: what worries me is not “aporia”, i.e. doubt or puzzlement but, instead, that in times of stress there are always so many people out in the world who, for one reason or another, are willing to claim they can put an end to doubt and puzzlement and can produce for you coherent and contradiction-free speech. These are the sophistical people who have some kind of end product to sell us whether it be a political program, a Mercedes or a metaphysical religion. The basic aim of their sophistical speech is to sell you a product that additionally makes you believe we can buy into some coherent, contradiction-free life-style to be enjoyed either in this world and/or the next. Once you have bought into the life-style/product promoted by the sophists their further aim is always then to close down any further questioning or thought for as long as possible so that you will remain loyal to this or that political, commercial or religious brand. In some real way, then, sophistry and the idea that there can exist contradiction-free ideologies/discourse is always and only about gaining power over other people’s feelings and behaviours. It is about closing down as much as possible the possibility that a person can make any new discoveries about the world and how those same people might best and creatively be able to live reasonably in it by taking full account of the new, available evidence.  

Right at this moment, in the midst of a global pandemic and amidst the kinds of stress-making political and cultural confusions caused by things like climate change, COVID-19, Trump and Brexit, it’s as plain as a pikestaff to me that there are both a lot more people than usual desperate to buy into any institution and/or person who can claim to be able offer them contradiction-free ideologies/discourse, and also a lot more people and/or institutions than usual willing to make that claim.

It seems to me that we who remain committed to the continued existence of Enlightenment-inspired free-thought and/or forms of liberal religion must be very careful not to fall prey to the temptation of ever thinking that, perhaps, we might somehow be able to add to this dangerous market place of ideas by producing our own “distinctive” brand of a putatively stress- and contradiction-free ideology/discourse. 

Instead, in these stressful times, I personally think we best and most effectively show appropriate leadership in two, straightforwardly humanistic ways.

The first humanistic way is by continuing bravely to encourage people to continue to follow in the footsteps of Socrates. We do this by conversationally challenging any and every form of speech which, by pretending to offer a completely coherent and contradiction-free blueprint for living, reveals it is really only seeking to stop people from seeing that the world is, in fact, always a highly puzzling, complex, plural and always moving domain and that to negotiate it as well as is possible it is always necessary for people freely to be exercising their faculty of reason in seeking out new clues and empirical evidence about how the world is and our current place in it.

The second humanistic way is by continuing bravely to encourage people to continue to follow in the footsteps of the wholly human Jesus by dissolving all of religion’s former supernatural, superstitious and apocalyptic ideas into a simple, if always challenging, existential, ethical demand for justice and love for all creation, right here, and right now.

Importantly, very importantly, when we as individuals and together are able confidently to embody these two intertwining examples of leadership, we do not, thereby, help to deliver up to our already overheated and increasingly superstitious and authoritarian-minded world just one more putative single, completely coherent and contradiction-free blueprint. Instead, we simply offer a genuinely free, cooling, companionable, reasonable, just and loving method by which diverse kinds of people may freely and creatively imitate in their own lives the same kind of free and creative footsteps once made by Jesus and Socrates.

Cool It

26 September 2020 at 12:52

During the week an acquaintance of mine reminded me of a passage found in Bernard Williams’ (1929–2003) last book “Truth and Truthfulness” in the chapter entitled “Truthfulness, Liberalism, Critique” (Princeton University Press, 2002, p. 216). Williams writes:

‘Moreover, the Internet shows signs of creating for the first time what Marshall McLuhan prophesied as a consequence of television, a global village, something that has the disadvantages both of globalization and of a village. Certainly it does offer some reliable sources of information for those who want it and know what they are looking for, but equally it supports that mainstay of all villages, gossip. It constructs proliferating meeting places for the free and unstructured exchange of messages which bear a variety of claims, fancies, and suspicions, entertaining, superstitious, scandalous, or malign. The chances that many of these messages will be true are low, and the probability that the system itself will help anyone to pick out the true ones is even lower. In this respect, post-modern technology may have returned us dialectically to a transmuted version of the pre-modern world, and the chances of acquiring true beliefs by these means, except for those who already have knowledge to guide them, will be much like those in the Middle Ages. At the same time, the global nature of these conversations makes the situation worse than in a village, where at least you might encounter and perhaps be forced to listen to some people who had different opinions and obsessions. As critics concerned for the future of democratic discussion have pointed out, the Internet makes it easy for large numbers of previously isolated extremists to find each other and talk only among themselves.’

Williams’ words struck me powerfully when I first read them some eighteen years ago but they particularly struck home this week because, thanks to the COVID-19 pandemic, all of us have been forced to make much more use of the internet than we had before. Shopping, work, meeting people, getting our news, finding out about this or that, all is now being done more and more online.  

In terms of our local community here in Cambridge the most obvious example of this is seen in the closing of our buildings, the cessation of our face-to-face meetings and the beginning of our meeting on Zoom. In order to continue to let people know what we are currently up to, our activities are now almost exclusively advertised online via social media platforms such as Twitter and Facebook and our own website.

This, in turn, throws everything we publish, say, do and think into a global “machine” run according to the workings of algorithms designed, for the most part, by people who care for little else than “pure” profit and economic, financial and political influence, power and control. They have written algorithms which log all our searches/likes/dislikes and then begin to manipulate the kinds of things we will get to see the next time we go online to do anything whatsoever. 

If, like me, you’ve been keeping an eye on this over the past few years the preceding information will come as no surprise to you. However, more recently, this kind of manipulation of data has got far, far worse and we’ve begun to see very disturbing examples of how these algorithms are now regularly being used to influence elections and referenda in entirely inappropriate (and actually often illegal) ways, especially through the propagation of what has now become known as fake-news, alternative-facts and deep-fakes. Once the algorithms have logged your current passions/preferences/prejudices then you will be actively targeted to receive content that simply feeds and enflames your current passions/preferences/prejudices, whatever they are, and it won’t matter a fig whether the content you receive is true or false. 

Things are now getting so bad that even employees of a notoriously secretive company like Facebook are becoming more willing to break ranks and speak out about the dangers inherent in this way of proceeding. Indeed, I hope that all of you will have read some of the stories which have broken in the last couple of years, for example, the Facebook/Cambridge Analytica scandal. But one story broke this week which strongly resonated both with Williams’ words and which, I think, speaks directly to what I see as a significant difficulty currently facing a community such as our own which was born out of the dissenting, free-thinking, liberal religious, Enlightenment tradition which privileged truth, truthfulness and the use of cool, critical reason in matters pertaining to religion/philosophy/politics over mere inherited hot prejudice and putative, unsubstantiated divine revelation/s.

The investigative tech-journalist Casey Newton published a piece this week which includes an interview with a Facebook engineer who has worked on Facebook groups, i.e. pages meant for users with common interests where they can share information/knowledge/beliefs on that subject. Any person or organisation can create a group about any topic, cause or event and, not surprisingly, many liberal religious communities have started such groups, some open to public view, others not.  

Casey was told by one engineer that they found the group recommendation algorithm to be the single scariest feature of the platform — the darkest manifestation, they said, of data winning arguments. Here’s what the engineer said:

‘“They try to give you a mix of things you’re part of and not part of, but the aspect of the algorithm that recommends groups that are similar to the one that you’re part of are really dangerous,” the engineer said. “That’s where the bubble generation begins. A user enters one group, and Facebook essentially pigeonholes them into a lifestyle that they can never really get out of.”’

Now, usually, when a writer like me from an avowedly liberal tradition begins to write about these subjects their concerns are mostly focused on the kinds of lifestyles being encouraged by groups that are obviously antithetical to liberals and their usual concerns. Not surprisingly I do have such concerns because it is now possible to see — both in the media and out on our actual streets — how right-wing, anti-democratic, anti-vax, COVID-denying, authoritarian, nationalistic, xenophobic, racist and, yes, fascistic groups, are currently being emboldened everywhere to make their presence known. But, as Jesus memorably and wisely reminds me, before I make any attempt to remove the speck in my neighbour’s (or enemy’s) eye, I must firstly do my level best to remove the many logs that are undoubtedly lodged in my own eyes (Matthew 7:5). And, during lockdown, boy have I found logs by the decimated forest load. 

Over the past six months, not surprisingly, I have tried my best to begin properly to think through some of many huge implications of what is going on and how, in liberal religious circles, we might best negotiate the pandemic and its aftermath. As part of this process I began to visit some of the many conversations going on in various public, liberal religious, Facebook groups in the hope that I might find there some useful pointers. Alas, what I all too often discovered were exactly the same problems as those found in right-wing groups and which were predicted by Williams eighteen years ago. I found groups that were full of mere gossip and (internal and external) virtue-signalling and which were, as Williams feared, clearly ‘constructing proliferating meeting places for the free and unstructured exchange of messages which bear a variety of claims, fancies, and suspicions, entertaining, superstitious, scandalous, or malign.’ I saw very little concern (or ability?) displayed by members of these groups gently, but firmly, to structure the conversation through the disciplined use of cool reason and evidenced-based arguments and, as I read though various posts, it was as clear to me as it was to Williams, that the chances that many of the messages already posted (or soon to be posted) will be true were low, and the probability that the system itself will help anyone to pick out the true ones was even lower. Unsubstantiated and over-heated opinion and superstitious, uncritical belief could be found bursting out all over the place and nowhere was there any proper, sustained, evidenced-based, reasoned calling out of this. On the few occasions I saw such an attempt made (alas, often clumsily made by a person clearly at the end of their tether) all too often there merely followed a collective feeding-frenzy claiming that the person being critical had shown themselves to be disgustingly illiberal by their willingness to point that idea X or Y was, actually, little more than mere superstition and arrant nonsense.

When our online (putatively) liberal religious fora cease any longer to be places where prejudice and superstition can be effectively (if always gently and sensitively) challenged through the use of cool reason and evidence, where are we, or where on earth are we heading? This is especially pressing when we cannot easily or safely meet face to face. 

In the eighteenth-century our communities became widely known as “rational dissenters” and, whilst it is true we could at times wildly overdo the rational element (after all there are obviously limits to reason as there are limits to everything else), the use of reason and empirical evidence was a sine qua non of our religious/philosophical practice. It was one of our own, Thomas Jefferson (1743–1826),  who in 1787 memorably wrote to his young nephew, Peter Carr, about religion, saying:

‘Your reason is now mature enough to receive this object. In the first place divest yourself of all bias in favour of novelty and singularity of opinion. Indulge them in any other subject rather than that of religion. It is too important, and the consequences of error may be too serious. On the other hand shake off all the fears and servile prejudices under which weak minds are servilely crouched. Fix reason firmly in her seat, and call to her tribunal every fact, every opinion. Question with boldness even the existence of a god; because, if there be one, he must more approve the homage of reason, than that of blindfolded fear. [. . .] In fine, I repeat that you must lay aside all prejudice on both sides, and neither believe nor reject any thing because any other person, or description of persons have rejected or believed it. Your own reason is the only oracle given you by heaven, and you are answerable not for the rightness but uprightness of the decision.’

Today, not only do I not see any reason not to continue to affirm Jefferson’s basic approach (albeit with certain modern nuances/revisions), I see countless reasons why we MUST continue to affirm it. Consequently, I hope that here in Cambridge we will continue confidently to embody this practice and never allow people wishing to join our community the impression that here they have the unconditional right to believe whatever they like but, instead, to insisted that people who wish to join us fully understand and accept that, here, they only fully have the right to believe what they do on the basis of the careful use of reason and a proper, collective, peer-reviewed, critical examination of what the available evidence actually allows us meaningfully to believe about the world. 

This three-centuries-old approach means that our local community has always preferred to err on the side of displaying a healthy scepticism towards all maximal religious beliefs and to keep its own religious practice as minimalistic and practically orientated as possible. In practice for us this has meant agreeing (but never slavishly or uncritically) to follow the ethical example of human Jesus and, to set aside as being central to our community, belief in almost everything else metaphysical, up to and including belief in a deity. Naturally, individual members of this community will have all kinds of their own privately held, maximal, unevidenced beliefs about all kinds of things but, together, we need to make it clear that those same unevidenced maximal beliefs can never take a central place in our community’s collective practice/identity. Always the primary arbiter amongst us must be the cool application of reason and evidence, the only oracle that has ever been (and is likely ever to be) available to us.   

As I explored with you a couple of weeks ago in my piece entitled ‘A passionately cool political/theological meditation on Robert Frost’s poem “Fire and Ice”’ this means that, as your minister, I continue to take with the upmost seriousness an insight borrowed from the twentieth-century English philosopher, Michael Oakeshott (1901–1990), and encourage us only to use those poetic, philosophical, religious and political tools/strategies which tend, not towards inflaming passion by giving it new objects to feed upon but, instead, those which inject into the activities of already too passionate men and women an ingredient of moderation; those which offer ways which deliberately restrain, deflate, pacify and reconcile and which do not stoke the fires of desire, but damp them down.

In our current, transmuted version of the pre-modern world which is clearly getting way too over-heated (physically and ideologically) and increasingly being driven by unsubstantiated prejudice and superstition, our job as heirs of the rational dissenters is, surely, and quite literally, to cool it.

Thinking of Jonathan Harrison—friend and philosophical mentor—on the anniversary of his birth and death

19 September 2020 at 15:46

This week saw the anniversary of the death of an old friend, philosophical mentor and, in his latter years, member of this church community, Jonathan Harrison. Next Tuesday, September 22nd, would have been his 96th birthday.

For these and other reasons, Jonathan’s friendship and work was very much in my mind this week and on a number occasions I stopped with a cup of tea in my hand to look at the photo of him on my mantelpiece which I took in his house a couple of years before his death as we ate fish and chips together, polished off a nice bottle of wine (a glass of which you can see in the photo at the top of this post) and talked philosophy and religion on into the afternoon. In the last two years of his life this became a regular bi-weekly event to which I always looked forward and thoroughly enjoyed. 

Jonathan was born in 1924 in West Derby, Liverpool and in 1945 he gained his BA in Politics, Philosophy and Economics from Corpus Christi College/University of Oxford (MA, 1952). He was lecturer in philosophy at Durham University between 1947-1959, senior lecturer in philosophy at Edinburgh University between 1959-1964 and, finally, Professor of philosophy at Nottingham University between 1964-1988. During 1968 he was a visiting professor of philosophy at Northwestern University, Chicago. His best known books are, Our Knowledge of Right and Wrong (George Allen and Unwin, 1971), two books on Hume’s moral philosophy published by the Oxford University Press in 1976 and 1980 and, lastly, God, Freedom and Immortality (Ashgate, 1999).

Jonathan was hugely important to me in my role as a minister of religion because he helped me work carefully through the implications of being, like him, what he called “that embarrassing, but not, I think, uncommon thing, an atheist who has what appears to be [an] experience of the deity whom he believes not to exist” (God, Freedom and Immortality, p. 681).

Like Jonathan, I have continued to value hugely many aspects of my inherited liberal Christian tradition even as my belief in the existence of God has completely dissolved. Like him I continue to think that,

“Living a spiritual life may be regarded as paying attention to such intimations of the divine as one has in this world, without our having thought to any other world. Paying such attention might not suit everybody. I suspect doing so is more a matter of prudence than of morality. To love God, if I am right in thinking that it is possible to love a nonexistent God, cannot benefit him, for he does not, strictly speak, exist, but to love him may be of benefit to oneself” (God, Freedom and Immortality, p. 671).

In these difficult and discombobulating times — as I continue to explore the many, what seem to me, still undischarged energies to found in our religious tradition, even after the death of God — my paying attention to such intimations of the divine as I have in this world, without my having thought to any other world continues to help me negotiate (or at least begin to grapple with) the many significant and challenging “downs” I am currently experiencing as I view the current socio-political-ecological situation both in the UK and the wider world. I realise, of course, as did Jonathan, that “paying such attention” might not suit everybody but it might, just, suit one or two of you. Consequently, on the anniversary of his death and close to his birthday, I’d like to take the opportunity to reintroduce you to some of his thinking which can be found in the address I wrote for the congregation back in 2014 immediately following his death. You can find this at the following link:

In Memoriam: Jonathan Harrison (1924-2014) — On the religious benefits of running with the hares and hunting with the hounds and of having one’s cake and eating it

Jonathan thought — and I still, more or less, agree with him in this — that many of Christianity’s significant disadvantages might yet be overcome and he was prepared to state clearly that “the Christian ethic,” at least subject to the many criticisms he made of it, remains “a good one, though nothing in this world is perfect. It offers solace, comfort and help and the possibility of spiritual quietness, rest and solace which many sorely need and from which,” Jonathan suspected, “most would benefit” (God, Freedom and Immortality, p. 662).

But, as Jonathan also said, Christianity was not the only religion to provide such benefits and, although he hoped otherwise, he thought it was “unfortunate that these benefits are usually . . . bought, in their Christian form, at the price of accepting superstition and bad metaphysics” (God, Freedom and Immortality, p. 662).

In the kind of dark, pandemic days we currently find ourselves it is all too easy, as the Roman poet Lucretius recognised, for superstition and bad metaphysics significantly to begin to enter back into our lives and practices. I think that Jonathan’s philosophy — and I hope my own philosophy informed by his teaching and friendship — can still play a modest role in bringing into the open some of the undischarged benefits and energies of this Unitarian church’s liberal Christian tradition but without, at the same time, ever requiring you to accept any kind of superstition and/or bad metaphysics.

But whatever you think about all of the above, sometime on Tuesday evening, Jonathan’s birthday, why not raise a toast to one of Britain’s unsung philosophers and a much valued member of this unusual congregation. 

Requiescat in pace, Jonathan Harrison (1924-2014)

A passionately cool political/theological meditation on Robert Frost’s poem “Fire and Ice”

12 September 2020 at 14:14
Source: LA Times
This week it has proved impossible for me not to look at the images of the huge wild-fires burning all over the West Coast of the USA and to wonder if this is a vision of the way the world will end? Together the pictures of the inferno and the question brought to my mind Robert Frost’s (1874-1963) well-known poem, “Fire and Ice” first published in 1920:

Some say the world will end in fire,
  Some say in ice.
From what I’ve tasted of desire
I hold with those who favor fire.
  But if it had to perish twice,
I think I know enough of hate
  To say that for destruction ice
Is also great
  And would suffice.

In a well-known anecdote, the astronomer, Harlow Shapley (1885-1972), tells how, sometime in 1918/19, he had met the poet at a Harvard faculty get-together during which Frost had asked him the same question: “How will the world end?”. After some further chat and mingling with other guests Shapley was eventually able to answer Frost directly, saying: “either the earth would be incinerated, or a permanent ice age would gradually annihilate all life on earth.” This led Shapley (and many others) later to claim that the poem “illustrates one of the many ways in which scientific knowledge can influence the creation of a work of art and also elucidate the meaning of that work of art.”

Now I don’t want to deny that this influence is sometimes felt and acted upon by some artists — indeed, two of my favourite poets, the first-century Roman poet Lucretius and the mid twentieth-century poet A. R. Ammons were powerfully influenced by empirically derived knowledge — however, in the case of this poem by Frost it doesn’t quite stack up, not least of all, because it is clearly not about the future, physical end of the world (whenever that may turn out to be, and whether in fire or ice) but about an existential event potentially experienceable in the here and now of any person’s life. Fire and ice are, in this poem anyway, to be understood as symbols and not as scientific propositions (though in other contexts they may be that too).

It seems to me the most one can say is that Harlow Shapley’s striking (scientifically derived) juxtaposition of a world ending in either fire or ice triggered in Frost’s mind a strong recollection of Dante’s still extraordinary fourteenth-century religious poem, “The Inferno”, which forms the first part of his much larger epic entitled “The Divine Comedy.” Indeed, the literary critic, John N. Serio, feels that “in structure, style, and theme ‘Fire and Ice’ is a brilliant, gemlike compression of Dante’s Inferno.”

Satan devours Brutus, Cassius and Judas Iscariot
Thanks to Serio’s work, there are a great many interesting insights that I might bring before you about the connections between the two poems but, here, I only want to concentrate on that which is born out of Dante’s basic idea that the sins of reason are worse than sins of passion. Serio reminds us that Dante the Christian believed “reason is God’s greatest gift to humankind and, therefore, its perversion or misuse constitutes the worst possible sin: ‘But since fraud / Is the vice of which man alone is capable, / God loathes it most’ (Ciardi 11.24-26).” It is for this reason that Dante thinks these latter kind of people (epitomised by Dante as Brutus, Cassius and Judas Iscariot) are entombed in the three mouths of icebound Satan in the ninth and lowest level of hell (ibid.)

Now why do I tell you all this? Well, it’s because at the same time as the fires continue burning and we are all begin to realise (à la “Game of Thrones”) that “winter is coming”, I find myself looking at the current British and international news and seeing everywhere all kinds of disturbing, highly destructive and increasingly violent behaviours and power struggles breaking out that are clearly rooted either in fire (i.e. in passionate, but wholly unreflective and uncritical commitment to certain wholly unproven beliefs/prejudices) or ice (i.e. in the use of cold, knowingly fraudulent practices of deception for the purposes of gaining unrestricted political and financial power).

Whether I like it or not, and not withstanding Jesus’ injunction to “judge not, that ye be not judged” (Matthew 7:1), these kinds of behaviours are beginning to force someone like me, who most assuredly prefers to operate in a more temperate (political and religious) climate, to make some kind of judgement about how best to evaluate and then to begin to tackle those people who are increasingly in the thrall of either fire or ice. But, to return to Jesus’ teaching on this point, if I am to be forced into making some kind of judgement and a related practical attempt to remove the speck in my neighbour’s (or enemy’s) eye, I must firstly do my level best to remove the many logs that are undoubtedly lodged in my own eyes (Matthew 7:5).

One of the major logs that must be removed from my own eye is the idea that as a creature who through education and upbringing has come to prefer a climate neither too hot nor too cold, I am, therefore, somehow free of the extremes of fire and ice myself. That seems to me to be a dangerous delusion. Echoing Frost, I need frankly to acknowledge that I have, at times, been significantly (mis)shaped by both. In love, religion and politics I have at times found myself being driven along by an intense fire at one moment and then by cold, cold ice at another. I need to see clearly that I am not some merely innocent bystander but fully implicated in the human condition. Like Frost, over my lifetime so far, these experiences have inclined me to believe that from what I’ve tasted of desire I, too, hold with those who favour fire as that which is most likely to bring about the end of the world. However, again like Frost, I also know enough of hate to say that for destruction, ice is also great and would suffice.

Knowing this, as a species of (Christian-)atheist and performative new-materialist, I find myself (unusually) compelled to echo here the conclusion of Dante the Christian, namely, that it is the behaviours of those deeply embedded in ice in the lowest level of hell who are the most culpable, the most sinful and the most deserving of our critiques, exposure, censure and, where necessary, appropriate punishment. Through their continual (and increasing) deceptions and lies (whether made in relation to matters financial or connected with ideologies around religion, racism, white supremacy, nationalism, climate change denial, etc.) it is the ice-bound who are deliberately and knowingly choosing to fan the fiery hearts of those who, for the most part, and for many complex and understandable reasons, do not have (nor have any genuine, regular access to) a broad and informed picture of what is actually going in our world nor any hope of realising how their destructive and angry fire is consciously being (mis)directed by others.

Seeing the physical fires burning in the US (and, of course, those in the arctic circle and the Amazon), alongside the political/economic/social/nationalist fires we can see beginning dangerously to flare up across the globe, I cannot escape the conclusion that the ice-bound, through the conscious manipulation of the fiery, are seizing a once in a lifetime opportunity to reshape the world in favour of their own ninth-level-of-hell-ice-bound-values.

Frost realised that both fire and ice, whether alone or together, really do have the power to end the world — and whether the word “world” is understood to mean the complex, intra-acting eco-system that is our planet Earth and/or the associated complex, intra-acting human cultural and political international rules-based world that has (only) been in existence since the end of the Second World War.

In a world the human inhabitants of which are currently being polarised into either the fiery or the ice-bound there seems no longer to be any meaningful reason to adopt a more temperate approach. After all, at the moment, those of us who do try to make temperate points in the public space often quickly find their arguments (and nearly always themselves) simultaneously attacked by the fiery from one side and the ice-bound from the other. It can be — indeed, it often is — highly dispiriting. So, what on earth are those of us with a more temperate spirit to do?

Drawing on certain insights borrowed from the twentieth-century English philosopher Michael Oakeshott, I feel I can only answer by seeking out and offering through this blog/address (and when we are able to meet in person in the Cambridge Unitarian Church community) only those poetic, philosophical, religious and political tools/strategies which tend, not towards inflaming passion by giving it new objects to feed upon but, instead, those which inject into the activities of already too passionate men and women an ingredient of moderation; those which offer ways which deliberately restrain, deflate, pacify and reconcile and which do not stoke the fires of desire, but damp them down.

In doing this I am acutely aware that I am erring decidedly more towards the realms of ice than to those dominated by fire. I also realise that I can, therefore, be accused of consciously using my icy reason to manipulate the fiery in the hope that (just like those whom I distrust the most) the world might be reshaped more or less in favour of my own preferred values. Lastly, and far from leastly, I am also painfully aware that, recalling Dante’s warning, should I go too far in this direction then I will be a greater sinner and far more culpable and worthy of punishment than any of those who were driven purely by fire, and certainly as great a sinner as Dante thought were Brutus, Cassius and Judas Iscariot

But what else is there I can do especially if, knowing what I’ve tasted of desire, I’ve truly come to think that it is fire that will most likely bring about the end of the world? Given this, I find that I simply cannot, will not, join the ranks of the unreflectively fiery (whether religious or political) who have become wholly and uncritically committed to this or that belief, ideology, or simple prejudice. Consequently, I feel I have no choice but to continue to find ways to pour very cold water on all examples of this fire and, by so doing, attempt to direct its real energy to significantly less destructive ends. But with this there comes a considerable moral hazard — namely that of going too far towards the icy, ninth level of hell and of thinking I am absolutely right, or have the absolute right, always and everywhere to use my reason to persuade/bend others towards only my own preferred ends.

But in the end I think that this should be risked because, without buying into Thomas Jefferson’s deist metaphysics that informed him, I find that, in their general spirit, I concur with these words he wrote to his nephew Peter Carr in 1787: 

“Your own reason is the only oracle given you by heaven; and you are answerable, not for the rightness but for the uprightness of the decision”. 

In short, I suppose all I am really saying here is that I feel the need to remain fierily passionate about the icy use of reason to dampen a too-dangerous arising of that self-same passion, and whether it arises in me, or in others. In a knowingly paradoxical way I feel passionately compelled to promote only very, very cool, and very, very skeptical, forms of religion, philosophy and politics.

In all cases, of course, it is wise to remember, as (the aptly named) Frost observed, that although fire is likely to finish us off, ice, too, can always suffice.

“Where everything is bad it must be good to know the worst” and, “Where all is rotten it is a man’s work to cry stinking fish” — some warningly prophetic words from @RussInCheshire

8 September 2020 at 13:10
Jasper, a friend's cat of whom we are very fond
As many readers of this blog know, I am very much in agreement with something the late-nineteenth and early twenty-century British Idealist philosopher F. H. Bradley (1846-1924) once wrote, namely, that “Where everything is bad it must be good to know the worst” and “Where all is rotten it is a man’s work to cry stinking fish” (Preface to “Appearance and Reality”, 1893).

Someone who, to my mind, is doing this well and consistently (and not without appropriate dark, gallows humour) is @RussInCheshire who writes a regular Twitter thread called “The Week in Tory”. Well, he has just penned the thread I reproduce below and, in my role as a responsible minister of a small, progressive religious community, I feel compelled to share it with you here because, even if the worst he outlines doesn’t happen quite like this and in all its details, in the bad (and worsening) situation we in the UK now find ourselves we absolutely need to know what the worst could be like. So here is his (to my mind) plausible vision of that.

May I suggest that when you have read it you make a strong cup of tea (or pour a stiff whisky or G&T) and settle down to have a long think about how we might play our own parts in the coming months, either to ensure that the worst or the worst doesn’t happen or that we at least have some strategies in place to get through the worst . . .

@RussInCheshire
This is depressing thing to say, but we're nowhere near the worst yet. Covid health crisis hasn't ended. A 2nd wave combined with normal winter NHS crisis will be horrendous. Mass unemployment will start soon, and nobody under 60 has had to feed a family through anything like it. Even if we find a vaccine tomorrow, producing enough and then injecting 67 million will take 12 months. By that time, projections are 12% unemployed. But when furlough ends, the high-street dies, we see the collapse of holiday companies, airlines, car manufacturers, train companies, and countless small businesses go under... then the shit will hit. And trust in govt is collapsing. Few now believe them. There's been no public disorder yet because furlough means the unemployed generally don't feel unemployed yet. Unemployment benefit in the UK is a max of £116.80 a week. Can you imagine what the reaction will be when 3 million people suddenly find out what it's like to live on that? Especially after 20 years being told the unemployed are pulling in £36k and being given free houses? And trust in govt is collapsing. Few now believe them. Fewer still will believe them when they have to live on the breadline, while the lies they've heard for their entire adult lives are cruelly exposed. All the govt has is lies. When they stop working: what then? We've had, by my reckoning, 14 major U-turns in 10 weeks. The exams policy was a disaster, the minister is still in post, and we've forced our kids to go back to school just as the 2nd wave arrives. You think parents will forget the risks, the illnesses, the deaths? Partially due to the govt's "hostile environment" policy and Brexit, we've lost over 22,000 NHS workers born in the EU, and the care sector has over 190,000 unfilled vacancies. And here comes winter, with an ageing population and a global pandemic. Barely noticed this week, in all the noise around WA [Withdrawal Agreement], is the fact we've run out of home-testing kits, and after 6 months are still not able to produce any UK-made PPE. So no tests and no PPE, exactly as we were in March. 6 months wasted. No solutions. Beneath the whack-a-mole approach to governing, support for Brexit is now 34%. I can't imagine this week's fiasco will improve that. Yet on it goes, with the promise of an additional 5% to 9% collapse in GDP. That could be ~2m jobs, in addition to the ~4m Covid job losses. That sounds bad enough, but the 5% GDP drop won't fall evenly. For some sectors it'll be 100%. Fatal. Gone. UK farming will collapse under the tariffs we face, there aren't enough seasonal workers to pick crops, and it's likely we'll see some food shortages by next spring. How will Brits react? Honestly, I don't know. There was a time I thought we'd be phlegmatic, but now? For all the talk of WW2 and Dunkirk Spirit, I strongly suspect we'll have an absolute shit-fit about it. I fear riots. I fear massive, relentless, rolling social problems. Meanwhile Johnson's approval rating among Tory activists has fallen from 92% to 24%. Sunak is far more popular, but only cos so far he's been Mr Give-Away. Very soon he'll become Mr Tight-wad, and the only popular member of the govt will be toast too. They can cling to power for a long time, because an 80-seat majority is a huge buffer. But can they govern? If Johnson goes, will the nation accept the 5th PM in a row to take office without winning an election? Who will the UK accept from the woefully shallow bench of Tories? I'm sure there are people out there who rate Patel, Gove, Raab, Jenrick, Williamson, Hancock, Shapps or Rees-Mogg. But not many. Certainly not enough to command the confidence of the UK in what will be, by any reckoning, a series of vast, broiling, existential crises. And will the UK even still exist? How can this govt hold the UK together while its ineptitude kills its citizens, starves them, destroys their jobs, immiserates their kids, guts their democracy ... and 3/4 of the nations that make up the UK don't even vote for them. Our govt hasn't got the capacity to change. They don't have the skills, leadership, or compassion. The saner Tories quit or were driven out. Decades of lies are catching up, and they're boxed in. Imagine how badly they'll respond when social unrest happens and the UK breaks up. See. Told you this would be depressing. But here's a picture of a kitten to cheer you up again.   

Trees, kettles, ladles and bottles of wild sauces as answers to the question: “What is the meaning of life?”

5 September 2020 at 10:42
A while ago I spent some time reading and reflecting upon a number of Mary Oliver’s poems. My meditations on that occasion settled upon a single stanza (section 4) from her poem Something (in Red Bird, Beacon Press, 2008):

Instructions for living a life:
Pay attention.
Be astonished.
Tell about it.

and her poem Answers (in The River Styx, Ohio and Other Poems, Harcourt Brace, 1972):

If I envy anyone it must be
My grandmother in a long ago
Green summer, who hurried
Between kitchen and orchard on small
Uneducated feet, and took easily
All shining fruits into her eager hands.

That summer I hurried too, wakened
To books and music and circling philosophies.
I sat in the kitchen sorting through volumes of answers
That could not solve the mystery of the trees.

My grandmother stood among her kettles and ladles.
Smiling, in faulty grammar,
She praised my fortune and urged my lofty career:
So to please her I studied – but I will remember always
How she poured confusion out, how she cooled and labeled
All the wild sauces of the brimming year.

Together these poems made me think carefully both about the kinds of religious or philosophical answers that I once sought and also the kind of answers I now not only continue to seek but also have reason to think I find.

Like most people within our culture I was brought up thinking that all the important religious or philosophical answers were in propositional form. To remind you, a proposition, according to the Oxford Dictionary of Philosophy, is:

“That which is proposed or stated; the content of a declarative sentence, capable of truth and falsity. To grasp a proposition is to understand what is said, supposed, suggested, and so on.”

So, as a child growing up in a Protestant Christian context, the answer to life was essentially a belief in the truth of the propositions found in the Nicene Creed:

We believe in one God,
the Father, the Almighty,
maker of heaven and earth,
of all that is,
seen and unseen. (etc., etc.)

The argument was that if I believed in these propositions — which were, I was taught, of the kind that were capable of being true or false (though, of course, their truth was, for the most part, simply assumed rather that ever proven/shown) — then all would be fine. I was told they provided the fundamental, necessary answers to the question of the meaning of my life and, indeed, all human lives.

Lest anyone think that this address is going to be a simplistic, one-sided swipe at creedal forms Christianity then it is worth reminding you that non-creedal forms of the Christian tradition (such as the one in which this church stands) have also traditionally defined themselves in propositional terms about an abstract object of thought. The only difference being that their propositions have attempted to define that abstract object, i.e. God, differently. So, for example, in the Unitarian tradition the chief propositions were that “God is One” (whatever that meant or might mean today) and that, therefore, “Jesus was not God but a man”. One might be more or less inclined to agree with these propositions but my point is they are still propositions designed intellectually to be understood and capable of being shone to be true or false.

In general, those who promote such a way of articulating and offering-up religious or philosophical answers to people seem to be saying that religious belief is all about identifying an abstract object of thought, generally given the same of God, and they are very little, if at all, concerned about our orientation to towards more worldly objects which, today, I shall represent by those listed in Oliver’s poem, namely, trees, kettles, ladles and bottles of wild sauces. It is worth noting that Jesus, too, concentrated on more worldly objects as the parables of the mustard seed and the yeast reminded us. Also worth noting is that the first-century Jewish world in which Jesus lived the concept of ‘belief’ or a ‘believer’ is entirely absent. Instead of a believer in the Hebrew Bible (which Jesus knew) we find only the idea of “y’re shamayim”, that is to say “someone who stands in awe of heaven” (c.f. Howard Wettstein in The Significance of Religious Experience, OUP, 2012).

Anyway, as we know, for many people today, propositional based religious belief is becoming increasingly problematic because such religious propositions have become increasingly hard to understand and which now show up, to many of us anyway, as false propositions.

Of course, it’s not that all propositions about about actual things and/or states of affairs obtaining in the world are, per se, going to be wholly wrong or misplaced — some of them clearly have a real and important place —, it is just that they are now singularly failing to do the job required of them when it comes to providing satisfactory answers for questions like “the meaning of life.”

But this propositional way of proceeding is so hard to challenge. Over and over again in my role as your minister I get asked by people interested in the meaning of life, their own and others, “what do you and your community believe?” or, “what is Unitarianism?” and they expect to hear from me, of course, a list of propositions that define this imagined -ism.

As most if you know, I don’t think that, today, there is any such thing as Unitarianism because we are a free religious movement centred today on complete spiritual freedom which can't meaningfully understood to be any kind of simple -ism. So, although it might at first seem bizarre — even to some of you — these days I can really only give my questioners an answer by way of reference towards our various attitudes and orientations towards things like trees, kettles, ladles, bottles of wild sauces, mustard seeds and yeast and other worldly objects.

This is because it increasingly seems to me that the meaning of life is best to be found in a form of life in which we, as whole beings, take full account of our relationship with these more worldly objects rather than focussing on the highly abstract conceptions of God that have hitherto claimed our religious focus and loyalty. Indeed, I would go so far as to say that my focus and loyalty these days is, not at all to an abstract God but, rather, to the kind of divinity and sacredness that emerges in our encounters and relationships with these worldly objects because it is among them that the meaning of life, at least my life, is found. Again it is worth reflecting upon the fact that Jesus reminded us that the kingdom of God (howsoever this is to be understood) is to found among (or within) the people and the things of the world.

A modern illustration of in what this kind of answer might consist is found in the beautiful vignette that is Oliver’s poem “Answers”. We see there enacted a tiny moment in her grandmother’s actual form of life that is, itself, an answer. It is an answer that is found in the actual act of hurrying between the kitchen and the trees of the orchard “on small uneducated feet”, in the “easy taking of shining fruits into her eager hands”, and expressed “among her kettles and ladles” as she makes, cools and labels “all the wild sauces of the brimming year”. It is a form of life that Oliver feels viscerally is able to “pour confusion out” — both, in fact, in her grandmother’s life and, potentially, in her own in so far as she can herself imitate this kind of living.

One thing Oliver already knows during this green summer as she, too, hurries in seeking her own answer to life — not on this occasion by physically hurrying between kitchen and orchard but, instead by engaging in an abstract hurrying between “books and music and circling philosophies” all whilst sitting in her grandmother’s kitchen — is that all her hard, propositionally orientated seeking (good though it may be in other areas of her life) “could not solve the mystery of the trees” and, likely as not, was not going to be able to “pour confusion out”.

Oliver’s genius as a poet is to have found in her writing ways of asking and answering the question of the meaning of life in a manner analogous to the way her grandmother asked and answered it. Indeed, it seems to me, that Oliver’s poems are her versions of her grandmother’s wild sauces, they are made only after having gone out into the trees of the orchard of the world on uneducated feet (that is to say without any foregone conclusions and theories) to collect the fruit of experience so as to come back to her kitchen (her desk) and her pencil and paper (her kettles and ladles) so as to cool (that is to say reflect and meditate) and label (that is to say write a first draft of a poem) from what she has found so that it can be published and brought to us as a kind of jar of wild sauce (her published poems). Like a jar of wild sauce a poem has to be tasted, imbibed by us as whole beings. A poem, as you will know, simply cannot be reduced to mere propositions about the world! No, you must taste them and on tasting them you begin to sense how confusion is poured out and meaning enters life. Then, when the jar of sauce is finished, the process must be begun again — for just as there is always the need for a new bottle of sauce, so there is always the need to bring a new poem into being.  

This whole activity, this form of life of poem making from the wild fruits of experience, has helped pour confusion out for Mary Oliver as wild sauce-making helped pour out confusion for her grandmother.

To achieve this Oliver has consistently followed the simple method expressed in that single stanza from “Something” we heard earlier:

Instructions for living a life:
Pay attention.
Be astonished.
Tell about it.

But a major problem for most of us comes in the telling about the pouring out of confusion we have experienced in paying attention and being astonished. This is because it is so easy to think we have to do the telling propositionally (mea culpa, mea maxima culpa). But it seems to me that what we need to do in our own individual ways — as Oliver’s grandmother did, as Jesus did, and as Mary Oliver continues to do — is find ways to tell by showing others (and ourselves) a form of life that has meaning.

Our telling — as individuals and a community — needs somehow to become a showing; to show our own versions of running between kitchen and orchard, of our collection of shining fruits held in our eager hands, our kettles, ladles and cooled and labeled wild sauces — a showing that can somehow solve on a day by day basis the mystery of the trees and, indeed the mystery of our own life.

All of these thoughts finally bring me back to one of my favourite poems by the eight-century Chinese poet and religious, Layman P’ang (740-808), who beautifully wrote:

My daily affairs are quite ordinary;
but I’m in total harmony with them.
I don’t hold onto anything, don’t reject anything;
Nowhere an obstacle or conflict.
Who cares about wealth and honour?
Even the poorest thing shines.
My miraculous power and spiritual activity:
Drawing water and carrying wood.

(Quoted in Stephen Mitchell’s "The Enlightened Heart: An Anthology of Sacred Poetry", New York: Harper Perennial, 1989)

There is, of course, no single way this miraculous power and spiritual activity that gives meaning to life is experienced and can then shown to others. This means we have to accept an almost unimaginable plurality of life-expressions in a free-religious community like this, none of which can be passed on to another person via propositional statements of the kind, "Unitarians’ believe a, b, c, and d" — No! Instead, the meaning of life must be shown in our own relationships and dispositions to towards, not only other people's miraculous power and spiritual activity but also towards the wondrous trees, kettles, ladles and bottles of wild sauces, mustard seeds and yeast.

Some black and white (and two colour photos) of a ride out into the Cambridgeshire Fens

21 August 2020 at 20:48
I took a longish (32 mile) ride out into the Cambridgeshire Fens yesterday to blow some Covid cobwebs from out of my head and, as always on such trips, I took a few photos along the way which I include below for your pleasure. After a packed lunch (home-made egg-mayonnaise sandwiches, a few peanuts, an apple and a flask of tea) at the Upwell washes I spent a further constructive half-an-hour continuing to re-read Walter Kaufmann's translation of Nietzsche's Thus Spoke Zarathustra, the translation (in his The Portable Nietzsche) which, in my teens, introduced me, and countless others, to Nietzsche's important work. I remain convinced that Kaufmann's humanist take on Nietzsche is one worth taking very seriously, not least of all in these strange and discombobulating times we find ourselves in. If you are interested you can hear an introductory talk to Nietzsche by Kaufmann recorded in 1960 at the following link:


So, here are the photos. They were all taken with my Fuji X100F and are straight out of the camera jpegs except for the colour photo of the graffiti (what do those figures mean, if anything?) on the railway bridge on Stourbridge Common which I cropped to 16:9. Just click on a photo to enlarge it.

Enjoy!






















The quay at Kirby-le-Soken and the Naze at Walton, Essex

16 August 2020 at 14:30
The quay at Kirby-le-Soken and the Naze at Walton, Essex
All photos taken with a Fuji X100F
Just click on a photo to enlarge it

The quay at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The quay at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The creek at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The creek at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The creek at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The creek at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The quay at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The quay at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The quay at Kirby-le-Soken, Essex

The cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

From the cliffs at the Naze at Walton, Essex

The Naze at Walton, Essex

The tower on the cliff-top at the Naze, Walton, Essex

The Sociologist Who Could Save Us From Coronavirus—a recommended article by Adam Tooze

7 August 2020 at 10:17
Ulrich Beck (1944-2015)
Back in 2011 I got hold of a copy of Ulrich Beck’s, then recently published book, A God of One’s Own. I was, and remain, very taken with much of what he said in it. A good example of how I have tried to use his insights in my own work can be found in the following address I gave in July 2019:


But, despite being so taken with his words, what I never did was go back to read his most famous book The Risk Society; you know what it’s like . . . I had other subjects and thoughts on my mind that seemed more important to follow up. But that was then and this is now, and the COVID-19 event has changed/refocussed so much of both my own and wider society’s thinking, so, when I saw the following article by Adam Tooze on the webpage of the Foreign Policy magazine (which draws on the insights found in The Risk Society) I was already primed to click the link and read the article. It strikes me as the most helpful piece I’ve yet read on why the COVID-19 event has been so discombobulating to our culture and what kind of strategies we may have to employ to get through this event in the best way possible. In short, I’d highly recommend to readers of this blog that, like me, they click through to the article and take a look.

By Adam Tooze 

The Lestrygonians, Cyclopes and angry Poseidon are real and prowling once again through our world — a critical re-reading of Cavafy’s “Ithaca” on the twentieth anniversary of my ministry with the Cambridge Unitarians

1 August 2020 at 13:13
The last three Cambridge ministers, l. to r.
John McLachlan (1967-1976)
Frank Walker (1976-2000)
Andrew Brown (2000-)
This Sunday, twenty years ago, I became the minister of the Cambridge Unitarian Church. When I realised this anniversary was rapidly approaching, I slipped for an hour or two into a profoundly reflective mood and began to wonder if any text were available that might be able to help me to better gauge and understand the big shifts that have occurred in my own thinking/acting which have come about thanks to the innumerable intra-actions in my life as a minister over the last two decades; a time during which religion (especially post-9/11) “as both debate and way of life has not crumbled in the face of an apparently inexorable rationalist, scientific, modernising Enlightenment and globalisation of the market economy” and which, contrary to most liberal expectations, has “retain[ed] a potency and strength which remains far in excess of its ability to explain” (Peter Thompson, introduction to Ernst Bloch’s Atheism in Christianity, Verso Press 2009, p. ix).

I quickly recalled (I do not know why) that in my first year here I gave an address which took as its text, C. P. Cavafy’s (once well-known) poem “Ithaca” in Rae Dalven’s translation. The poem’s images are, of course, drawn from Homer’s epic poem “The Odyssey.” Here it is:

—o0o—

Ithaca
C. P. Cavafy (1863-1933), translation by Rae Dalven

When you start on your journey to Ithaca,
then pray that the road is long,
full of adventure, full of knowledge.
Do not fear the Lestrygonians
and the Cyclopes and the angry Poseidon.
You will never meet such as these on your path,
if your thoughts remain lofty, if a fine
emotion touches your body and your spirit.
You will never meet the Lestrygonians,
the Cyclopes and the fierce Poseidon,
if you do not carry them within your soul,
if your soul does not raise them up before you.

Then pray that the road is long.
That the summer mornings are many,
that you will enter ports seen for the first time
with such pleasure, with such joy!
Stop at Phoenician markets,
and purchase fine merchandise,
mother-of-pearl and corals, amber and ebony,
and pleasurable perfumes of all kinds,
buy as many pleasurable perfumes as you can;
visit hosts of Egyptian cities,
to learn and learn from those who have knowledge.

Always keep Ithaca fixed in your mind.
To arrive there is your ultimate goal.
But do not hurry the voyage at all.
It is better to let it last for long years;
and even to anchor at the isle when you are old,
rich with all that you have gained on the way,
not expecting that Ithaca will offer you riches.

Ithaca has given you the beautiful voyage.
Without her you would never have taken the road.
But she has nothing more to give you.

And if you find her poor, Ithaca has not defrauded you.
With the great wisdom you have gained, with so much experience,
you must surely have understood by then what Ithacas mean.

—o0o—

My former, idealistic self at a church tea-party in 2000
As an idealistic, young minister (just out of ministerial training and a theology degree at Oxford University and with a liberal, white, Euro-centric, Enlightenment, Unitarian inspired utopia very much alive in my heart — aka my “Ithaca”) I suddenly found myself working in the equally privileged environment of central Cambridge. Consequently, this poem could, perhaps, only have been read by me in the optimistic, liberal and individualistic way I did. I thought that I — and the members of the Unitarian church — were best thought of as being individual people on a freely chosen journey of personal discovery and enjoyment living lives that were, in their own ways, latter-day versions of the 17th and 18th century “Grand Tour”. The general, John Rawls inspired opinion (with which I then agreed), was that as long as our thoughts remained “lofty” and we only allowed “a fine emotion” to touch our bodies and spirits we would never need to fear meeting LestrygoniansCyclopes, nor angry Poseidon along the way. Were we to meet anything like these two, man-eating monsters and this angry sea-god (more about them in a bit) it would simply be our own fault because, in early twenty-first century Britain (the Britain of Tony Blair’s increasingly neoliberal, Third Way project), they were now no more than purely internal, psychological-spiritual menaces that we, the superior, wise travellers, could and should be able to keep them at bay by the judicious use of reason (honed by my civilised encounter with learned and wise “Egyptians”) and the soothing “fine merchandise” we were able to buy at the Phoenician markets  at which we stopped now and then (like the Grand Arcade opened in that fateful year of 2008). Yes, Cavafy told us, we were to keep Ithaca in mind as we continued on our spiritual and philosophical Grand Tour, but we weren’t to worry ourselves about “hurry[ing] the voyage at all” because we could be assured that it was better to let it last for long years; and even to anchor at the isle when we were old (presumably in our comfortable, well-equipped “yachts”), rich with all that we had gained on the way and not expecting that, after all, Ithaca would be able to offer us any riches we would really then want.

But only a single year into my ministry I recall thinking about whether I should be crossing my fingers behind my back as I wove my naive, liberal, privileged nonsense on that Sunday morning some two decades ago.

With Shirley Fieldhouse at my formal service of induction, Sept. 2000
Cambridge, for all its tourist-attracting shine and bauble and balm emporia, is the most unequal and economically divided city in the UK and the Cambridge Unitarian Church lies at its centre, right opposite the city’s (laughably inadequate and poorly situated) bus station. Thanks to this, Susanna and I quickly began to come into contact with all kinds of people undertaking all kinds of journeys. Many of the travellers we met were on their own versions of Cavafy’s “Grand Tour” but many, many others were not. These others were on journeys made, not out of choice, but ones forced upon them by complex mixes of domestic violence, religious conflict, war, bankruptcy, international economic collapse, famine, drought, statelessness, homelessness, mental health breakdowns, drink and drug problems and many more things besides. Consequently, on the doorstep of the church and manse, we quickly began to encounter all kinds of homeless refugees, migrants, former servicemen and women, abused women, and bankrupts. Susanna became very involved with the charity  Winter Comfort as their Volunteers Manager and I did what I could on the one-to-one, personal level that forms the basis of every city-centre, small-church ministry.  

Sharing a story with John McLachlan, minister between 1967-1976
These latter journeys were, as just indicated, not ones undertaken thanks to the pull of a beautiful and exciting adventure ahead, but enforced and truly frightening journeys undertaken because of some violent push out of places and situations where, given half-a-chance, they’d like to have stayed despite the dreadful difficulties they faced there. They were people on journeys that they all wanted to be over NOW, not on journeys to be extended for a lifetime. They were people who often couldn’t afford to buy even the basic necessities of life (let alone “fine merchandise”) and who had absolutely no opportunity to engage in the luxury of learning wisdom by lingering at the feet of “wise Egyptians.”

For them the LestrygoniansCyclopes and angry Poseidon were not only internal, psychological-spiritual menaces (though they were assuredly those as well) but also real, physical presences in their lives. When you are a vulnerable and marginalised person (especially if you are of the “wrong” colour or religion and/or look shabby and dirty) you will assuredly meet many people like the giant, man-eating, rock throwing, Lestrygonians who want to sink your boat and/or kill or drive you away from their land; you will assuredly meet giant, one-eyed Cyclopes who will force you to become a “nobody” (an “outis” who has to hide their true identity in order to survive) and who will lock you up and abuse you for being forced to beg/steal absolutely necessary provisions simply to stay alive; you will, especially if you are a migrant fleeing war and poverty from outside these dark isles, meet the angry god Poseidon in the form of the rough, life-threatening stormy sea across which you have been forced to travel and which is patrolled by boats containing crew, some of whom are assuredly Lestrygonians and Cyclopes. They are people who, on arriving at Ithaca (whether their Ithaca was the UK in general or specifically Cambridge City) are not going to be able to linger luxuriously outside in their “yachts”, wealthy with all they’ve gained on the way, but people desperate to make landfall and to experience just a little of the hoped for riches and opportunities of Ithaca itself. But on landing even that hope is quickly taken from them because Ithaca is, indeed, a poor place and they find they have been fooled, not least of all because it turns out to be another outpost of Lestrygonians and Cyclopes, and one that all too often willingly worships at the altar of the angry god Poseidon.

This latter picture has, alas, only become ever more true during the twenty years of my ministry. My experiences (all shared with Susanna who has been an endless, loving support throughout) have meant that I now cannot read Cavafy’s poem without being quietly (and occasionally, like now, less than quietly) enraged, sickened and offended by it and my own, former, way of interpreting the text. My experiences (minimal though they have been in comparison with those of other, ministerial colleagues) coupled with a careful reading of the Hispanic social-ethicist and theologian Miguel A. de La Torre, the recent resurgence of the Black Lives Matter campaign following the brutal murder of George Floyd, the rapidly increasing climate emergency, the challenge to democratic forms of government and, of course, the COVID-19 event, has hammered home to me (with life-disturbing force) the vital importance of re-reading all my once cherished texts (poetic, library biblical, philosophical, theological) through the eyes of those who have been, and still are being, marginalised by our dominant culture and forcing them to become refugees and migrants (internally and externally).

To borrow and repurpose some words from Marx and Engels’ Communist Manifesto of 1848 (one of my own, cherished, foundational texts that, of course, also needs to be reread in the light of the above) as I arrive at my twentieth anniversary I find that all which I once thought was solid has melted into air, all that I once thought was holy is profaned, and I find that I am at last being properly compelled to face with sober senses, the real conditions of my and other people’s lives, and my relationships with my fellow human beings.

From one perspective the foregoing might be read as the product of a very disappointed man. And that’s true, I neither can nor wish to deny this. But from another perspective I think the foregoing is also, therefore, the product of someone who has, at long last and thankfully, begun to wake up to (and properly intra-act with) how the world actually is, and this fact alone should, I think, be affirmed and embraced by me.

Fortunately, along with the philosopher Simon Critchley (whose work must also now be re-read) I’m a great believer that philosophy doesn’t begin in wonder (as Plato [Theaetetus 155d] and Aristotle [Metaphysics 982b] believed) but in disappointment of at least two major kinds: religious and political. Our culture’s (and my) religious disappointment arose from a loss of faith in the god/s of our forbears and which generated in turn “the problem of what is the meaning of life in the face of nihilism”. Our (and my) political disappointment has come “from the violent world we live in and raises the question of justice in a violently unjust world” (Infinitely Demanding, Verso 2007, pp. 2–3).

From where I am standing today it is precisely this deep disappointment (rather than Cavafy’s shallow wonder) that is helping to reignite my passion and drive towards achieving justice and fairness for all NOW, and that is why I choose to embrace (with huge trepidation and fear) this hugely challenging lesson.

Consequently, although I go away now on a month’s leave, severely chastened and disappointed, I go knowing, thank heavens, two things: 1) that the decks of my rather crappy, unseaworthy (philosophical/theological) boat are a great deal less cluttered with dangerous (and, frankly, useless) ideals than they were even six months ago and, 2) my ability to glimpse the world for what it is really like for most people is, just perhaps, beginning properly to emerge — though I must frankly acknowledge that my vision is still very, very poor thanks to the theological, philosophical, economic and political coma I’ve been in for most of my adult life.

So, I trust that when I return in September I’ll not only be little bit rested but also just a tiny bit more effective in finding new and better ways to join (as an enlisted Private and not an Officer) with those marginalised by our present culture and so help play a modest part in actually bringing about the kind of world Jesus thought was possible — not one founded in privileged luxury on, or at the end, of the journey (in, or moored just offshore, some mythical Ithaca) — but in people’s everyday, modest lives in the here and now. But I realise, for this to even have the faintest chance of occurring, I will be required to play my part in challenging and defeating the very real and very nasty Lestrygonians, Cyclopes and angry and ancient gods of war and violence that are again prowling through our world.

But, as we begin to do this necessary work (which will for a long time offer us all only blood, sweat, toil and tears) let’s not forget our culture’s own role in creating Lestrygonians, Cyclopes and angry and ancient gods of war and violence in the first place. The peace, justice and fairness for which we yearn can only truly come to pass when, as Jesus clearly knew, it finds ways to heal, include and involve those who were once our enemies.

A set of sepia photos taken in the Cambridge University Botanic Garden

28 July 2020 at 17:49
A set of sepia photos taken in the Cambridge University Botanic Garden All taken with a Fuji X100F (using the sepia  setting) Just click on a photo to enlarge it  

There is no going back, and no going outside of this event — we can only go forward into the new world that is always-already intra-actively emerging before us

25 July 2020 at 14:59
The Cambridge Unitarian Church taken last Tuesday afternoon Back on Saturday 28th March, one week into the official lockdown but two weeks into our our own church’s closure, I wrote a piece for you called Time will tell — ‘It is impossible to think in advance of experience, and no experience is merely empirical’.  The second half of the title is a line from the English philosopher and political theorist Michael Oakeshott’s (1901–1990) earliest book, “Experience and Its Modes”  ( Experience and Its Modes , Cambridge University Press, 1933, p. 117). Exactly 120 days later I’d like to return to and re-present a couple of the key points I made. The first was to take seriously the thought that “it is impossible to think ...

The Left, the Party and the Class—An essay on the future of the Labour left by Paul Mason

25 July 2020 at 12:12
Paul Mason (source)
This new essay by Paul Mason seems to me to be an important, thoughtful, measured & practical set of suggestions to all of us on the left, whether in the Labour Party or not. Thanks to Paul Mason for taking the time to work through these difficult & challenging issues & offering them up for conversation.

Highly recommended.

Sick of Surkov meddling in our politicians' brains . . . a disturbing thought following the publication of the "Russia Report"

22 July 2020 at 14:41
I’ve been very concerned for a while now about the methods employed by Vladislav Surkov, one of Vladimir Putin’s senior advisors and how those methods are clearly being deployed here in the UK, either by the Russians themselves or by increasing numbers of home-grown politicians, administrators, advisors and commentators.

Just to remind you, my most recent post about this was called “Vladislav Surkov’s dark arts and their appearance in the UK during the current (i.e. 2019) general election” (Dec. 2019). Against the background of the way the current British Government is continuing to (mis)behave, the publication of the “Russia Report” yesterday has only served seriously to increase my worries.

All I can do is raise the general matter again here and wave my arms about whilst shouting out as loudly and widely as my insignificant platform allows me: “For God’s sake look at what’s going on!”

So let me (ineffectually no doubt) draw your attention to the following official UK Government report and two articles. Please read them . . .

In the “Disinformation and ‘fake news’ (UK Parliament Report, 18 February 2019) we read:

259. We note as well the comments made by Vladislav Surkov, a senior advisor to President Putin, in an article published in the Russian daily Nezavisimaya Gazeta, on 11 February 2019. He said that “Foreign politicians blame Russia for meddling in elections and referenda all over the planet. In fact, it’s even more serious than that: Russia is meddling in their brains and they don’t know what to do with their changed consciousness.”

You can also read a report by Vladimir Isachenkov (a ‎correspondent based in Moscow for The Associated Press) about  Surkov’s piece in the daily newspaper Nezavisimaya Gazeta (from which the foregoing quote comes) at the following link:

Official: Russia’s political system a good model for others (11 February 2019)

And, lastly, you can also read an excellent piece in this week’s “Byline Times” by Hardeep Matharu in which she cites Surkov’s same words:

REFLEXIVE CONTROL: Boris Johnson is Doing Putin’s Job for Him (21 July 2020) 

The MARCH of LOOT by Peter Jukes

20 July 2020 at 20:03
For your dark delectation, a poem by the excellent Peter Jukes, soon to be illustrated by the equally excellent Guardian cartoonist, Martin Rowson.



The MARCH of LOOT by Peter Jukes

As the contest finally creaks
Into its last corrupted weeks,
So much is owed to the people who
Were robbed so often by so few.

Bombasts, blowhards, sound your horn,
Herald this disastrous dawn,
Moguls, oligarchs, raise a glass
As your chumps and champions pass.

In a bus, emblazoned in red, 
Farage and Bannon at its head,
Inside he waits for Trump to tweet:
This is the triumph of deceit.

Piffle, kippers, dead cats, whey -
The land of Shakespeare blown away,
Famed for gravity and honour,
Led by a dunce to ruin and squalor.

Far away, in warmer water,
Kitts and Nevis, Cyprus, Malta
Lucre glitters, laughs and flies 
Back to London where it buys...

Lawyers, bankers, spooks and hacks,
Shorting, leaking, legal attacks.
On the road to Downing Street, 
All these frauds and chancers meet.

Stolen rubles, hedge fund debt
All double down on this last bet
To bribe, blackmail, and take power
In Britain’s most inglorious hour.

Churchill, Cromwell, pale with shame
Freeze with horror at his name. 
Rooks are silent, lions mute,
At the vainglorious March of Loot.

Land of honour and fair play
Never saw a darker day.
As the doors of Number Ten
Close behind the hollow men
Who whistled up the dogs of race
And brought a nation to disgrace.

Weep Britannia, weep in grief.
Hope your neighbours bring relief.
Tell the truth - this cannot last.
Hold the faith, and hold it fast,
As clown, liar, cheat and fool, 
Boris Johnson starts his rule.

Greetings from Emmanuel Road, July 18th 2020

18 July 2020 at 10:46
The Cambridge Unitarian Church, Emmanuel Road 
Greetings to you all from Emmanuel Road. 

As in all previous weeks I trust this message finds you well (enough). Please feel free to call me at any time if that is not the case and/or you feel the need to have a natter about about anything at all, whether of great or lesser import. I’m always very happy to talk.

This week various things have conspired to make the writing of a new piece for you impossible. My apologies. However, three interesting conversations I had during the week with members of the congregation have allowed me to string together two earlier addresses and one liturgy that I’ve written/put together for you over the years.  

Needing to write these greetings in this fashion has, once again, served to remind me of both the richness and depth of experience and insight that exists within the local congregation and also of my long-term dream that we might become a “ministry-led”, rather than a “minister-led” church. Yes, ministers can (and sometimes even do) have an appropriate and healthy role in the life of a community by bringing to it important and valuable insights/skills which can help us steer safely between the ever-present dangers of Scylla and Charybdis but, in truth, we all know ministers are, in the end, and as one of our hymns puts it, but a single gem on a string of beads. 

So, let’s now turn to three other gems . . .

My first conversation was had by email (and then briefly on Zoom) with Celia James who, many of you will know, is a fine artist and teacher who studied, amongst other places, at the Camberwell School of Art. In the email Celia kindly sent me a beautiful, inspiring and poignant short film about one of her favourite potters, Richard Batterham about whose work I did not know. Watching the film reminded me that over the years I’ve had many encounters and friendships with potters (amateur and professional) which, whilst not inspiring me to become one myself, has left me with both a genuine love of their work and a particular appreciation of a potting-related religious/philosophical metaphor used by George Kimmich Beach about how we, ourselves, come to be “bowls” or “pitchers” — that is to say, unique examples of human being-in-the-world. You can watch the film here:

Richard Batterham — Independent Potter

You can read the address here:


Thank you, Celia!

The second conversation was had with Joy Magezis. I’ve known Joy off-and-on for a long while now but, in the last couple of years, it’s been a pleasure to get to know her even better thanks to her regular attendance at the evening service of mindful meditation which, as you now all know, is our congregation’s current morning spiritual practice. Joy, a writer, teacher and peace activist, is a long-standing member of the Buddhist community (sangha) that has gathered around the Vietnamese monk and peace activist, Thich Nhat Hanh. As those of you who have taken part in our mindful meditation will know, one of his prayers has a prominent place in our service. Given her long experience in the practice of meditation I’m delighted to let you know that Joy has kindly offered to lead our mindful meditation service in collaboration with other members of the congregation while Susanna and I take a much needed break during August.


Thank you, Joy!

As per our Chairman Andrew Bethune’s email to the congregation earlier today, you can join this Sunday’s meditation (led by me until August and then from September onwards) on Zoom. If you would like to join us and do not have the necessary link then please contact our Church Secretary, Brendan Boyle, via the contact page of our website. Look through the dropdown tabs to find "Secretary":


Please log in between 9.45 and 10am. The meditation starts at 10am sharp, and finishes about 10.50. There will then be a short break to allow you to stretch your legs, compose your thoughts, or put the kettle on. The ‘Time for Conversation’ will start about 11am, and if you aren’t taking part in the meditation, feel free to sign in during the break for the conversation. 

To get the most from the meditation, you will find it helpful to either print out the order of service, or display it in a second window. Here is the link: 


You might also wish to have a small candle or tea light to hand to light at a certain point during the meditation.

If you can’t come to the live Zoom meditation, at the following link, you can download an mp3 of the service I made for you back at the beginning of lockdown:


And, lastly, just a day ago, I had a conversation with Stephen Watson, a mathematician, musician and teacher (as well as our congregation’s treasurer), about the difficulty of knowing how best to describe one’s own “religious” or “spiritual” way of being in the world when traditional, monotheistic religious belief is no longer possible; a situation that obtains (to varying degrees, I realise) for most of us who attend this congregation. Naturally, each of us has to find their own ways to work through this question and find appropriate ways to describe their own way of being-in-the-world but my very interesting conversation with Stephen prompted me to draw his, and now your, attention to an address I gave at the beginning of December 2018. You can find this at the following link:


Thank you, Stephen!

I look forward to seeing some of you on Sunday morning and to talking with still others of you during the coming week.

With love and best wishes as always,

Andrew

Some things seen on an evening walk across Christ’s Pieces, Jesus Green & Midsummer Common Cambridge

16 July 2020 at 20:43
Some things seen on an evening walk across Christs Pieces, Jesus Green & Midsummer Common, Cambridge
All taken with a Fuji X100F
Just click on a photo to enlarge it








Three sepia-toned views of the small backyard of the Cambridge Unitarian Manse

16 July 2020 at 16:07
Three sepia-toned views of the small backyard of the Cambridge Unitarian Manse
Taken with a Fuji X100F
Just click on a photo to enlarge 




A few photos taken on an afternoon walk from Cambridge to Fen Ditton across Stourbridge Common & Ditton Meadows

14 July 2020 at 18:14
A few photos from an afternoon walk from Cambridge to Fen Ditton across Stourbridge Common & Ditton Meadows All taken with a Fuji X100F Just click on a photo to enlarge it  

Rousing and soothing the savage breast — two further Unitarian related (re)discoveries made during my COVID-19 tidy-out . . .

11 July 2020 at 09:10
Chaos in the Common Room
Rousing and soothing the savage breast — two further Unitarian related (re)discoveries made during my COVID-19 tidy-out

As a couple of my recent “Greetings from Emmanuel Road” will have revealed I had to abandon my study in December 2019 because of some serious water ingress. As you can imagine, this left me with various, somewhat depressing and chaotic, piles of books and papers that needed seriously to be sorted out and reorganised. Although the lockdown has hardly been a positive experience for any of us, at the very least, it has given me the space in the common room and hall to start, and almost finish, this major sort-out and, for that, I'm grateful. Depressing and dispiriting through the task has sometimes been, one of the genuine upsides of it has been the uncovering of a couple of stashes of national and local Unitarian church related documents/pamphlets that were either already squirrelled away in the study I took it over in 2000 or which I have collected over the past twenty years and squirrelled away in there myself. Perhaps the most important fruit of this unexpected “archeological” endeavour has been the exciting (re)discovery of our long-forgotten, English Presbyterian, Green Street roots which I’ve been exploring with you over the last couple of weeks.

But I have made two other (re)discoveries in recent weeks that may be of interest to at least one or two of you. However, pleased be warned, although the second might bring a few of you some (relatively speaking) unalloyed, soothing pleasure, the first brings with it a significant theological, philosophical, ethical challenge that isn’t pleasant to consider rousing ourselves to meet . . .

Kenneth Mellanby 
So, the first discovery is connected to an important figure involved in the congregation a few years before my own ministry, Kenneth Mellanby (1908-1993). He joined the church in May 1929 whilst a student at King’s College and, most famously, went on to become the Director of the Monks Wood Experimental Station, Huntingdon, between 1961–74.

From the very start of my ministry here I was dimly aware of Mellanby’s work because, in the church, there is a memorial kneeler bearing his name (see photos below) and this had excited my curiosity just enough to ask one of the older members of the congregation who he was. However, I confess not to have thought about him again until the middle of June this year.

As some of you may recall, in one of my earlier “Greetings from Emmanuel Road”, I told you about the unexpected visit to the church site by a botanist, Chris Preston, who, during lockdown, was conducting a new survey of the flora of Cambridge walls, something last done in 1948 by John Rishbeth (‘The Flora of Cambridge Walls’ by J. Rishbeth, Journal of Ecology, Vol. 36, No. 1, Jul., 1948, pp. 136-148). Given the Cambridge botany connection it turned out, perhaps not surprisingly, that Chris been taught by Mellanby and, in a later email exchange, he told me that, amongst his colleagues, Mellanby had been widely admired and was “regarded as almost saintly.” This latter feeling was, it seems, born out of his refusal to patent, and thus financialise, his successful work show how to protect forest trees from their “most troublesome fungal pathogen.” In consequence, the fruits of his work were made freely available to all and, even though he could have become personally very wealthy through the patent process, he had chosen not to do this. As Chris said to me, surely correctly, “These days I suspect that he might have been in trouble from the University for not taking this opportunity!”

This interesting conversation and later exchange with Chris naturally served to put Mellanby back into my thoughts and the first thing I did was to seek out, online, a copy of his 1994 obituary in the Independent

It presented me with a picture of a very interesting and engaging man and I was particularly delighted to find that it contained the following passage which reveals the splendidly intra-active and conversational way he seems to have run Monks Wood. Whilst I was reading it I found myself hoping that Mellanby would have approved of our own move eleven years ago towards a more conversation-led style of meeting together

Add caption
[Mellanby] gave his team the freedom to explore areas beyond their immediate brief, he kept formal meetings to a minimum, an approach summarised by a notice in his room which read: ‘It would be better if all the time passed on committees were spent fishing.’ In contrast, informal meetings were de rigueur. Everyone was expected to take tea-breaks together, morning and afternoon, and fill up long tables as they arrived. In this way ‘communication’ between staff at all levels was ensured and ideas ‘buzzed’. Evening events were equally important and guests were often surprised that the salmon had been cooked and the wines chosen by the Director.

Delighted by this vignette, a day later, during my tidying out, I was excited to discover a copy of his 1971, Essex Hall Lecture (an annual, key note lecture given at the General Assembly of Unitarian & Free Christian Churches) called ‘The Threat of World Pollution’. I immediately made a mug of tea and sat down to read my new found treasure . . .

On the straightforwardly positive side of things, Mellanby presciently alerts his listeners and readers to many of the dangers of pollution that, in forty years since he wrote his paper, have proven to be the major contributors to the climate emergency our world is facing today. In doing this he tells us one task of his lecture was 

. . . to try to give an objective view of this problem. Should we be optimists or pessimists? Is the world becoming a better place for the majority of its inhabitants, or are we likely to destroy ourselves in the near, or distant, future? 

He goes on to add that:  

We have many “doomsday men” who are no doubt well-meaning, and worried about the future of the world and of mankind, but they often do more harm than good. By preaching about our doom with all the sadistic pleasure of the nineteenth century revivalist preaching hell fire, and by devoting so much attention to spectacular and yet unlikely causes of disaster, they may divert attention from the real dangers which could damage our environment permanently. They may, by calling wolf where there is no wolf, actually prevent action against preventable forms of environmental damage.

Now, I’m sure we will all respond positively to Mellanby’s recognition that certain kinds of negativity bring with them a very unwelcome and dangerous demotivational spirit. To put it in the colloquial speech of my own day, nobody likes being around “a neghead”. 

In his lecture Mellenby clearly did not want to be a neghead and throughout his lecture he continually, if quietly, reveals to us — in classic, gentle, liberal, Christian humanist fashion — his feeling that, although the dangers of pollution were very real and potentially doom-bringing, humanity, now seeing the dangers towards which he was pointing, would heed his and others’ warnings and actually change its destructive patterns of behaviour for the better. Here are a couple of examples of how he gently expresses this optimism:

I hope that we will carefully monitor all changes in global temperatures and air composition, so that if doom is indeed at hand we can take immediate and drastic international action.

Or 

I believe that we in Britain at least need not, and will not, suffer from increased levels of pollution. 

I imagine that many of you, having read his obituary and these words from his lecture (and I hope the whole lecture itself) will, like me, be powerfully struck by how false his general, background optimism/hope has proven to be. Every pollution-led catastrophe he thought might possibly occur but which (thanks to the concerted national and international activities of highly educated and reasonable men and women like him) he thought was actually highly unlikely to occur, has now occurred, and occurred in spades.

This (re)discovery of an important local Unitarian’s work in such an important and relevant field has served only to add weight to my deepening realisation that, although I continue emotionally to respond incredibly positively to earlier generations of optimistic/hope/reason/science-led characters like Mellanby (I can’t but help like the man), I find myself simultaneously utterly repulsed by the same liberal optimism/hope they (by which I also mean “we”) all too easily expressed again and again. I find myself wishing Mellanby had been a bit more of a “doomsday man” prepared to preach-up some environmental “hell fire” to frighten his liberal audience into recognising the need for immediate action (much as Greta Thunberg has tried to do for us during the last couple of years. See my address: This house is on fire). Reading Mellanby’s lecture in this, our own, critical moment of time, has only served to reinforce my general feeling that, as a matter of urgency, we liberals actively need to abandon our default optimistic/hopeful stances because they are clearly continuing to blind us to the need to act decisively and very radically NOW!, not just in terms of the environment but in connection with the wholesale destruction being caused by, amongst others, systemic racism, continuing attacks on democracy and, the pernicious (I would say evil) neoliberal project as a whole. I have absolutely no desire to be for you that doomsday man preaching hell-fire (who the hell would want to be that?) but I regret to tell you that I am ever more seeing the value of learning some practical lessons from those tricky, challenging and problematic ancient figures like Jonah and Amos . . . 

So, for those of you brave enough actively to seek out with me a practical, (human, Jesús centred) hope beyond hope by embracing the hopelessness of our current situation, I strongly recommend watching Miguel A. De La Torre’s recent keynote speech to some American Presbyterians that I have embedded below. Personally, I think he’s the most important theologian around and one to whom we should be listening very, very carefully indeed. For another Unitarian perspective on the basic insight outlined above about the significant problem with liberal hope/optimism — and one which has also listened closely to De La Torre — see ‘After the Good News: Progressive Faith Beyond Optimism’ by Nancy McDonald Ladd (Skinner House Books, 2019, pp. 131-132).


Another (re)discovery made during this grand clear out — though one which was clearly very different and less distressing and challenging from that above — was a Unitarian pamphlet from 1966 called “They Became Unitarians”. This tells the story of four people who had come to hold a Unitarian position after coming from either other Christian churches or from a secular position. Now I have hundreds and hundreds of Unitarian pamphlets and, on this occasion, I was planning simply to rebox them rather than to read or re-read any of them. But, for some reason, I was minded to open this, heretofore unread, one and, on its opening page, I came across the following paragraph:

The Music of Richard Hall 
The Rev. Richard Hall of Newton Abbot entered the Unitarian ministry last year after a distinguished career (which he continues) in music — as a teacher, performer and composer. He was up in London only recently to supervise a B.B.C. recording of his Third Symphony. A highly sensitive man in religion as well as art — indeed for him religion and art are coupled inseparably like Juno’s swans.

As a musician and minister of religion myself these words proved an irresistible draw and so, as with the Mellanby lecture earlier in the month, I immediately made myself a mug of tea and sat down to read my new, new found treasure. I’ll leave you to do that should you wish by clicking on THIS LINK. I quickly followed this up by checking for a biography on line and found this brief article by David Wright.

Naturally, all these things led me to do a search for some of his music. Alas, not a great deal is available (and certainly not his Third Symphony) but, thankfully, his Fourth Symphony is currently available on YouTube. It’s a recording of a live performance made in 1984 by the BBC Philharmonic Orchestra conducted by Edward Downes. If you are attracted by twentieth-century British music influenced by Hindemith (and I assuredly am) then this will prove to be splendid, uplifting little gem. 


There’s also available a very good collection of piano and chamber music/songs AT THIS LINK which I would also recommend giving a listen.

Enjoy!

As always, I'd value your thoughts about any of the above or, of course, any of the other subjects explored on this blog.

Embracing Hopelessness: A keynote speech by Miguel A. De La Torre

6 July 2020 at 11:58
Recently (and especially and intensely during the lockdown) I've been reflecting (e.g. in my Easter Address HERE) on the important and challenging work of Miguel A. De La Torre (especially his extraordinary, must read trilogy: “Latina/o Social Ethics: Moving Beyond Eurocentric Thinking”, “The Politics of Jesús: Toward a Hispanic Political Theology” & “Embracing Hopelessness”) and I thoroughly recommend the video below to you:

The Green Street roots of the Cambridge Unitarian Church

1 July 2020 at 11:55
As I mentioned in my post last Saturday about the formal opening of our current church in January 1928, as far as I knew there was no organised, formal Unitarian/Socinian presence in Cambridge before 1875/6 when, as F. J. M. Stratton (1881-1960) our church’s very distinguished first chairman told the public meeting which followed the opening service, the congregation had begun to meet in the “smoky atmosphere” of a billiard room in Green Street. However, I was wholly unaware of the following, additional, claim made by Stratton in the same meeting that:

“The Unitarian Church was formed in 1680, and met in a chapel in Green Street until 1818, when the lease of the building fell in.”

Naturally, I wondered whether this were true. Fortunately, a member of the congregation, Brian Keegan, very kindly did some searching through an online archive of newspapers to which he subscribes and found two articles in the Cambridge Independent Press during 1906 which reveals Stratton was completely correct. Not only that but, as the second of the two articles will reveal, his decision to restart the Unitarian cause in Cambridge in the “smoky atmosphere” of a billiard room in Green Street was, almost certainly, motivated by the fact that we had begun our life there. In doing this he ensured that there is a real physical as well as spiritual, theological and philosophical continuity between our modern congregation and this very interesting and, at times, theologically very radical, meeting house.

Where possible Ive added hypertext links to my transcription below to help better reveal some of the background of various names mentioned in the text and, of course to reveal something of the noncreedal, Arminian, Socinian, Unitarian connections that abound. If you find anymore and/or better ones please let me know. To help orientate yourselves through the twists and turns of the story below, here’s a map of the scene taken from the marvellous Capturing Cambridge website. Click on the picture to enlarge it. You might also find it interesting to consult this town map from 1800 which shows another Presbyterian meeting house at the Trinity Street end of Green Street which is not mentioned in the texts below. Whats going on there? 



The Cambridge Independent Press, August 31, 1906, p. 4
A FORGOTTEN CAMBRIDGE MEETING-HOUSE. 
PART I. 

Many times writers have told the story of Cambridge Nonconformity so far as it regards the congregations at St. Andrew’s Street and at Emmanuel Church. But alongside of them there once existed another gathering at least as influential as they, whose history is quite forgotten and has never been put into print — the congregation of the old Meeting-house, long ago utterly vanished, on the north side of Green Street.

Even before the Toleration Act, that street had possessed a Nonconformist assembly. The returns of conventicles in 1680 record one which met at “Widow Elizabeth Petit’s house in Green Street,” and was ministered to by the Rev. Samuel Corbyn, a former chaplain of Trinity College. Eleven years before, the returns of 1669 record the same brave widow as sheltering in her house in St. Michael’s parish — the street is not specified — the only important congregation of Nonconformists that Cambridge then possessed. It consisted of about a hundred hearers ; and was ministered to by three divines who had been ejected in 1652 from Trinity and Clare under the Act of Uniformity :— Corbyn, and Oddy, and the apostolic confessor Holcroft. [See also this link.]

After the Toleration Act, we find a Congregational Church established in Green Street, with a settled meeting house. This meeting house lay some distance back from the street, and was — at any rate in modern times — accessible only through a narrow passage that ran between two houses. Such secluded situations were commonly preferred for the early Nonconformist edifices, as affording a useful protection against mob violence. As this meeting-house was (and always continued to be) private property, It may very well have been the selfsame building where Widow Petit had kept up Nonconformist worship in the days before Toleration. It lay on the north side of Green Street, and towards the Sidney street end of it. Its congregation was ministered to by an old Caius man, Thomas Taylor ; who after being master the endowed school of Swaffham, in Norfolk, became (in the time of Cromwell) minister of a small Independent congregation that met in the Shire-hall at Bury St. Edmund’s. (The parish-churches of that town were then in the hands of the Presbyterians). In 1662 the Act of Uniformity broke up this congregation ; and Taylor was “silenced” (though, as he held no endowed benefice, he cannot be ranked amongst the two thousand divines who were actually “ejected”). Soon afterwards he had to spend a year in Bury prison for the offence of Nonconformity. On his release, he went to London ; and supported himself by going into trade, but continued to preach as opportunities offered. Very soon after the Toleration Act, he settled at Cambridge as pastor of the Green Street congregation. In 1692 he published a book, “Jacob Wrestling and Prevailing,” which he had written in 1660 ; and it was followed in 1693 by his volume “The True Light.” These books show him stern against Quakers and other “despisers of ordinances,” but equally stern against liturgies. He seems to have been a moderate Calvinist and a quiet, thoughtful man. A friend of his describes him in 1692 as “a judicious and faithful minister who hath witnessed a good confession, and that in bonds, for the commandments of God.” In his book of 1693 he describes his Green-street flock as only “small.” It was much surpassed in numbers by the “Great Meeting,” in Hog Hill (i.e., what is now Downing-place), which was ministered to by the Rev. Joseph Hussey, and which is now represented by Emmanuel Church. That congregation was of Presbyterian origin, but in 1694 Hussey induced it to begin to follow Congregational usages, and in October, 1696, it carried them to the extent of devising a “church covenant,” by which the members bound themselves together. These innovations caused some to, give up church membership, though without ceasing to attend the Great Meeting ; but others to leave it altogether and join Green-street. These new comers obtained sufficient influence in Taylor’s church to induce it to cease to be Congregational, whereupon some of the older amongst its members seceded to Mr. Hussey’s flock.

Probably the smallness of the Green-street Church made it easy for a few zealous people to transform its system of government. But it must be remembered that the change was far slighter than it appears to us now-a-days, accustomed to think of “Presbyterianism” in its Scottish form. That form, with the close-knit centralisation of Presbyteries and Synods, was never generally adopted in England, even in the Commonwealth period. And when the Presbyterians organised themselves again, on the passing of the Toleration Act, they abandoned all attempt at centralisation. Their congregations were just as independent of each others’ authority as were those of the Independents themselves. And practically the only difference between the two denominations lay in this — that the power of governing the affairs of a congregation, and especially of admitting new church members, was exercised amongst the Independents by a democratic vote of all its members, and the new member was received only on making satisfactory public declaration before them all of his religious faith. In a Presbyterian congregation, on the other hand, the power was regarded as altogether delegated to the minister and office bearers, and the new member was required to satisfy them alone. The close alliance of both branches of Nonconformity in Cambridge in even their very earliest days is well attested by the fact that, about 1690, on the death of Francis Holcroft (the ejected Fellow of Clare, who had been in days of persecution. “the Apostle of Cambridgeshire”), the preface to his funeral sermon was signed jointly by Taylor as the minister of the Congregationalists, and by Joseph Hussey as minister of the Presbyterians. In Thoresby’s letters (preserved in the British Museum) there is mention of a Rev. Thomas Leavesley as having settled in 1697 as minister at Cambridge ; so he very likely came to be colleague to the aged Mr. Taylor. Leavesley afterwards became minister at the Old Jewry, 1726, and died in 1737. He must have been a man of “broad” tendencies, for at the Salter’s Hall controversy, he voted with the party who opposed subscription to creeds. As he came in 1697, just a few months after there had seceded from Hog-hill the Presbyterian group who joined Green-street, and led it to change to Presbyterian usages, it is possible that this change brought about the call of Mr. Leavesley.

In November, 1700, Mr. Taylor died, aged seventy-five, and was buried in the meeting house. It is wrongly stated in Calamy’s great history of early Nonconformity that Hussey then succeeded to his pulpit. Hussey was busy in a far larger congregation. His actual successor (probably from 1701 onwards) was the erudite James Peirce, afterwards famous at Exeter. In 1701, Peirce became a trustee of the Hog-hill Chapel so he must have been already settled In Cambridge. He was a Congregationalist by origin, but had received his ordination from Presbyterian ministers. He had received a University education at Leyden and Utrecht. In 1701 he was now eight and twenty. At Cambridge he formed an acquaintance with one of the best known of the Professors — the mathematician Whiston — which led to results important, through both of the men, to the history of English controversial theology. Peirce was orthodox until some years after he left Cambridge, and so was Whiston, but they ultimately became the most prominent Arians of their generation. When Peirce first came he found his little congregation in Green-street “a discontented people,” but he left them contented and happy. He came only intending to stay three years, but did stay six. By 1708 he had settles as minister at Newbury.

At Cambridge his usual custom was to go into his study when the curfew rang at nine, and to sit till four or five in the morning, and yet be never thought the time long. His study looked into a churchyard. One night (see the “Monthly Repository” for 182l, p. 330) he looked out of its window, and saw in the churchyard a horse without a head. He watched carefully, and saw it move on its four legs just like any other horse. He had no belief in ghosts, and determined to satisfy himself, so he returned once or twice to the window, but there it always was. Next morning he looked again, and found it was the horse which was all white, with a head that was quite black, and which therefore was quite black, and which therefore was not to be seen in the dark so easily as the rest of the animal could be. This went, he said, to confirm his opinion that all ghost stories, if carefully sifted, would equally easily disappear. Though so cool and calm an inquirer, yet he retained sufficient Puritan prejudices to refuse to go to his owe daughter’s wedding because she was to be married with a wedding ring. The anecdote recalls the fact that, just about a hundred years later, the illustrious Robert Hall, during his Cambridge ministry, lodged in Petty-cury, in rooms overlooking St. Andrew’s Churchyard, and that the first symptom of his becoming insane was his delusion that he saw “the gravestones rise in rapid succession from the graves, and beat against the church tower like boys playing at fives or tennis.”

It seems to have been hard to find a suitable successor to him, for by 1715 Hussey bitterly accuses them of having had twenty ministers in the fifteen years — of course, mere “supplies.” In that year their congregation had some three hundred persons associated with it. Hussey’s had eleven hundred.

C. S. K.
 
The Cambridge Independent Press, September 7, 1906, p. 4
A FORGOTTEN CAMBRIDGE MEETING-HOUSE. 
PART 2.

In 1715, the Green Street congregation had as its pastor the Rev. John Cumming, a Presbyterian, born in Ireland and ordained in Scotland. He removed in 1716 to London. Then George Wightwick became their pastor, but in 1720 removed to a Colchester congregation. Peirce had never distinctly called himself Presbyterian; but Cumming and Wightwick did.

In 1721, the Green Street congregation (still numbering some three hundred), invited to its pulpit the afterwards celebrated James Duchal; whose history, like Peirce’s, may be read in the “Dictionary of National Biography.” He ultimately became one of the most famous men in the history of Irish Presbyterianism ; but he always declared that his years in Cambridge had been “the most delightful part” of all his life. In 1728, during his Cambridge ministry, Duchal published a little volume containing three sermons on “The practice of Religion” which affords striking evidence of his own mental calibre, and therefore, presumably, of that of the congregation who had chosen him. The sermons read to us strangely modern. Unlike other Nonconformist discourses of that period, they quote freely from secular history ; and they are expressed not in Puritan diction, but in that of Addison. They recall the writings of the Cambridge Platonists ; and, in dignity and simplicity, their strain is that of the best pieces of Fenelon. A very competent critic (Principal Gordon, of Manchester) recently pronounced them “perhaps the most spiritual sermons that that period of English theology produced.” We may quote from them a few sentences :—

“A man must taste something of heaven here or he will never see it hereafter.” 

"We are in heaven now ; and at death we de but go into a higher station in it.”

“All the laws of morality may be summed up in this one, ‘be happy.’” 

“What is holiness but the conformity of our dispositions and actions to eternal reason! Therefore religion is nothing but the practice of reason.”

As Hussey had left Cambridge in 1720, and some twenty years elapsed before this Hog Hill congregation obtained any really able successor to him, we may conclude that Duchal would attract many of their people to Green-street. But in 1730, he left Cambridge and entered upon his brilliant career amongst the Presbyterians of Ulster. Two years later, when the Rev. Samuel Bourn, a Presbyterian Minister in Lancashire, was removing to Birmingham (in the history of which town he played a prominent part for the next twenty years), we find him vainly urged to wait awhile, as a call was coming to him from “the two congregations at Cambridge,” and he might be the means of combining them into one church. No doubt the congregations would be Green-street and Hog Hill ; for the latter pulpit was also vacant then. Bourn, however, did not come ; and Duchal was succeeded by John Notcutt, who left soon after 1740. In 1741, Notcutt gave hospitality to Dr. Doddridge, who visited Cambridge in June, and was “very respectfully received” by the authorities in several colleges, and who found as regards creature-comforts that “in Cambridge everything is exceedingly good in its kind, particularly the tea.” Doddridge in his letters twice describes Mr. Notcutt as “the dissenting minister” of Cambridge ; so the Green-street congregation must at this time have been decidedly the most important in Cambridge. Mr. Condor was then only beginning at Hog Hill (i.e., the Downing Place of to-day) that successful ministry which permanently shifted away the relative importance of Green-street.

In 1743, a pupil of Doddridge’s, Mr. Marshall, came to Green-street as minister ; but apparently to but a thorny field. For a hope is expressed that he will “revive vital religion” in his people, and that they “will retrieve their honour,” and it is feared that he will “soon become uneasy there,” (Doddridge’s Correspondence, vol. IV. 27, 212). How soon he left does not appear ; but in 1750 there came the Rev. Richard Jones, who also had been a pupil, and even for a time the secretary, of Dr. Doddridge. In an obituary of him in the Gentleman’s Magazine for 1800 (p. 1,005), a very pleasant and amiable character is given of Mr. Jones. “At Cambridge, without betraying his principles, be lived in harmony with all the members of the University, and with many of them in the strictest intimacy and friendship.” He seems to have been a broad-minded and practical preacher. From Cambridge, he removed to the Crosby Hall Congregation in London, and afterwards to a congregation at Peckham. He died at Greenwich in 1800. His essay on “Friendship with God” was republished as recently as 1847 by the advice of an Anglican bishop.

Jones was followed about 1762 by Samuel Henley, from the Daventry Academy. He was a clever youth, but the congregation did not prosper under him. In 1769 he joined the Established Church. The “Dictionary of National Biography” tells us that, after passing some years in America, he became in 1782 Vicar of Rendlesham, and rose subsequently to be Principal of the famous East India College at Haileybury. He died in 1815. On his leaving Green-street, the chapel was closed for about two years. Then, in 1772, came another student from the Daventry Academy, John Robotham, “nearly, if not quite, a Socinian.” Besides being heterodox, he was tedious, and, under these two disadvantages, his little congregation dwindled rapidly. He left about 1778. The meeting-house was then closed, and the Presbyterian congregation disappeared. Some of its members took themselves to the Independents at Hog Hill ; others to the Baptists in St. Andrew's-street, then flourishing under the brilliant and masculine ministry of Robert Robinson (1760-1790), the most dramatic figure in the whole history of Cambridge Nonconformity.

In 1781 the closed Green-street chapel was re-opened as a Congregational Church by John Stittle, of whom Professor de Morgan has preserved some graphic recollections. John Stittle (miscalled “Stettle” by Byron in 1811 in the “Hints from Horace”), was born at Madingley in 1727, and died in 1813. He was one of the many Cambridgeshire converts won to piety by the eccentric clergyman, John Berridge, the friend of Wesley. He was a hedger and a thrasher, could read well, but never could write. This had the advantage of compelling him to preach extempore ; (and some people are said to wish, for the sake of the same advantage, that all preachers were blind). An anecdote, which Professor de Morgan has immortalised, represents him as saying, in contempt of academical learning, “D’ye think Powle (i.e., St. Paul) knew Greek?” But Professor Adam Sedgwick, the eminent geologist, declined this anecdote quite incredible, and utterly at variance with the strong mental powers which Stittle possessed. When Mr. Simeon, who had befriended Stittle, preached a University sermon, in which he stated Calvinism more moderately than had been usual with him, some of those Dissenters who had occasionally attended his church became offended at his apparent change of views, and consequently transferred themselves altogether to Stittle’s chapel. Simeon, nevertheless, did not resent this, and ultimately he very generously made Stittle a permanent quarterly allowance, which, he jocularly said. was “for shepherding my stray sheep.” (The tradition of this raying was preserved by a person who had often been employed by Simeon to carry the money). Stittle remained to the end a high Calvinist. He used to say, “Arminians are like wood-pigeons. They say ‘Do, do, do’ all day long, but they are the laziest birds that fly.” He would have sympathised with the poet who wrote :—

“Go search Paul’s Epistles, you shallow Arminians, 
You'll not find one text to support your opinions.” 

He rejected all water baptism, either of infants or adults. He had a standing feud with the undergraduates. They used, as Byron suggests, to go to Green-street to ridicule the sermons, and would bring sparrows into the chapel and let, them loose. One man, seeing himself watched, put his cap in front of his face. Stittle grimly said, “In the Day of Judgment there’ll be no caps to hide your face in.” In old age he used to be carried to the chapel in a Sedan chair. An undergraduate called out to the bearers as they were carrying Stittle over Magdalen Bridge, from Castle End where he lived. “Drop him over the bridge into hell.” Stittle replied, “They can’t ; for my Master keeps the keys of hell.” One day he was met in Petty Cury by three undergraduates, who respectively accosted him, the one as “Father Abraham,” the next as “Father Isaac,” and the third as “Father Jacob.” He replied, “I am none of the three, I am merely Saul, son of Kish, sent to seek my father’s asses. And lo ! *have found them*.” He preached so long a series of sermons on David, that one of his flock complained, “You have picked all the flesh of David’s bone.” He replied, “Yes, and I shall now crack the bones and see what marrow is in them.” In one sermon he compared eternity to a clock so gigantic that it said “tic” in one century and “tac” in the next. Then suddenly turning to some undergraduates in the chapel he said : “Go home and calculate the length of that clock’s pendulum.” On one occasion when insulted by undergraduates he invited one of them to come to his house and share the “herby pie” supper of his family ; after which be induced him to stay on for family worship ; this resulted in the youth being led to think seriously of religion, and in his ultimately becoming a valuable clergyman. Stittle was four times married, and survived his fourth wife. He said that if he had known that he should survive her so many years he would have married a fifth one. (But he had not the foresight of the man who engraved on the wedding ring of the fourth wife, “If I survive I’ll make them five.”) In Dean Alford’s “Plea for the Queen’s English” there is given a powerful passage from one of Stittle’s sermons. He died in 1813, aged 85 ; and was buried in his chapel.

In 1815 his congregation took as his successor a Mr. Popplewell, for whom in 1818, as the lease of the old building had nearly expired, and the owner refused to renew it, there was hired at a rent of £40 by the few survivors of the congregation, a building on the south side of Green-street. This, after one or two intervening pastorates, was ministered to by a Mr. Snelgar (whose daughter subsequently became the wife of Mr. Shilleto, the great Greek scholar.) Under Mr. Snelgar troubles arose (apparently from his wishing to introduce more modern forms of worship, such as ceasing to read out the hymns line by line); and the congregation came to an end. Their new meeting place was subsequently hired by the Wesleyans; afterwards by the Union Society ; and, still later, by the Reform Club. It is now a billiard-room, in the yard adjoining No. 29.

The older meeting house, the one where Stittle himself had ministered, was hired in 1819 by a small and newly-formed flock of highly Calvinistic Baptists. But about 1820 they migrated to a new chapel which they had built in Fitzroy-street, on land that was part of a piece called, “The Garden of Eden.” Hence the name “Eden” was given to their new chapel. For in 1826 Green-street underwent a reconstruction, and the old chapel was pulled down. Stittle’s grave accordingly was opened, and the body was found perfect. But in a few minutes it fell to dust, leaving only the skeleton, which was reinterred at Eden Chapel.

C. S. K.

Site of the first Green Street Chapel (the white, yellow and white frontages) 

Location of the former passage way that led to the
second Green Street Chapel (later Wesleyan)
and, eventually, Stratton’s Billiard Room

A thought relevant to our own age following a re-reading of the opening of Herbert Spencer’s (1820-1903) “First Principles” (1862/1893)

30 June 2020 at 17:30
The cover of my 1893 edition  As my last post will have revealed, I’m slowly trying to get my books back into my study after seven months of exile due to some serious water ingress caused by our neighbour’s failure to maintain their gutters properly, coupled with what was clearly a poor initial build. But don’t let me get started about that! Anyway, this has meant I have had in my hands many volumes which I have simply not opened for years. One of them is my copy of Herbert Spencer’s (1820-1903) “First Principles” (Fifth Edition, 1893) given to me in the 1990s whilst I was studying theology at Harris Manchester College, Oxford. On the fly leaf I see that, in 1960, it was owned by Colin Birtles of Liverpool who, if I’ve got...

A further meditation upon the Cambridge Unitarian Church's history and its relevance for us today

27 June 2020 at 15:04
My study wall ready for replastering and re-painting  
As some of you know, in December of last year, I was forced to vacate my study because water from the poorly constructed and maintained gutters on the building next door began significantly to seep into the room. It was only last week that the work of repairing and redecorating the study was finally finished. “Alleluia!”, say I, and my thanks go out to the committee for helping to progress this work — work that was, naturally, massively delayed by the arrival of the pandemic amongst us. My especial thanks go to our treasurer, Stephen Watson, who had to deal with our, not always helpful, insurers. Without his sterling work I would not be able gratefully to have started moving back into my study during last couple of days.

My study, damp, sorry and abandoned 
Anyway, in December 2019, everything in my study had to be either boxed up and taken out to stored in the organ loft or piled up high on the dry side of the room and there everything remained until the lockdown began on the 24th March 2020. However, once the hall and common room were definitively closed to public use I decided that the time was right to abandon the tiny kitchen table in the Manse and take over the Common Room as my study where I could sprawl about big time and try amongst, other things, to begin the necessary, and long overdue, process of sorting through and rationalising the accumulated clutter of twenty years of ministry here in Cambridge.

The Common Room, my temporary desk
and some of my associated clutter

As you know from my email of last week, in the process, I uncovered the various accounts of the opening of the church building in 1928 which I hope you have now all had the opportunity to read through. For ease of reference you can find the pdf of these documents by clicking on this link: Cambridge Unitarian Church Opening, January 1928.

When I first read them myself I was reminded me of a meditation I wrote for you back in February 2019 which drew upon that period of our history to explore the, to me, very strange case of our church’s altar/table. Should you wish to you can read this address by clicking on the following link: “When is a table not a table? When, perhaps, it's an altar?—Some Christian a/theist thoughts inspired by Heidegger and Bonhoeffer.” 

Now most of what appears in the accounts of our church’s opening I already knew about but I did not know about one major bit of information it contains, namely, something about the early history of our church in Cambridge.

F. J. M. Stratton (in the middle) surrounded by former ministers
of the congregation and, for a little while longer anyway,
the Beach Boys, the Beatles and Miles Davis.
What would he think?
As far as I knew there was no organised, formal Unitarian/Socinian presence in Cambridge before 1875/6 when, as F. J. M. Stratton (1881-1960) our church’s very distinguished first chairman tells us, the congregation began meeting in the “smoky atmosphere” of a billiard room in Green Street and I was wholly unaware of the following claim made by Stratton in the public meeting which followed the opening service:

“The Unitarian Church was formed in 1680, and met in a chapel in Green Street until 1818, when the lease of the building fell in.”

Was this true? Given we’re still in lockdown I cannot, of course, get access to any libraries but various bits of initial, intriguing information can be gleaned on line.

I firstly searched for a chapel on Green Street in Cambridge and was immediately directed to the wonderful Capturing Cambridge website run by the Cambridge Folk Museum. That site tells us the following piece of information:

“History of 5 Green Street: On the site of the houses numbered 5,4, and 3 stood an old Independent Chapel, dating back to 1688, generally known as the Old Green Street Meeting House, but later referred to Stittle’s Chapel, after the Rev John Stittle, who served his congregation here from 1781 until his death.”

Naturally, I next searched for some information on the Rev John Stittle and was directed to the webpage of the Eden Baptist Church which is now located in new buildings on Fitzroy Street almost opposite Waitrose and Greggs. Before going on you should  know that this church is an extremely conservative, Biblically fundamentalist one and, in my twenty year long engagement in ecumenical circles in Cambridge, I have never once encountered anyone from the church. It should be clear that if the orthodox Christian churches on the ecumenical scene are so completely shunned by the Eden Baptist Church then we Unitarians are deemed to be light years beyond even that pale. Naturally, the differences that exist between our respective churches will come as no surprise to any of you but, as you will see in a moment, the huge differences may well have a very local, even church-familial root. As the old adage goes the most bitter and long-lasting arguments are those had within the same family . . .  

So, the Eden Baptist Church website informs us that in 1669, in the Green Street home of a certain Elizabeth Petit, a congregation had begun to meet and it was they who built a meeting house there in 1688 which, following the Act of Toleration in 1689, finally became a legally constituted church. The website continues:

However the vitality that non-conformity had shown under persecution gradually ebbed away in its new-found freedom. Across all of England there was great downturn in religious life and permissiveness became the order of the day. The congregation in Green Street managed to continue its existence apart from brief closures from 1769 to 1772 and 1778 to 1781. New life came in what we now call the ‘Evangelical Revival’ with the preaching of Whitefield and Wesley. The effects of this revival were eventually felt in Green Street as a man called John Stittle was converted under the preaching of John Berridge of Everton, who saw a number of local revivals. Stittle became a preacher himself and in 1781 the Green Street Meeting House was reopened with him as pastor. Under Stittle’s rather eccentric ministry the church flourished. He could read, but not write, and university students used to come to ridicule him. Many stories are told of his running battle with the undergraduates. His godliness is demonstrated by one such story, where he invited an undergraduate who had been insulting him to come home and share his supper, after which the student stayed on for family worship. This led the under-graduate to consider religion seriously and eventually to become a preacher himself. Stittle was a high Calvinist and as a result even attracted some of Charles Simeon’s congregation from Holy Trinity in the Market Square when Simeon failed to state Calvinism as conservatively as they desired. When Simeon later heard that Stittle was in financial difficulty he sent him a regular allowance with a note saying ‘for shepherding my stray sheep’. Stittle died in 1813 and was buried in the Green Street Meeting House, by then known as “Stittle’s Chapel”.

A few years later this congregation moved to a building on the other side of Green Street and a group of Stittle’s followers began renting the original Meeting House in their place. This is the group that was to go on to become Eden Chapel. The link between Stittle and Eden is testified to by the re-interment of Stittle’s remains at Eden’s new chapel some years later, when they were disturbed by the redevelopment of Green Street.

The text above is infuriatingly ambiguous and does not make it clear whether it was those who stayed in the meeting house or those who “crossed the road” were the group that eventually formed the congregation which became the Eden Baptist Church. Stratton’s text reveals that he thinks it was the latter group because in his mind those who stayed in the meeting house were the Unitarians (or were at least meaningfully proto-Unitarian/Socinian). Hmmm, some serious digging and untangling clearly needs to be done here if we are to get to the bottom of this claim. Nor, of course, can we yet rule out that Stratton may simply have been misinformed.

However, what is evident is that some kind of schism occurred in the Green Street congregation between those holding orthodox Calvinist views and those holding a more liberal kind of theology. In a general, very circumstantial fashion, this supports Stratton’s claim because it was just such arguments and splits within Presbyterian, Independent and Baptist congregations that eventually led to the foundation of many of our oldest Unitarian congregations.

All in all, I have found myself gently amused by the emerging possibility that one of the most conservative churches in Cambridge and the most theologically liberal church in Cambridge may be children of the same Green Street Meeting House!

But this discovery (if discovery it really is) also serves to remind me of our own church community’s longer-term trajectory which is so, very, very different from the Eden Street Baptists. As I have occasionally reminded you, in his important lecture of 1920, “The Meaning and Lessons of Unitarian History”, the great Unitarian historian Earl Morse Wilbur (1886-1956) felt that, although a study of sixteenth- to eighteenth-century Unitarian history (which included the early Green Street period) did at first sight appear to teach us that the principal meaning of the movement had been “a purely doctrinal one” and that the goal at which we aimed was “nothing more remote than that of winning the world to acceptance of one form of doctrine rather than another”, the truth was actually very different. When one surveyed the whole of our history up to 1920, Wilbur felt sure that the “doctrinal aspect” of our churches was in fact only “a temporary phase” and that Unitarian doctrines were only “a sort of by-product of a larger movement, whose central motive has been the quest for spiritual freedom.” Indeed, his essay begins with a clear statement that “that the keyword to our whole history . . . is the word complete spiritual freedom.” The conclusion he delivered to his own day was that, thus far, we had hardly done anything more than remove certain “obstacles which dogma had put in our way” and had only just begun to “clear the decks for the great action to follow.”

Like our own Cambridge Unitarian Church forebears, for Wilbur, this “great action” was to create a relevant, liberative, free-thinking version of — or, perhaps, meaningful and genuine successor to — formal, conservative, doctrinal and belief-led Christianity, the kind of Christianity which our (apparent) cousins at Eden Baptist Church have only doubled-down upon.

Photo of William Copeland Bowie (1855-1936) that, once again,
hangs in my study.

To remind you, here’s how Dr. William Copeland Bowie (1855–1936) summed-up for us this liberative, “great action” in the concluding three paragraphs of his dedicatory address of January 1928:

Label on the reverse of the photo above (click on this to enlarge)
“In dedicating this Church we would unite in banishing from our souls all narrow thoughts, all mean desires, all selfish aims. May this building become to succeeding generations of young men and women a religious home. Here may anxious troubled spirits find relief and rest ; here may sorrowing hearts be comforted ; here may the despondent be led to face life anew with fresh courage ; here may those who have erred and strayed from right paths be restored and healed ; here may the power to withstand temptation be strengthened ; here may worshippers receive enlightenment for the mind, guidance for the conscience, and the incentive to lend a hand in seeming the betterment of the lot of the slum-dweller, the out-of-work poor, and the idle and luxurious rich ; here may the love of country be nourished on a patriotism which renounces foolish pride and empty vain-glory and rejoices in the welfare and happiness of the people of all lands ; here may the brave, joyous, trustful religion recorded of Jesus Christ inspire young and old, rich and poor, to tread the way of life that leads onward and upward to God.

It is a ‘Modernist’ Church that we would dedicate to-day. Whatever of wisdom, truth, and beauty the past has bequeathed to man, here may it be sincerely treasured and loved. Here, too, may the larger knowledge and the enriched experience of the living present receive ready and eager welcome. Above all, may the vision of a nobler world be kept always bright and clear and the door never be closed against any fuller, more perfect revelation of the Divine purpose and will which the future may have in store for the children of men. 

May the strength and beauty which the architect and the craftsmen have imprinted on this building have their spiritual counterpart in the strength and beauty of the religious faith which as the years come and go will find expression within these walls.” 

Now, me being me, I’d want to undertake with you a critical, forensic break-down of Bowie’s text and, in particular, to explore in depth what he meant (and how we, today, might radically reinterpret) the meaning and implications (then and now) of the terms, “God” (see, for example, in my address linked to above about our altar/table), “Christ”, “Modernist”, “Divine purpose” but, speaking personally, I can say without any hesitation at all, that I still find Bowie’s words pretty much spot on. Indeed, I write this thanking my lucky stars that I was called by this congregation to be the minister of a church which was opened with such still relevant, far-seeing, open-hearted, open-minded and deck-clearing words.

The site of the Cambridge Unitarian Church
before its construction in 1927,
with the current Manse to the right and . . . sheep.
Now I bring this before you because, during the next couple of weeks, we may, if we are lucky, be a little bit closer to being able to think about reopening our church again after what will have been about four months of enforced closure. To do this properly and safely we will, of course, have to make a number of important technical health and safety related decisions but, in addition to these important decision, it seems clear to me that any truly meaningful re-opening of our church after such a long and unexpected break will only happen in so far as each of us has made some attempt to engage in a serious meditation upon our congregation’s whole history and overall religious trajectory up to and including this moment in time. Only such a meditation stands a real chance of providing us with a secure, SHARED sense of where and why we are who we are today; only such a meditation can help us articulate the kind of SHARED vision we will need if we are to make our way successfully into and through the next century as honourable successors, not only to our forebears who gifted us the modern congregation (from 1875/6 onwards in the Green Street Billiard Room) and it’s beautiful buildings (1923 & 1927/8) but also, just perhaps, as honourable successors of our (re)discovered, rebellious forebears in Green Street Meeting House (or across the road) in the seventeenth-century.

Embracing and welcoming the figure of the migrant—Being also a meditation on the need to let go of the God of Monotheism and embrace an Ontology of Motion

20 June 2020 at 10:16
The Figure of the Migrant by Thomas Nail
Embracing and welcoming the figure of the migrant—Being also a meditation on the need to let go of the God of Monotheism and embrace an Ontology of Motion

As some of you will have seen in the last email from our Church Chairman, Andrew Bethune, one of our members (whom we gratefully share with one of the local Quaker Meetings), kindly alerted us to a local Quaker, online meeting organised last week called ‘Refugees: creating a humane not hostile environment.’

The movement of people caused by war, violence, famine, drought and/or the associated desire for better economic, social, political and religious conditions has always been part of the human experience. In the past, as now, this movement has often created in many people all kinds of fears and problems (real and imagined) and in our own age it is proving to be one of the most powerful drivers behind the rise in (mostly) right-wing, protectionist, nationalisms/racisms across the world which are continuously demonising/othering the figure of the migrant as some kind of abhorrent, hateful, threatening and, perhaps, even demonic, external force threatening the integrity of ‘our borders’ and ‘our identity.’ We all know where this kind of fear, hatred and border- and identity-reinforcing leads and it is no surprise that many of us desire to find effective ways to challenge this and help create for the migrant (and all people) a humane, and not a hostile, environment.

But, at least as I see it, there is a significant, even fundamental obstacle to us creating such an environment, namely, our culture’s inherited understanding of what it is for any thing to be the kind of thing it is. The technical name for the study of this question is ‘ontology’.

Roughly speaking, our inherited ontology (basically a Christian version of Platonism/Neo-Platonism) tells us that all things are created by (or emanate from) one, central, single, static, eternal and immutable source: ‘God’, famously described by the anonymous twelfth-century author of the ‘Liber XXIV philosophorum’ is conceived as being ‘an infinite sphere, whose centre is everywhere and whose circumference is nowhere’.

But, as I have been pointing out for some considerable time now, for many of us in the world today our understanding of the way the world is and our place in it is now very different to that suggested by our inherited ontology. What nearly all the sciences and humanities are suggesting to us, from quantum/particle physics to anthropology/sociology, is that EVERYTHING is always already in motion and that even the most apparently eternal, static, self-contained things are themselves made up of matter in motion and, in time, they will all unfold themselves infinitely back into the flows, folds and fields of matter out of which they, and all things are continually being made and unmade. In short what it is for anything to be the kind of thing it is, it is to be in motion. This is an ontology of motion.

In turn, this means that every apparently solid, long-lasting, even to the point of seeming to be an ‘eternal’ thing, is, in truth, only a metastable material thing (as Lucretius thought, this would be true even of the gods). Here’s how the philosopher Thomas Nail explains metastability in a fashion which also serves to bring us back to the figure of the migrant:

‘A flow is a continuous movement of matter. Societies are produced and reproduced by accumulating a continual flow of materials such as water, wood, air, stone, metals, money, people, and so on. Instead of just letting rivers flow, trees grow, and people move, societies try and harness these flows by continually capturing them and iterating them again and again in a social “junction” or “cycle.” These cycles are what allow matters to become metastable, like eddies or whirlpools in a river. Each cycle siphons off a material flow, cycles it, and discards the waste. There are no perfect circles—only leaky entropic ones—so the quest of continual extraction continues. Once enough of these flows have been sustained in relatively stable cycles, the cycles can be ordered into much larger fields of social circulation. Some cycles are larger, more central, contain more sub-cycles, and so on—and at the limit of these large orders is where you find the emergence of what we call “borders.” Borders are the main operators that expel social waste, dispossess people outside, and fortify the final social junction so that the whole process of social circulation is secured and defended’ (Source).

In other words our societies/nations are all created/defined by constantly migrating material flows and NOT created, de novo, out of nothing (ex nihilo) by the fiat of some static, eternal, immutable God/principle/force. All apparently still centres are always and only the metastable consequences of ever-moving flows and not the other way round. This means that our ontology has always been ‘upside down’ — because ever-moving flows are a necessary condition of all apparently still centres. The very possibility of our identities (whether East Anglians, English, British, European, World citizens etc.) depends not on some eternal divine diktat or covenant, but on migrant, material flows — the migrant is what always-already makes us who were are.

I hope you can grasp that this turning ‘upside-down’ of our ontology (from one based on a static, eternal centre to one based on ever-moving material flows that create only metastable centres/circumferences) helps us see clearly that all our societies/nations are themselves metastable consequences of ceaselessly migrating (pedetic) material flows — including, of course, the ceaseless flow of migrating (pedetic) peoples with all their extraordinary material practices, tools, objects and ideas.

Having grasped this very different ontology (an ontology of motion) Nail wants us to see at least two consequences of it for our understanding of the figure of the migrant.

The first is that, as a

‘major constitutive social force throughout history . . . migrant voices and agency will be included in the social processes they themselves help to build and reproduce. Those who contribute socially and are affected socially should have the right to determine how they are affected socially.’ (Source)

This is vital because, again as Nail notes, at the moment

‘we are living in a global apartheid in which millions of migrants who form the backbones of so many social and economic systems are treated as if they are nothing or as if they were “illegal.”’ (Source)

The second consequence of adopting an ontology of motion is that it can help us see clearly that

‘Western civilization was founded on the dispossession and colonization of migrants (nomads, barbarians, vagabonds, and the proletariat). Western culture has also made it a strategic point to destroy and marginalize migrant histories.’ (Source)

I share with Nail a genuine hope that by consciously adopting an ontology of motion we can try to ‘recover these erased histories to supplement and even overthrow the currently dominant and exclusionary ones.’ (Source)

Amen, to that, say I!

In short, for us truly to help create for refugees (and, by extension, all migrants) ‘a humane not hostile environment’, one major (and I would argue essential) thing I think all of us must do, is to begin to let go of our inherited belief in the static, centralising, Platonic/Neo-Platonic God of monotheism and begin consciously to adopt an understanding of world that helps us see that what it is to be anything at all is to be something always-already material and in motion. With such an understanding in our heads, hearts and hands I have some hope that the figure of the migrant will come to be seen by us, not as an object of hatred and fear to be excluded on the other side of a border, but a figure to be embraced and welcomed (although always thoughtfully) into our leaky, entropic circles of belonging (and vice versa, of course) as a beautiful, tangible, material expression of how everything, but everything, in the world comes to be.

A KIND OF POST-CHRISTIAN, CHRISTIAN POSTSCRIPT

Coming as I do, from a Christian background (albeit a highly unorthodox and heretical one), I would simply point out that the tradition’s central, material figure, Jesús, was himself a dispossessed and colonised migrant. It seems to me that the Christian tradition, at least when it is shorn of its supernaturalist belief in the God of monotheism, has through the figure of ‘Jesús-the-migrant’ the opportunity to articulate its own — but by no means unique — beautiful, tangible, material expression of how, through motion, everything, but everything, in the world comes to be.

Jesús and the possibility and desirability of a post-COVID-19, Universal Basic Income/Dividend

12 June 2020 at 13:36
READING: Matthew 20:1-16 RSV Jesus said: “For the kingdom of heaven is like a householder who went out early in the morning to hire labourers for his vineyard. After agreeing with the labourers for a denarius a day, he sent them into his vineyard. And going out about the third hour he saw others standing idle in the market place; and to them he said, ‘You go into the vineyard too, and whatever is right I will give you.’ So they went. Going out again about the sixth hour and the ninth hour, he did the same. And about the eleventh hour he went out and found others standing; and he said to them, ‘Why do you stand here idle all day?’ They said to him, ‘Because no one has hired us.’ He said to them, ‘You go into the vineyard ...

Weekend greetings from Emmanuel Road, 6th June, 2020

6 June 2020 at 08:20
Cambridge Unitarian Church, Emmanuel Road
As ever, I send this email to you hoping that you have managed to get through another week of lockdown in reasonable enough shape. 

This week, in addition to speaking to some of you by telephone, I also hope to see some of you at Sunday's 10am Service of Mindful Meditation and I reproduce below the details of the Zoom meeting kindly organised for this purpose by Brendan and Andrew.

Just a reminder that you’ll need to print up (or be able to see) the order of service (link below) and you might also like to have a tea light ready so that you can light silently at a particular point mid-way through the service. All will be explained on Sunday morning. The service will last about 45 minutes (so don't forget to make sure that your seat is genuinely comfortable!) and it will be followed by a time of conversation.


If you'd like to join this service please contact the church secretary, Brendan Boyle, via the contact link of the church webpage:


If you can't make the live-streamed event don't forget that an mp3 of the service is always available at the following link:


Lastly, as all of you will be painfully aware, on May 25, yet another black man, George Floyd, was murdered by a white police officer in the USA. This shameful and shocking event has triggered the most significant set of protests seen in the USA since the 1960s and these have, in turn, disturbingly revealed more than ever President Trump’s racism and dictatorial tendencies and intentions. 

Not surprisingly, George Floyd's murder also triggered many other protests around the world supporting the Black Lives Matter movement, including a number here in the UK. As I hope you are all acutely aware, our own culture remains itself deeply infected by racism and, amidst the many national disgraces connected with the official responses to the COVID-19 pandemic, the continued refusal/failure to tackle the disproportionate number of deaths of black, Asian and minority ethnic people from coronavirus — along with the failure to properly to protect NHS staff and those working/living in care homes — is one of the greatest. It is clear that here in the UK, just as is the case in the USA, that Black, Asian and minority ethnic lives simply do not matter as much as white lives.

Given this, the Stand Up To Racism group here in Cambridge organised a responsible, socially distanced, live-streamed, demonstration on Wednesday 4th June that was held in front of King's College and I, along with a number of other people from a variety of religious and political communities in Cambridge, was invited to contribute a few words. If you click on the following link you can watch the whole demonstration and read and/or listen to what I said myself.


With love and best wishes as always,

Andrew


Minister
Memorial Church (Unitarian)
Emmanuel Road
Cambridge
CB1 1JW
01223 576952

Short speech written for the Cambridge Stand Up To Racism "Black Lives Matter! Justice for George Floyd!" event in Cambridge City on Wednesday 4th June

5 June 2020 at 13:52
I am here, with comrades, colleagues and friends to stand in solidarity with, and in support of the family and friends of George Floyd, and also the anti-racist movement, Black Lives Matter. But, as we do this, we must acknowledge their long struggle for justice and fairness in the USA is a manifestation of a universal campaign, one which we must continue here. For ours is also country which, through its own institutions and all too many individual people, continues disgracefully to display racist tendencies, tendencies which the responses to the current pandemic have shockingly confirmed, namely, that black, Asian and minority ethnic lives simply do not matter as much as white lives.

This public struggle is vital and must be joined with vigour. However, there is, if you like, another front on which racism must always be fought, a kind of ‘home front’ if you will, which exists hidden within the heart and soul of every person like me who, by mere accident of birth, has been born into the privilege of being white.

As Dr Martin Luther King Jr saw, any society ‘poisoned to its soul by racism’ must ask how best it can confront and overcome this ‘malignancy’? Then, as this week, riots had broken out across the USA and Dr King considered them to be deplorable even as he rightly pointed out that a riot ‘is the language of the unheard.’ So let us listen.

Dr King insisted that it would be wrong to see the riots as ‘insurrections’ because they were clearly not attempts ‘to seize territory or to attain control of institutions’ but, instead, were ‘mainly intended to shock the white community.’ Knowing this, Dr. King felt that, in the end, riots were a ‘distorted form of social process’, an insight he sharpened by quoting Victor Hugo (1802-1885): ‘If a soul is left in the darkness, sins will be committed. The guilty one is not he who commits the sin, but he who causes the darkness.’

So, having tried to listen well, as we see what is happening in the USA, many of us here today—such as me—need to be shocked out of the darkness of our own white privilege and silent complicity, if not in directly creating the darkness of racism, then certainly in continuing to allow such malignancy to infect and damage our society. Only when I—we—have truly felt this shock to the very core of our being can we hope to stand with integrity side-by-side with our black, Asian and minority ethic brothers and sisters in creating a truly inclusive, world-changing, social justice movement that is no longer distorted into violence, but one which, as the old prophet Amos once declared was possible, allows justice for all to roll down like waters, and righteousness like an ever-flowing stream’(Amos 5:24).

May it be so.

Andrew James Brown, minister of the Cambridge Unitarian Church
www.cambridgeunitarian.org

You can watch the whole event at the following link. My own contribution appears shortly after 22mins & 30secs.

https://www.cambridge-news.co.uk/news/cambridge-news/live-updates-george-floyd-protest-18359050

Thirty-two photos of a still (mostly) empty and eerie locked-down Cambridge

30 May 2020 at 17:49
For those of you not able to get into Cambridge because of the lockdown, below are thirty-two photos taken during the same walk through Cambridge over the last two days (Friday 29th and Saturday 30th May) both round about lunchtime. The streets are, as you will see, still almost completely empty. It remains to me a very eerie sight. However, in certain places and at certain times, post Dominic Cummings’ shameful (and, to me, deeply shocking) press conference on Monday, May 25th, it’s clear the lockdown is breaking in some very unhelpful and, potentially, very dangerous ways. The last photo (Jesus Green) will give you a sense of what that looks like here . . . All the photos were taken with my Fuji X100F and are straight out of the ca...

Weekend greetings from Emmanuel Road and a couple of things to think about connected with radical hope and radical patience . . .

30 May 2020 at 12:40
White rose in the garden of the Cambridge Unitarian Church
Greetings to you all once again. As always, I hope that you have got through another week of the lockdown in reasonable enough shape. 

During the week two things happened which have generated the content of this week’s message and encouragement to thought. The first was a good question posed to me by a member of the congregation about the kind of online activities (services/conversations etc.) a church such as our own is/might eventually offer if we continue to be unable to meet again in person soon. The second is the ongoing assault on both truth and democracy that is now openly being waged both here in the UK and in the US under the cover of the COVID-19 epidemic. 

As always I’d value your thoughts and comments on these matters either by phone, email or, of course, via the comments section below.

Let me start with online services.

The reason for so far only offering a recording of our church’s service of mindful meditation service (links available here and again below) is because it offers an appropriate holding position which balances gently and, to my mind, appropriately, the need many of us have for a time of spiritual/religious sustenance/quiet as well the need to be reminded (again gently) of the constant need to engage (as individuals and as a church) in acts of radical social justice — acts which are always needed but which are clearly going to be needed in spades as this COVID-19 event continues to unfold. There remains a question of whether this service should also now be offered on Zoom as a live, once a week, event? Any thoughts on this?

So far there has been from us no online/pre-recorded morning type service on offer. This is because our own morning service is a much, much more problematic affair. For starters its reliance on hymns and music, as well as an eighteen minute long address which requires conversation (both in the service and afterwards in coffee and around the lunch table) to round it out properly, all serve to make doing this online next to impossible and which simply wouldn’t work in the effective way it did when we could meet face to face over the course of a number of hours. I need to add that neither will it work well when we can return to meeting in person because of the social distancing restrictions we will have to implement. To get a proper sense of why I say this may I strongly encourage you all to read the excellent articulation of how things are likely to be for churches in the near (and perhaps even longer term) future that is to be found in the United Reformed Church’s new document ‘Ready for the new “normal”: A discussion paper for a pandemic recovery and resumption plan’. It sometimes speaks in religious terms we would not use, but everywhere the document is filled with important thoughts/insights/suggestions that are highly relevant to all churches, such as our own, who are part of the Protestant tradition.  You can read the document at the following link:


However, there’s another reason for not merely reproducing what we already do in the morning (or even something a little bit like it) that is intimately related to the current COVID-19 event. 

In the most recent issue of “The Hedgehog Review” <https://hedgehogreview.com/blog/thr/posts/radical-hope-amid-catastrophe> Vafa Ghazavi, a doctoral candidate and John Monash Scholar at Balliol College and lecturer in politics at Pembroke College, University of Oxford, writes an excellent and insightful piece drawing on Jonathan Lear’s book Radical Hope: Ethics in the Face of Cultural Devastation (Harvard University Press, 2006). You may recall I’ve given a few addresses myself drawing on this book, most recently, for example, After this, nothing happened”—What Vladislav Surkov’s dark arts can teach us about Black, or Holy Saturday. <https://andrewjbrown.blogspot.com/2018/03/after-this-nothing-happenedwhat.html> (This Holy Week address from 2018 was a warning about what seemed to me to be threatening to come to pass in our own democracy. It brings me absolutely no pleasure at all this week to have turned out to be fairly close to the mark.) 

Anyway, Ghazavi’s basic question is: ‘What happens to a culture—a social order—and the beliefs that sustain it, in the face of a microscopic enemy that has little regard for borders, power, class, or celebrity?’

Here are two paragraphs from the beginning of the essay which raise the question I want to raise here:

A way of life is teetering on the brink. We can’t say yet what the extent of the transformation will be but it will reach into every aspect of human relations: care, parenting, work, schooling, production, consumption. No social context is exempt: neighbourhoods, workplaces, churches, the public sphere, cities, countries, geopolitics. As the crisis spreads to low-income countries with less capacity to respond either on the health or economic front, the global dimensions will become more salient.

When a collective culture is threatened with collapse, so are the reference points for defining a good—or morally excellent—life. Though harder to discern than the material losses, the present upheaval will imprint itself on the life of the mind and that of the soul. It is not just that some acts will cease to be possible during this interregnum but that their meaning for us might radically change even once it is over. 

Please do take time to read Ghazavi’s piece for he says some very important things. 



We are all, and I mean all, in this situation and this means any new online service/s we think about providing must acknowledge the difficult truth that, in only ten short weeks, ‘the reference points for defining a good—or morally excellent—life’ have gone for us. I am currently trying to think about ways to fame this insight that can be properly explored by us online (as this lockdown may go off/on for a long time yet) but which will also continue to work when we can meet together face to face once again. But it’s not easy to do because, as Ghazavi notes, ‘we can’t say yet what the extent of the transformation [of our society, politics, religion etc.] will be.’ It will take time and that requires from us both radical hope and radical patience — one good way to practise such a patience that we can offer is through the current service of mindful meditation even though it, too, may turn out only to be a necessary holding position to be let go at the right time. Let’s not rush to premature solutions that may well merely turn out to be reinforcing our old, problematic ways of being. As the old saying I learnt as a child goes, ‘slowly, slowly catchee monkey.’ Please let us all use some of our lockdown time to reflect and think deeply about these things without the pressure of coming to immediate solutions. The service of mindful meditation can help hold open this critical, patient space for us.

So, although inbetween regularly contacting everyone in our community I am thinking a great deal about this matter, I hope you can see why my preference is to stick for a while with offering the mindful meditation service either in its current recorded form or, if this is what you might like, in a ‘live’ form that can end with its own time of conversation, as did the service BC (Before COVID). It has the singular and excellent benefit of providing us with genuine continuity with our past way of doing things but does it, I think, in a way which keeps things open for whatever it is we will (must) become. Trying to reproduce the old morning service in any fashion (as are many churches) will, I fear, simply box us into old problematic (BC) habits and could cause us to loose this unique, once in a lifetime opportunity truly to affect radical change in the way we ‘do’ church in the future.  

As I begin to draw to a close please let me thank you again for all your conversations with me via email and/or phone about the above matters and much else. Do also remember I’d genuinely be glad to hear your own thoughts on the matters outlined and that you can be in touch with me at any time if you fancy/need to shoot the breeze in a more general way about life, the universe and everything — good or bad.

Lastly, I must offer my apologies for not being able to join you at the Time of Conversation’ events between 11.30 and 12.30 on Sundays. Most of you wont know this but on Sunday mornings since the lockdown began I’ve been going with Jenny and my shopping trolly on a trip to a supermarket to help her get in a single, basic, weekly shop so she doesnt need to make repeated, much more risky, visits to small local convenience stores. This means, alas, that I cannot join you at that time on a Sunday but I'm pleased that some of you were able to say hello to Jenny last week when I used my mobile phone to join for a few minutes at the beginning of your meeting whilst we were sitting on a bench on Midsummer Common. Whilst I was away in London the truly wonderful Debby Lauder from Rowan took on this important job, something for which I, and I imagine all of you, are profoundly grateful. Anyway, be assured, Jenny and I are thinking fondly of you all as we wend our very slow, but still merry way through the supermarket aisles and then back home along the river laden with good provisions in the form of both food and the fruits of our own conversation . . . 

If you wish to join the Time of Conversation at 11.30am on Sundays up to and including Sunday 28th June please visit the church contact page and send a message to the secretary (Brendan Boyle) wholl be happy to provide you with the necessary link and password. 



Heartfelt thanks to Andrew and Brendan for organising this weekly event. Why not try doing the mindful meditation before joining in? I do realise it’s not quite Sunday morning as we once knew it but, as my words above suggest, I think it is a good and healthy holding position to practise for a while as we begin to think together more deeply about how to move appropriately into a new, necessary and very different way of doing things. 

And now, for the delectation of your eyes, I leave you with a few attached photos of some of the flowers currently blooming in the church and manse gardens. Just click on a photo to enlarge it. Enjoy!

Love and best wishes as always,

Andrew











Add caption

“To be quiet in the hands of the marvellous”—an intra-active meditation on part of Ammons' poem, “Essay on Poetics”

23 May 2020 at 15:46
READINGS/VIDEO:Three Minute Theory: What is Intra-Action?” by Stacey Kerr, Erin Adams, & Beth Pittard

Transcription: 
Intra-action: a term that comes to us from feminist physicist Karen Barad. Barad describes intra-action as the mutual constitution of entangled agencies. 
And what’s agency again? Simply, we can understand agency as the ability to act. So, I other words, intra-action is the mingling of people and things and other stuff’s ability to act. 
Sort of sounds like ‘interaction’ though doesn’t it? Well, let’s break down the difference. 
First, let’s look at the prefixes ‘inter’ and ‘intra.’ ‘Inter’ means among or in the midst of, whereas ‘intra’ means within (from). When we add the word ‘action’ to these prefixes we get a whole, different meaning. 
When two bodies interact they each maintain a level of independence. Each entity exists before the encounter one another. 
However, when bodies intra-act they do so in co-constitutive ways. Individuals materialize through intra-actions and the ability to act emerges from within the relationship not outside of it.
So why is this distinction important? Well, interactions gives us a whole new way of thinking about our relationships with each other, with matter, with materials, with nature and with discourses. When these different things are in relationships with each other our ability to do stuff changes, transforms or emerges. Let’s take the recent Ebola phenomenon [or, of course, the SARS-CoV-2 phenomenon] as an example. 
We can say the Ebola phenomenon is not just the virus itself but is an intra-action of the actual virus, human, and non-human actors including human bodies, political discourses on Africa [China], pandemics, the role of politics, political pundits, news channels and fear. Ebola is not just a virus it’s a phenomenon that’s made and unmade through intra-actions between nature, culture and technology. Through intra-action we are all brought together into the Ebola phenomenon, and yet this intra-action separates us into new, co-constitutive subject positions. Through intra-actions we become, at least temporarily, the afflicted and non-afflicted, the at-risk and the not-at-risk, and the exposed and the non-exposed. So studying these inter-actions reveals how differences get made and unmade. It’s unlikely that many of us will intra-act with the Ebola virus but we will all intra-act with the Ebola phenomenon and, therefore, we are all responsible for the matter produced in these intra-actions: the discourses, the materials, and the subject positions. Interactions defer and deflect responsibility but, in intra-actions, responsibility is distributed among the constitutive entities. This is where agency comes into play. 
Agency is about action, reconfigurings, doing and being. It does not pre-exist separately but emerges in the relationships in these intra-actions. Thinking with intra-actions means giving up cause and effect relationships, individual agency, and subject/object dichotomies. We gain new understandings of ethics and justice as not things that are predetermined but always changing and unfolding. Intra-action calls into question steadfast boundaries and borders and linear time and, in turn, it helps us think in terms of   simultaneity. It tears down the walls that contains and disciplines thoughts and action to reveal the artificial boundaries we forgot we invented. 
‘Dunes’ by A. R. Ammons

Taking root in windy sand
    is not an easy
way
to go about
    finding a place to stay.

A ditchbank or wood's-edge
    has firmer ground.

In a loose world though
    something can be started—
a root touch water,
    a tip break sand—

Mounds from that can rise
    on held mounds,
a gesture of building, keeping,
    a trapping
into shape.

Firm ground is not available ground.

From “Essay on Poetics” by A. R. Ammons

I guess it’s a bit airy to get mixed up 
with an elm tree on anything
like a permanent basis: but I’ve had it
worse before—talking stones and bushes—and may
get it worse again: but in this one
the elm doesn’t talk: it’s just an object, albeit 
  hard to fix:
unfixed, constantly
influenced and influencing, still it hardens and enters the ground at a fairly reliable point:
especially since it’s its
general unalterability that I need to define and stress
I ought to know its longitude and latitude,
so I could keep checking them out: after all, the ground drifts:
and rises: and maybe rises slanting—that would be difficult to keep track of, the angle
could be progressive or swaying or seasonal, underground rain
& “floating” a factor: in hilly country
the underground mantle, the
“float” bedrock is in, may be highly variable and variable  
in effect:
I ought to know the altitude, then, from some fixed point; 
I assume the fixed point would have to be 
the core center of the planet, though I’m perfectly 
prepared to admit the core’s involved 
in a slow—perhaps universal—slosh that would alter the 
center’s position
in terms of some other set of references I do not
think I will at the moment entertain
since to do so invites an outward, expanding reticulation
too much to deal precisely with:

true, I really ought to know where the tree is: but I know it's in my backyard:
I’ve never found it anywhere else and am willing to accept
the precision of broadness: with over-precision
things tend to fade: but since I do need stability and want
to make the tree stand for that (among other things)
it seems to me I ought to be willing to learn enough about
theory and instrument
to take sights for a few days or weeks and see if anything
roundly agreeable could be winnowed out: that
ought to include altimeters (several of them, to average
instrumental variation), core theory and gravity waves: but I’m convinced I’m too awkward
and too set in some ways
to take all that on: if I am to celebrate multiplicity,
unity, and such
I’ll be obliged to free myself by accepting certain limitations:

I am just going to take it for granted
that the tree is in the backyard:
it’s necessary to be quiet in the hands of the marvellous:

—o0o—
“To be quiet in the hands of the marvellous”—an intra-active meditation on part of Ammons' poem, “Essay on Poetics”
Reading Ammons & drinking beer in the shade of
the walnut tree in Unitarian Church back-yard 
If there is one thing I have realized (very strongly) so far during this pandemic and associated period of lockdown it is that I am by now wholly persuaded that what it is for anything to be the kind of thing it is, it is always-already to be in motion and intra-acting. Stacey Kerr, Erin Adams, & Beth Pittard’s marvellously helpful little film on the subject of intra-action will, I hope, have helped you see clearly why this pandemic has only deepened my commitment to this idea as being ‘foundational’ in some fashion, even though it is a strange kind of foundation that turns one of Jesus’ sayings (Matthew 7:24-27) wholly on its head. You all know what Jesus said about building on the firm, fixed foundation of rock but I say to you: ‘Everyone, therefore, who hears these sayings of mine and enacts them shall be likened to a prudent person who built their house upon (moving) sand.’ To return to a poem of A. R. Ammons that I have brought before you a number of times, ‘Dunes’ (and which I reproduce above), I realize that the only gospel I can bring you is one that is ‘founded’ on the realization that we live in a world constantly moving and changing and that, therefore, ‘firm ground is not available ground.’ 
Of course, it’s not new idea and we all know that back in the 5th century BCE Heraclitus famously (and controversially) insisted the world was best understood in terms of ever-present change, flux and becoming, something summed up in his famous saying that no one ever ‘steps in the same river twice’ and his assertion that everything flows (panta rhei). But our own age — especially thanks to contemporary physics — has indicated very strongly to us that Hereclitus was kind of right (as, too, was Lucretius in the 1st century BCE) and that the constant intra-action of flowing, fluxing and fielding matter is fundamental to how our world is and, of course, our place in it.      
However persuaded I am that the realization ‘firm ground is not available ground is something that needs to be embraced and creatively lived with, there can also be no doubt that this gospel is one that can seriously discombobulate, off-put, anger and even mortally offend many, many people — including, perhaps, some readers of this piece. What they want (or at the very least would prefer) — and I do understand this desire — is not moving sand but solid rock, security and stability and not endless flow and flux. Not surprisingly there are a plethora of philosophies, religions and political positions out in the world that claim they can provide just such security and stability (often in the form of race and/or nation and/or a future heaven and salvation) and I have little doubt, alas, that there will always be many, many customers eager to buy into them. 
Anyway, it goes without saying that I think the immediately aforementioned positions are utterly wrong-headed but, despite this, as a pastor (albeit a somewhat unconventional one) I have little choice but to take seriously and frankly acknowledge the desire for security and stability that always and everywhere abounds. 
So, is there any kind of appropriate security and stability available to a follower of the gospel of movement and intra-action with its interweaving four ‘fs’, namely its material fluxing and flowing, folding and fielding?
The answer is, I think, ‘yes’, but it’s a very modest, hubris-resisting, contingent and highly local (almost back yard) kind of answer. To give it a fancy name first, it is to acknowledge that a world of flux and flow, of folding and fielding is always-already creating all kinds of ‘meta-stable’ things, that is to say things which are only around for a while before dissolving back in the matter from which they are formed. Ammons’ sand dune is, of course, just a single example of a metastable thing. True, no sand dune will last forever but, as Ammons points out, on/in it   
something can be started—
a root touch water,
    a tip break sand—

Mounds from that can rise
    on held mounds,
a gesture of building, keeping,
    a trapping
into shape.

The coming and going of various human civilisations through history reveal this clearly as, too, do the coming and going of everything from the sublime to the ridiculous stars, planets, plants, animals, weather, TV series, fashions and, of course, deadly pandemics. In short, the endless movement of matter is the condition for the only kind of security and stability there ever can be, namely a temporary, metastable kind that’s here for a while and gone tomorrow. As the Psalmist put it, our days (and indeed the days of everything in the world) ‘are as grass: as a flower of the field, so it flourisheth. For the wind passeth over it, and it is gone; and the place thereof shall know it no more’ (Psalm 103:15-16). 
Acknowledging this as true is partly what Ammons was doing in his long poem of 1970, ‘Essay on Politics’, a short section from which you read earlier. Thanks to his poem ‘Dunes, and to the earlier lines of this, later, longer poem, we know that Ammons is a firm believer (pun intended) in the gospel of the four ‘f’s but, from time to time, even he feels the need to find a certain kind of stability and security. He explores his desire here through an intra-action with the elm tree in his back yard. He knows that it, like all things, is ‘hard to fix’, indeed it is ‘unfixed, constantly influenced and influencing’ but, despite this, Ammons can see that ‘still it hardens and enters the ground at a fairly reliable point:’ and that it ‘has’ a ‘general unalterability’ about it. It is seeing this that leads him to explore ways by which he might go on to try to talk about the (meta)stable nature of this elm tree. And so we find him firstly wondering about whether he should get its ‘longitude and latitude’ and then ‘keep checking them out’. He knows he needs to do this because he’s acutely aware that ‘the ground drifts: and rises: and maybe rises slanting.’ Of course, he fully understands this 'would be difficult to keep track of’ because ‘the angle could be progressive or swaying or seasonal’ and it is likely to be effected by ‘underground rain’ or the ‘“floating” a factor: in hilly country the underground mantle. These things are likely to be ‘highly variable and variable in effect:’ 
Ammons also realises that he ought, perhaps, to know its altitude, something which could only be measured ‘from some fixed point;’ and the only one of those even theoretically available is ‘the core center of the planet’. But even as he proposes this he is immediately aware that he needs to be ‘perfectly prepared to admit the core’s involved in a slow—perhaps universal—slosh that would alter the center’s position in terms of some other set of references’. Knowing this he admits that this (and, we may presume, all the other foregoing scientific measurements that might more firmly fix the tree’s position) is something which, at the moment, he will not ‘entertain since to do so invites an outward, expanding reticulation too much to deal precisely with:’
In my book, this is the kind of moment that sends me back into the house to get out a cold beer from the fridge and then walk back into the yard to enjoy my cooling drink in the pleasant shade of the elm tree whilst thinking on some more . . .

It’s not impossible that this is exactly what Ammons did but, whatever he did, at this moment, his thoughts return to his feeling that, despite everything, and in some fashion, he still ‘really ought to know where the tree is:’ This is when he admits the one thing he feels he can assuredly say: 

but I know it's in my backyard:

And this, in turn, encourages him to state what seems to be the bleedin’ obvious, namely that he’s 

never found it anywhere else 

In short, despite firm ground being unavailable ground Ammons realizes that in an import way he knows exactly where the tree is (and under which he might, perhaps, drink his beer) even though he can’t (and in fact cannot) accurately (and finally) fix the tree’s position using the scientific methods with which he began his poetic reflection. In connection with this he tells us he’s perfectly ‘willing to accept the precision of broadness:’ because he knows that ‘with over-precision things tend to fade:’. In other words, he can see that when he was trying to fix the location of the tree using scientific methods he became aware he could never, ever really locate the tree in any stable, fixed and final fashion. It’s not that his (imagined) measuring was achieving nothing because we (and he) can see that it helped him gain a deeper insight into the continual movements of the world (the tree, the wind, the tree’s leaves and branches, the birds in it’s branches, and the movement of the ground upon which it stands etc., etc.). However, the process was also clearly threatening to lead (were it taken too far) not to complete clarity but, instead, to the complete abstractization of the elm tree, turning it into a co-ordinate (or complex set of intra-acting co-ordinates) entangled with another complex set of intra-acting co-ordinates that all need to take the indeterminacy of matter fully into account. You can’t (easily) drink a beer in the shadow of a co-ordinate even though it (in a certain way) is in the same back yard as the elm tree!    

So, Ammons compromises (if that is the right word, and I’m not sure it is) by saying that, since he does ‘need stability’ of a kind, he wants ‘to make the tree stand for that (among other things)’. I think we can all agree that part of any full (and stable enough) understanding of the tree’s location does require him (and us)

to be willing to learn enough about
theory and instrument
to take sights for a few days or weeks and see if anything
roundly agreeable could be winnowed out: that
ought to include altimeters (several of them, to average
instrumental variation), core theory and gravity waves:

But, for all this, he tells us that he’s convinced he’s really ‘too awkward and too set in some ways to take all that on:’ — let’s not forget that, for all his deep love of science (he majored in biology at Wake Forest University), he’s more a poet and father than he is a practicing, profession scientist. In consequence Ammons knows he has to let something go and if, as he does, he wants ‘to celebrate multiplicity, unity, and such’ then he needs to be obliged to free himself ‘by accepting certain limitations:’ and so he concludes (if conclusion it is — which it isn’t because nothing is a conclusion (nor a definitive start) in an ever-moving intra-acting world): 

I am just going to take it for granted
that the tree is in the backyard:
it’s necessary to be quiet in the hands of the marvellous:

And here we arrive at one of the very, very few (quasi) ‘certainties’ I can honestly offer you as your minister, namely, that, at times, it is ‘necessary to be quiet in the hands of the marvellous’ and that it is in such moments one knows (or perhaps, à la Bergson, intuits) where (and perhaps something of what) the tree and oneself are. 
So, although it remains true that firm ground is unavailable ground, the prudent person who knows how properly to live out of this insight can still build a good (enough) life upon this or that piece of metastable ground, upon which a tree can grow in a back yard, and under which a cold beer can be drunk and where one can, now and then, be quiet in the hands of the marvellous and know/intuit sufficiently where and what one is.
Naturally, today, I haven’t been able to write this piece (nor drink a beer) under Ammons’ elm in his back yard (his metastable ‘sand dune’ is not mine) but I have been able to do these things under the walnut tree that shades the back yard of the Cambridge Unitarian Church outside my study window (my own metastable ‘sand dune’) . There today, I, too, suddenly found it necessary to be quiet in the hands of the marvellous and so came to know/intuit where I and the tree was even though, all around us the wild wind was moving ceaslessly and the fluxes, flows, folds and fields of matter that were constantly making and unfolding me, the wind, the yard, the tree, the beer, the chair and so on, never once stopped moving. For this groundless, infirm ground which is always-already gifting us the very possibility of there being anything at all including, of course, being here and now, under the sun in the shade of the walnut tree with a beer and a wonderful poem to hand, I give profound thanks.

Cheers!

A Christian Atheist, Ascension Day post on the democratisation of heaven—a religious and secular interpretation

21 May 2020 at 11:00
Dürer - Ascension of Christ
In connection with Ascension Day a few years ago I gave the following Christian atheist address: “Tribunus plebis from first to last” — an Ascension Sunday meditation on the democratisation of Heaven

Naturally, it was initially directed to the audience who attend the Memorial Cambridge Unitarian Church in Cambridge (UK) where I am the minister. However, in my addresses I always try to pick up on themes and subjects that have genuine relevance in the wider, secular world and so, in this sense, a lot of what I say is also (hopefully) directed to a secular audience and this is why it seems not inappropriate to post it again here on the strange day itself.

A new-materialist meditation woven around four poems by Lucretius, A. R. Ammons, Joseph Blanco White, and Mary Oliver—‘It is only enough to touch the inner light of each surrounding thing and hope it will itself be stirred to radiance’

16 May 2020 at 14:46
Two Motions: I by A. R. Ammons (1966)

It is not enough to be willing to come out of the dark 
         and stand in the light, 
all hidden things brought into sight, the damp 
    black spaces, 
where fear, arms over its head, trembles into blindness, 
          invaded by truth-seeking light: 
it is not enough to desire radiance, to be struck by 
    radiance: external light 
throws darkness behind its brilliance, the division 
      nearly half and half: 
it is only enough when the inner light 
    kindles to a source, radiates from its sphere to all 
points outwardly: then, though 
         surrounding things are half and half with 
light and darkness, all that is visible from the source 
    is light: 
it is not enough to wish to cast light: as much 
         darkness as light is made that way: it is only 
enough to touch the inner light of each surrounding thing 
and hope it will itself be stirred to radiance, 
eliminating the shadows that all lights give it, 
         and realizing its own full sphere: 
it is only enough to radiate the sufficient light within, 
the constant source, the light beyond all possibility of night. 

—o0o—

Lucretius thought that fears and shadows will be dispersed:

Not by the illumination of the sun and its bright rays,
But by observing Nature’s laws and looking on her face.

Lucretius, De Rerum Natura Bk 3.91-93

—o0o—

A new-materialist meditation woven around four poems by Lucretius, A. R. Ammons, Joseph Blanco Whiteand Mary Oliver—‘It is only enough to touch the inner light of each surrounding thing and hope it will itself be stirred to radiance

A moment of quiet refection above Grantchester Meadows on Friday morning 
We all depend on what Richard Rorty called ‘illuminating vocabularies’ to help us understand the world and our part in it. Once upon a time we thought these illuminating vocabularies really did (or, in principle could) accurately, and in toto, describe the world as it is, ‘out there’. But, in more recent years, all kinds of developments have helped us see that every illuminating vocabulary is only contingently useful and that there are always different (and sometimes apparently or actually conflicting) vocabularies we can use to describe any given phenomenon or state of affairs.

My favourite, more or less benign and uncontroversial example of this, was provided by the astronomer, physicist, mathematician and Quaker, Sir Arthur Stanley Eddington. In Chapter XV of his 1928 Gifford Lectures he describes being occupied at various times with the subject of ‘Generation of Waves by Wind.’ As a scientist he knew that when it comes to the phenomenon of waves one illuminating vocabulary he can deploy is that articulated by hydrodynamics, a subdiscipline of fluid mechanics. Given this, Eddington tells us that his reverie caused him to take down from his bookshelves Horace Lamb’s then current standard treatise on the matter (Lamb had been one of his own teachers). After presenting us with some of the actual equations involved, Eddington tells us it becomes

‘. . . clear that a wind of less than half a mile an hour will leave the surface unruffled. At a mile an hour the surface is covered with minute corrugations due to capillary waves which decay immediately the disturbing cause ceases. At two miles an hour the gravity waves appear.’ Eddington concludes by saying, ‘As the author [i.e. Lamb] modestly concludes, “Our theoretical investigations give considerable insight into the incipient stages of wave-formation”.’  

So far so illuminating. But Eddington immediately goes on to tell us of another time when he was also contemplating the subject of the ‘Generation of Waves by Wind.’ However, on this occasion, he felt that the appropriate illuminating vocabulary to use was not that of hydrodynamics but the poetic vocabulary deployed by Rupert Brooke (1887-1915) in his poem called ‘The Dead’:

There are waters blown by changing winds to laughter 
And lit by the rich skies, all day. And after, 
Frost, with a gesture, stays the waves that dance 
And wandering loveliness. He leaves a white 
Unbroken glory, a gathered radiance, 
A width, a shining peace, under the night.

Eddington then tells us the following:

‘The magic words bring back the scene. Again we feel Nature drawing close to us, uniting with us, till we are filled with the gladness of the waves dancing in the sunshine, with the awe of the moonlight on the frozen lake. These were not moments when we fell below ourselves. We do not look back on them and say, “It was disgraceful for a man with six sober senses and a scientific understanding to let himself be deluded in that way. I will take Lamb’s Hydrodynamics with me next time”. It is good that there should be such moments for us. Life would be stunted and narrow if we could feel no significance in the world around us beyond that which can be weighed and measured with the tools of the physicist or described by the metrical symbols of the mathematician.’

As I say, this example is fairly benign and non-controversial and I imagine there will be no one reading this piece who thinks that either the illuminating vocabulary of hydrodynamics or that of Book’s poetry could, alone, ever fully do the job of saying clearly everything that needs, or could be said about waves, their formation and our intra-actions with them. (To watch a short, three minute long explainer video about intra-action, please scroll to the end of this post).

But despite this general recognition there remains in the human species a problematic desire for the existence of a single illuminating vocabulary that is, somehow, capable of lighting up everything clearly and evenly for us. This desire seems to be found (either latently or actively) in pretty much everyone I have ever met but we, in the liberal tradition, are particularly infected by this thought because we are children of the seventeen and eighteenth Enlightenment — the clue is in the name. We have grown up thinking that the clear light of reason and truth would, in time, be able to shine an even light on our often dark world and chase away all the dark, fear inducing shadows we see here, especially the shadows caused by superstition and what we wont to call ‘unreasoned’ prejudice. We thought — and still tend to believe — that once people had ‘seen the light’ — had become ‘enlightened’ — then they would, entirely of their own volition, simply see what we saw and so together, peaceably and reasonably, we would begin to walk into our destined, shared, utopian future. I need not rehearse how this hope has been shattered, and is currently being shattered even further, by so many events in our own time.

Cambridge Unitarian Church looking west towards the organ
For us the primary symbol of the clear light of reason and truth was the external, illuminating sun and it’s bright rays. Indeed, this is one of the reasons our church building contains no stained-glass — our meeting houses and churches (when, that is, we weren’t shamelessly and foolishly aping the established Church) were designed precisely to let this external, illuminating light into very the heart of our communities without any let or hindrance. When we light a candle at the beginning of our modern services we are nearly always referencing in some fashion the same conception of light. In turn, borrowing the image from the founder of modern education Comenius (Jan Amos Komenský, 1592- 1670), our twentieth-century Czech Unitarian brothers and sisters came to see us (and the liberal church as a whole) as being like sunflowers, entities who were naturally inclined to turn towards the single external, illuminating sun of reason and truth which was and is, of course, often given the name ‘God’.

It’s an ancient, beguiling thought (which has it’s roots in Plato’s thinking) but it is one which, alas, has turned out to have been extremely unhelpful in helping us to understand how the world actually seems to work and our part in that working.

In the first-century BCE Lucretius was one of the first people to realise this and his poem, On the Nature of Things (De Rerum Natura), was written as an explicit attempt to illuminate for the reader the material conditions (ratio) for nature as it sensuously appears (species) — naturae species ratioque.

The ‘light’ Lucretius deploys is not an insight into the nature of things (things which we might imagine could be lit up by some external light) but an insight into the nature of things. In other words Lucretius hopes to help us grasp that ‘[n]ature is not made of things . . . but things themselves are made of more primary nature which is irreducible to the sum total of invisible things’ (Thomas Nail: Lucretius I, Edinburgh University Press, 2018, p. 22). It is important to see that the light of the sun (or of Enlightenment reason and truth) is itself is as dependent upon this nature as is everything else and, therefore, it cannot be the kind of illumination Lucretius thinks he has experienced and wants to share with us — his ‘light’ (figuratively speaking) is an understanding of the material conditions (ratio) required for the sensuous appearance (species) of light and, indeed, for the sensuous appearance of any and every thing. But we need to be acutely aware that the conditions (ratio) cannot be seen in themselves but always and only known through the sensuous appearance (species) of things (including ourselves) that are constantly being woven and unwoven by those same conditions.

What is revealed by Lucretius’ ‘light’ is not, therefore, a ‘thing’ (even a huge, ‘substance/thing’ like Spinoza’s ‘God-or-Nature’ (deus sive natura) but, instead, a wholly immanent, indeterminate, iterative process that is eternally generating the complex, plural, intra-acting world of things that sensuously appear to us. In his poem Lucretius is constantly seeking to helps us understand that we are sensuously immersed in (and are fully part of and intra-acting with) a wholly material world that is always-already moving beyond itself and, therefore, it is a world which can never be considered as some kind of complete, total or finished ‘thing’ that could ever be illuminated totally and clearly by any kind of single, bright, external light.

But I realise that to insist on only putting things in this way is to deploy an illuminating, philosophically influenced vocabulary that many of you will find very far from illuminating!

To my knowledge there is no modern author who has better and more accessibly explored this thought than the poet A. R. Ammons whose work I have brought before you many times before (for example HERE). It is not insignificant in this context to note that he has been described as being America’s Lucretius. In his poem Two Motions: I Ammons firstly offers us two, initial, interconnected thoughts as to why the idea of a single, external illuminating light is not enough:

It is not enough to be willing to come out of the dark 
         and stand in the light, 
all hidden things brought into sight, the damp 
    black spaces, 
where fear, arms over its head, trembles into blindness, 
          invaded by truth-seeking light: 
it is not enough to desire radiance, to be struck by 
    radiance: external light 
throws darkness behind its brilliance, the division 
      nearly half and half: 

We all know from everyday experience that bright light, far from illuminating all things, always threatens either to bring about blindness or encourages in us a desire to scuttle away from the brightness and back into the shadows. As the wonderful and rightly famous sonnet, ‘Night and Death’, written by Joseph Blanco White (1775–1841) puts it, we can all fully comprehend how easily the light deceives and serves to create its own darkness:

MYSTERIOUS Night! when our first Parent knew
  Thee, from report divine, and heard thy name,
  Did he not tremble for this lovely Frame,
  This glorious canopy of Light and Blue?
Yet ’neath a curtain of translucent dew,
  Bathed in the rays of the great setting Flame,
  Hesperus with the Host of Heaven came,
  And lo! Creation widened on Man’s view.
Who could have thought such Darkness lay concealed
  Within thy beams, O Sun! or who could find,
  Whilst flower, and leaf, and insect stood revealed,
  That to such countless Orbs thou mad’st us blind!
Why do we then shun Death with anxious strife?
  If Light can thus deceive, wherefore not Life?  

In some way or another every external light will always concealing (or at least throwing into dark shadow) at least as much as it reveals. This everyday phenomenon helps us see that our desire for an external light (or illuminating vocabulary) which can drive away all shadows and fears and give us total enlightenment is doomed from the start. Instead we need to find ways to seek a kind of ‘light’ that can help us understand the material conditions (ratio) for the sensuous appearance (species) of nature (including light and dark together) as it endlessly weaves into new forms its yin and yang-like dance.  

Ammons continues:

it is only enough when the inner light 
    kindles to a source, radiates from its sphere to all 
points outwardly: then, though 
         surrounding things are half and half with 
light and darkness, all that is visible from the source 
    is light: 

Here, using familiar terms we often use in religious and philosophical settings, Ammons begins to point to the kind of illumination which comes to many of us when we begin to pay attention to the sensuous appearance of nature in the form of our ‘own’ life and the things ‘surrounding’ us. It is that ‘enlightening’ moment when we suddenly intuit that everything, but everything, is somehow radiating ‘out’ from what we are tempted to call a single ‘source’; astonishingly it’s a radiating ‘light’ which, unlike sunlight, doesn’t obscure the light and darkness but which still leaves the surrounding things half and half with light and darkness.

By noting this latter point Ammons gives us a preliminary indication that he knows there is a problem with the familiar language he’s deploying here. The problem is that the words ‘inner’, ‘sphere’ and ‘source’ suggest that the light about which Ammons is talking — and which I, following Lucretius and Thomas Nail, am calling ‘the material conditions for nature as it sensuously appears’ — is somehow static and that emanates from some fixed place other than our own world. But I think Ammons uses this language first of all because it is the way our culture has taught us to talk about this ‘feeling’ — we read Ammons words and many of us using our inherited language can say, ‘Yes! I, too, have felt something like that.’ But then, suddenly, Ammons subverts all our familiar ways of using those words by saying:

it is not enough to wish to cast light: as much 
         darkness as light is made that way: 

He suddenly reveals to us that ‘light’ about which he is trying to talk is not one cast from any one place or any one thing to any other place or other thing because, were that the case, we’d be simply back where we started with external lights which cast as much shadow as they do light. This is why (or so it seems to me), that Ammons continues:

 it is only 
enough to touch the inner light of each surrounding thing 
and hope it will itself be stirred to radiance, 
eliminating the shadows that all lights give it, 
         and realizing its own full sphere: 
it is only enough to radiate the sufficient light within, 
the constant source, the light beyond all possibility of night.

Here Ammons reveals that the illumination about which he is talking is only experienced through an attentive, immersive, sensuous, intra-action with nature as it appears. This is a ‘light’ known only by us when we become aware we are fully immersed in a world in which all things are mixed, and all things are always-already touched by all other things and that it is only because of this constant, material touching and being touched that anything is able to light up as the ‘individual’ things they are. In short, every thing is ‘stirred to radiance’ by everything else and ‘the light beyond all possibility of night’ which reveals this to us is not external — like the sun, or reason, or truth, or god — but the always present, invisible material conditions of nature as it sensuously appears: naturae species ratioque.

It is perhaps something like this kind of ‘light’ that the Buddha once spoke and which Mary Oliver (who was always someone fully immersed in a world in which all things are mixed, and all things are always-already touched by all other things) put into verse in yet another poem ‘The Buddha’s Last Instruction’ :

“Make of yourself a light,”
said the Buddha,
before he died.
I think of this every morning
as the east begins
to tear off its many clouds
of darkness, to send up the first
signal – a white fan
streaked with pink and violet,
even green.
An old man, he lay down
between two sala trees,
and he might have said anything,
knowing it was his final hour.
The light burns upward,
it thickens and settles over the fields.
Around him, the villagers gathered
and stretched forward to listen.
Even before the sun itself
hangs, disattached, in the blue air,
I am touched everywhere
by its ocean of yellow waves.
No doubt he thought of everything
that had happened in his difficult life.
And then I feel the sun itself
as it blazes over the hills,
like a million flowers on fire –
clearly I’m not needed,
yet I feel myself turning
into something of inexplicable value.
Slowly, beneath the branches,
he raised his head.
He looked into the faces of that frightened crowd.

(Mary Oliver — New and Selected Poems, Vol. 1, Beacon Press, Boston 1992)

At the moment, in my work as a pastor, I’m seeing a great many more frightened faces in the crowd than only a few months ago and the only succour I can offer them — and, perhaps, that will include some readers of this post — is to be found, not in the external illumination of the sun (or god, or some eternal law or principle) and its bright rays, but only by observing the material conditions (ratio) for nature as it sensuously appears (species) and, by so doing, touching and being touched in the same moment. I have consistently found that an acknowledgment of this intra-action is, alone, capable of stirring me and all things to radiance and dispersing the fears and shadows that, from time to time, always threaten us all.


Staying Alert in the company of Lucretius on Fen Ditton Meadows

11 May 2020 at 17:44
This afternoon I took the opportunity of being back in Cambridge to get out the Pashley Guvnor and take a quick spin out to Fen Ditton Meadows, spend some time enjoying the view across the meadows to Fen Ditton, and to read a few lines of Lucretius’ poem De Rerum Natura  (as translated by C. H. Sisson), before heading back into town for some essential shopping. (Just click on a photo if you wish to enlarge it).  Following our Prime Minister’s utterly hopeless and vague beyond belief  broadcast of yesterday evening, I, like everyone else, took this spin out wondering whether or not my actions were acceptable/sensible/reprehensible or not. But, as Mr Johnson’s statement (and the government's general attitude as a whole) clearly r...
❌